Would you like to inspect the original subtitles? These are the user uploaded subtitles that are being translated:
1
00:00:00,240 --> 00:00:02,000
My name is Michael Andrew. I'm going to
2
00:00:02,000 --> 00:00:03,520
be your host and instructor for about
3
00:00:03,520 --> 00:00:05,200
the next two hours depending on your
4
00:00:05,200 --> 00:00:08,240
playback speed. And I just want to give
5
00:00:08,240 --> 00:00:10,639
you some words of encouragement. I
6
00:00:10,639 --> 00:00:12,880
remember when I got started in 2003. It
7
00:00:12,880 --> 00:00:15,679
was a Canon 10D. It took me 2 years to
8
00:00:15,679 --> 00:00:18,640
learn my camera. I have primarily been
9
00:00:18,640 --> 00:00:20,880
shooting Canon ever since. [music]
10
00:00:20,880 --> 00:00:24,000
So, I'm about to cram almost 23 years of
11
00:00:24,000 --> 00:00:26,640
Canon knowledge into this video. So,
12
00:00:26,640 --> 00:00:28,800
you're going to save yourself a ton of
13
00:00:28,800 --> 00:00:31,279
time and frustration. Be patient with
14
00:00:31,279 --> 00:00:34,480
yourself. I got you. This is going to be
15
00:00:34,480 --> 00:00:36,960
very straightforward if you watch what I
16
00:00:36,960 --> 00:00:39,040
show you carefully. For those of you who
17
00:00:39,040 --> 00:00:40,399
want to jump around to different
18
00:00:40,399 --> 00:00:42,800
chapters, if you hit command F or
19
00:00:42,800 --> 00:00:44,640
control F, depending on the computer you
20
00:00:44,640 --> 00:00:46,239
have, type in the topic that you're
21
00:00:46,239 --> 00:00:47,600
interested in. If we have a chapter
22
00:00:47,600 --> 00:00:49,360
marker for it, it will highlight and
23
00:00:49,360 --> 00:00:50,719
then you can jump straight to that
24
00:00:50,719 --> 00:00:53,039
chapter. Another tip is that when you
25
00:00:53,039 --> 00:00:55,680
finish a section, type in the time code
26
00:00:55,680 --> 00:00:58,320
of where you finish. So when you return,
27
00:00:58,320 --> 00:01:00,239
you'll be able to see exactly where to
28
00:01:00,239 --> 00:01:02,239
pick up. Another thing you can do is the
29
00:01:02,239 --> 00:01:04,319
playback speed. If I'm speaking too slow
30
00:01:04,319 --> 00:01:06,720
or too fast, you can adjust that speed
31
00:01:06,720 --> 00:01:09,040
by clicking on the gear icon. And we
32
00:01:09,040 --> 00:01:11,680
also have a great resource on Facebook
33
00:01:11,680 --> 00:01:14,640
in the Facebook R six Mark III Facebook
34
00:01:14,640 --> 00:01:16,640
group. We'd love to see you there. If
35
00:01:16,640 --> 00:01:18,720
you enjoy my teaching style and are
36
00:01:18,720 --> 00:01:20,960
looking for more training, including the
37
00:01:20,960 --> 00:01:24,000
basics as well as advanced real world
38
00:01:24,000 --> 00:01:26,479
shooting, we have a full crash course on
39
00:01:26,479 --> 00:01:29,200
the R six Mark II and the R six Mark
40
00:01:29,200 --> 00:01:32,640
III. These cameras are 98% identical in
41
00:01:32,640 --> 00:01:34,640
their operation, and this course is
42
00:01:34,640 --> 00:01:37,200
already available. Check the link in the
43
00:01:37,200 --> 00:01:38,960
description to learn more. Check out
44
00:01:38,960 --> 00:01:40,880
Maven Filters. This is a company that I
45
00:01:40,880 --> 00:01:42,479
created. These are patented,
46
00:01:42,479 --> 00:01:45,600
color-coded, awesome filters. I will put
47
00:01:45,600 --> 00:01:47,520
that link in the description. Without
48
00:01:47,520 --> 00:01:49,920
further ado, let's get started. There's
49
00:01:49,920 --> 00:01:52,079
a famous saying that the poor man pays
50
00:01:52,079 --> 00:01:53,600
twice.
51
00:01:53,600 --> 00:01:55,920
That saying basically means is that if
52
00:01:55,920 --> 00:01:58,560
you buy really inexpensive gear, oftent
53
00:01:58,560 --> 00:02:00,960
times you have to reby it. So, the
54
00:02:00,960 --> 00:02:03,119
advice I give to all of my students is
55
00:02:03,119 --> 00:02:06,399
buy the best gear that you can afford at
56
00:02:06,399 --> 00:02:08,800
the time. There are tons of great
57
00:02:08,800 --> 00:02:10,318
companies out there. Just do your
58
00:02:10,318 --> 00:02:12,239
research and find something that's
59
00:02:12,239 --> 00:02:14,800
quality and is going to last. These have
60
00:02:14,800 --> 00:02:16,480
lasted me over 10 years. I have multiple
61
00:02:16,480 --> 00:02:18,160
sets of them. But another thing that
62
00:02:18,160 --> 00:02:20,480
people don't know about the Bogen Monfro
63
00:02:20,480 --> 00:02:23,280
tripods is that they sell the parts. So
64
00:02:23,280 --> 00:02:25,200
when it does finally break, you can
65
00:02:25,200 --> 00:02:27,520
order the part, replace the part, and
66
00:02:27,520 --> 00:02:30,560
continue to use it. I use the 496 RC2
67
00:02:30,560 --> 00:02:32,000
ball head. I like it because it has a
68
00:02:32,000 --> 00:02:33,599
locking mechanism. There's a newer
69
00:02:33,599 --> 00:02:36,480
version of this called the XPro. And the
70
00:02:36,480 --> 00:02:38,400
plate that I use is the 200, I think
71
00:02:38,400 --> 00:02:41,200
it's called 200L 14 plate. I prefer
72
00:02:41,200 --> 00:02:43,760
those over the Arca Swiss. just my
73
00:02:43,760 --> 00:02:45,519
preference because it has a number of
74
00:02:45,519 --> 00:02:48,480
mechanisms that lock it into the tripod.
75
00:02:48,480 --> 00:02:50,160
Arca-Swiss is more of a sliding
76
00:02:50,160 --> 00:02:52,000
mechanism. It's really comes down to
77
00:02:52,000 --> 00:02:53,519
preference, but again, if you buy
78
00:02:53,519 --> 00:02:55,040
quality, it's going to last a lot
79
00:02:55,040 --> 00:02:58,480
longer. There's tons of garbage. So, our
80
00:02:58,480 --> 00:03:01,519
camera mount on the bottom is a/4 in 20.
81
00:03:01,519 --> 00:03:04,239
There are slightly larger threads that
82
00:03:04,239 --> 00:03:06,319
you're going to see on some tripods, and
83
00:03:06,319 --> 00:03:09,120
there's adapter rings for a 3/8 mount.
84
00:03:09,120 --> 00:03:12,239
But again, this is the 200 PL14. This is
85
00:03:12,239 --> 00:03:13,920
the one that I like. You'll notice it
86
00:03:13,920 --> 00:03:16,319
tells us to mount it towards the front
87
00:03:16,319 --> 00:03:17,360
of the lens. So, we're just going to put
88
00:03:17,360 --> 00:03:20,840
that on real quick.
89
00:03:21,120 --> 00:03:22,879
This is what it should look like.
90
00:03:22,879 --> 00:03:25,440
Something like that. And when I'm ready,
91
00:03:25,440 --> 00:03:26,800
I'm going to drop the front of this in
92
00:03:26,800 --> 00:03:28,480
here and push it down. And there's this
93
00:03:28,480 --> 00:03:29,920
locking lever in the back that really
94
00:03:29,920 --> 00:03:31,519
locks the camera. I mean, it is not
95
00:03:31,519 --> 00:03:33,360
going to go anywhere. You'll notice this
96
00:03:33,360 --> 00:03:37,040
little notch here on the camera cover.
97
00:03:37,040 --> 00:03:39,280
that will correspond to this red mark
98
00:03:39,280 --> 00:03:42,480
underneath which is the lens alignment.
99
00:03:42,480 --> 00:03:44,560
And something I'll do is I'll take a
100
00:03:44,560 --> 00:03:47,360
silver Sharpie. And I'll just go over
101
00:03:47,360 --> 00:03:49,760
that a little bit. Makes it a lot easier
102
00:03:49,760 --> 00:03:51,599
to see when you're fumbling with things
103
00:03:51,599 --> 00:03:53,920
in dark places and want to just know
104
00:03:53,920 --> 00:03:57,200
where things line up. So these red tick
105
00:03:57,200 --> 00:04:00,879
marks are going to line up.
106
00:04:00,879 --> 00:04:03,120
Rotate till it clicks. To take it off,
107
00:04:03,120 --> 00:04:05,360
we're going to push, hold down, rotate
108
00:04:05,360 --> 00:04:07,280
till it comes off, and then it pops off
109
00:04:07,280 --> 00:04:09,040
again. Something else I want to point
110
00:04:09,040 --> 00:04:11,840
out is that we live in a micro world,
111
00:04:11,840 --> 00:04:13,760
meaning there there is particles and
112
00:04:13,760 --> 00:04:16,238
dust and things that we just cannot see
113
00:04:16,238 --> 00:04:19,759
constantly around us. So, my advice to
114
00:04:19,759 --> 00:04:21,600
beginning photographers is to always try
115
00:04:21,600 --> 00:04:24,080
to keep your camera covered. If you need
116
00:04:24,080 --> 00:04:26,560
to change your lens outside, what I
117
00:04:26,560 --> 00:04:29,840
would recommend is changing this facing
118
00:04:29,840 --> 00:04:32,000
down. So, holding the camera down, you
119
00:04:32,000 --> 00:04:33,520
would you would undo this cover and then
120
00:04:33,520 --> 00:04:35,759
you put the lens on as fast as possible.
121
00:04:35,759 --> 00:04:37,440
And there are some environments I would
122
00:04:37,440 --> 00:04:39,759
say you may want to even wait because if
123
00:04:39,759 --> 00:04:41,520
it's windy and you're on a beach, for
124
00:04:41,520 --> 00:04:43,199
example, there's lots of sand blowing
125
00:04:43,199 --> 00:04:45,600
around. I personally would be very
126
00:04:45,600 --> 00:04:47,840
nervous about changing my camera in a
127
00:04:47,840 --> 00:04:49,600
sandy condition. So, just keep this in
128
00:04:49,600 --> 00:04:51,360
mind. We always want to keep the camera
129
00:04:51,360 --> 00:04:52,800
covered. We always want to keep the back
130
00:04:52,800 --> 00:04:54,720
of the lens covered if we can help it.
131
00:04:54,720 --> 00:04:57,520
Real quick, talking about the new LPE6P
132
00:04:57,520 --> 00:05:00,560
battery is the same size and shape as
133
00:05:00,560 --> 00:05:03,600
previous LPE6 batteries. Just know that
134
00:05:03,600 --> 00:05:05,759
this is optimized for maximum power. If
135
00:05:05,759 --> 00:05:07,280
you read the very very fine print,
136
00:05:07,280 --> 00:05:09,919
you'll see this has higher voltage,
137
00:05:09,919 --> 00:05:12,160
which allows the camera to do higher
138
00:05:12,160 --> 00:05:14,320
performance types of things. You can use
139
00:05:14,320 --> 00:05:16,000
older batteries in it, but it's it's not
140
00:05:16,000 --> 00:05:17,919
going to maximize the camera's
141
00:05:17,919 --> 00:05:19,919
capabilities. So, something else I want
142
00:05:19,919 --> 00:05:21,520
to point out is you'll notice this
143
00:05:21,520 --> 00:05:23,840
little lever here. We can pop this off.
144
00:05:23,840 --> 00:05:25,680
This is useful if you're putting on
145
00:05:25,680 --> 00:05:29,320
different types of grips.
146
00:05:29,840 --> 00:05:31,759
When we are talking about memory cards,
147
00:05:31,759 --> 00:05:33,199
there's two different slots. There's a
148
00:05:33,199 --> 00:05:35,600
CF ExpressB and then we have our
149
00:05:35,600 --> 00:05:39,120
standard SD memory card slot. When we
150
00:05:39,120 --> 00:05:41,440
are recording video or when we're
151
00:05:41,440 --> 00:05:44,160
shooting it, think of it as a cup being
152
00:05:44,160 --> 00:05:46,080
filled up with water. As you're filling
153
00:05:46,080 --> 00:05:49,120
up the camera's buffer with different
154
00:05:49,120 --> 00:05:51,840
types of data, depending on the shooting
155
00:05:51,840 --> 00:05:53,680
that we're doing, that cup is going to
156
00:05:53,680 --> 00:05:57,919
fill up faster or slower depending on
157
00:05:57,919 --> 00:06:00,800
what we are doing. But in order to stay
158
00:06:00,800 --> 00:06:03,039
into the action, the camera has to empty
159
00:06:03,039 --> 00:06:05,840
that cup of water. If the cup fills up,
160
00:06:05,840 --> 00:06:07,440
the camera will turn off. Let's say
161
00:06:07,440 --> 00:06:09,360
you're shooting JPEGs and you're
162
00:06:09,360 --> 00:06:11,680
shooting high-speed bursts. You may not
163
00:06:11,680 --> 00:06:13,919
fill that fill it up. If you're shooting
164
00:06:13,919 --> 00:06:16,560
uncompressed RAW files at 40 frames per
165
00:06:16,560 --> 00:06:18,960
second, it's going to fill up faster.
166
00:06:18,960 --> 00:06:20,639
So, in order to stay back into the
167
00:06:20,639 --> 00:06:23,199
action, we want to have fast memory
168
00:06:23,199 --> 00:06:25,600
cards that can unload that data. The
169
00:06:25,600 --> 00:06:27,759
right speed of the memory cards will
170
00:06:27,759 --> 00:06:31,520
limit the camera depending on these
171
00:06:31,520 --> 00:06:34,479
right speeds. There is some nomenclature
172
00:06:34,479 --> 00:06:37,199
we're going to go into in just a second.
173
00:06:37,199 --> 00:06:39,360
Needs its own video really. Suffice it
174
00:06:39,360 --> 00:06:41,919
to say, the CF ExpressB cards are going
175
00:06:41,919 --> 00:06:45,039
to be way faster than your SD memory
176
00:06:45,039 --> 00:06:47,440
cards, but your SD memory cards are
177
00:06:47,440 --> 00:06:49,840
quite capable in in terms of what you're
178
00:06:49,840 --> 00:06:51,440
doing if you have the right ones. It's
179
00:06:51,440 --> 00:06:53,360
not like going to Walmart and buying one
180
00:06:53,360 --> 00:06:56,080
of these. These the SD memory cards is,
181
00:06:56,080 --> 00:06:58,160
you know, there's thousands of them in
182
00:06:58,160 --> 00:07:00,400
the same size and shape, but they have
183
00:07:00,400 --> 00:07:02,240
different performances.
184
00:07:02,240 --> 00:07:03,919
What I always recommend is get the
185
00:07:03,919 --> 00:07:06,479
biggest, fastest memory card that you
186
00:07:06,479 --> 00:07:09,199
can afford. Starting off with your CF
187
00:07:09,199 --> 00:07:12,479
ExpressB, the R six Mark II had two SD
188
00:07:12,479 --> 00:07:15,520
card memory slots, and this is
189
00:07:15,520 --> 00:07:17,599
significant. We saw this on the R5
190
00:07:17,599 --> 00:07:19,919
models, and it's because the camera has
191
00:07:19,919 --> 00:07:23,680
abilities that require faster memory.
192
00:07:23,680 --> 00:07:25,919
Let's talk about our SD memory cards.
193
00:07:25,919 --> 00:07:27,520
There's some things in in here that I
194
00:07:27,520 --> 00:07:29,919
really want to point out. Obviously, the
195
00:07:29,919 --> 00:07:32,080
larger number in red, this is how much
196
00:07:32,080 --> 00:07:35,120
space or storage you have on the card.
197
00:07:35,120 --> 00:07:36,639
But even though they're the size, same
198
00:07:36,639 --> 00:07:38,479
size and same basic shape, there are
199
00:07:38,479 --> 00:07:40,639
some differences here. So, when I turn
200
00:07:40,639 --> 00:07:45,919
these around, you can see this is a UHS1
201
00:07:45,919 --> 00:07:48,960
card and this is a UHS2 card. The two
202
00:07:48,960 --> 00:07:51,039
card will have two rows of pins. These
203
00:07:51,039 --> 00:07:53,440
are generally much faster and they can
204
00:07:53,440 --> 00:07:55,680
write much faster and they're usually
205
00:07:55,680 --> 00:07:57,840
more expensive.
206
00:07:57,840 --> 00:07:59,840
On the front, the red number is the
207
00:07:59,840 --> 00:08:02,080
amount of storage that we have. 128
208
00:08:02,080 --> 00:08:05,919
gigabytes versus 512 gigabytes. And then
209
00:08:05,919 --> 00:08:07,280
you're going to start noticing these
210
00:08:07,280 --> 00:08:10,560
little symbols here, V90 and V30.
211
00:08:10,560 --> 00:08:12,080
There's also these little circles with
212
00:08:12,080 --> 00:08:15,280
numbers and little U's. So, these are
213
00:08:15,280 --> 00:08:17,919
all different minimum write speeds,
214
00:08:17,919 --> 00:08:21,120
classifications of these memory cards.
215
00:08:21,120 --> 00:08:23,120
How fast can they write? How fast can
216
00:08:23,120 --> 00:08:25,199
they clear the buffer?
217
00:08:25,199 --> 00:08:26,720
Started off with these guys, the circles
218
00:08:26,720 --> 00:08:30,080
with the 10. U3 is the minimum right
219
00:08:30,080 --> 00:08:33,039
speed for 4K video. And then we have a
220
00:08:33,039 --> 00:08:37,679
V30 and a V90. This stands for video
221
00:08:37,679 --> 00:08:39,919
sustained minimum sustained right speed.
222
00:08:39,919 --> 00:08:44,560
So V30 is 30 megabytes per second. V90
223
00:08:44,560 --> 00:08:47,360
is 90 megabytes per second. So the
224
00:08:47,360 --> 00:08:50,560
minimum 4K video standard is class U3.
225
00:08:50,560 --> 00:08:52,720
But if you are shooting in higher bit
226
00:08:52,720 --> 00:08:56,080
rates or higher frame rates, if there's
227
00:08:56,080 --> 00:08:58,240
more data, then you're going to want to
228
00:08:58,240 --> 00:09:02,720
maximize your Vclass. In this case, V90.
229
00:09:02,720 --> 00:09:04,160
So, this is the one I'm going to throw
230
00:09:04,160 --> 00:09:05,600
it throw into the camera. Even though it
231
00:09:05,600 --> 00:09:08,880
has a smaller amount of space, the speed
232
00:09:08,880 --> 00:09:11,519
is going to be better for the R six Mark
233
00:09:11,519 --> 00:09:14,959
III. When we get into the menu systems,
234
00:09:14,959 --> 00:09:16,640
probably in a separate video, we'll talk
235
00:09:16,640 --> 00:09:19,279
about managing or designating which
236
00:09:19,279 --> 00:09:21,600
memory card we're using for what
237
00:09:21,600 --> 00:09:24,080
purpose. Just remember, if you ever do
238
00:09:24,080 --> 00:09:26,240
any 7K, you're going to want the CF
239
00:09:26,240 --> 00:09:28,480
ExpressB. If you do very high frame rate
240
00:09:28,480 --> 00:09:30,640
sport shooting, probably the same. It'll
241
00:09:30,640 --> 00:09:32,160
allow you to clear your buffer faster,
242
00:09:32,160 --> 00:09:33,920
but the SD memory card for general
243
00:09:33,920 --> 00:09:35,680
shooting and even 4K video is quite
244
00:09:35,680 --> 00:09:38,480
capable. So, the very first time we turn
245
00:09:38,480 --> 00:09:39,839
the camera on, and we'll do a button
246
00:09:39,839 --> 00:09:42,000
overview here in a minute. Obviously,
247
00:09:42,000 --> 00:09:43,200
we're going to want to select the
248
00:09:43,200 --> 00:09:44,560
language. Hope you're an English
249
00:09:44,560 --> 00:09:49,040
speaker. Now, we have a password lock.
250
00:09:49,040 --> 00:09:50,399
You'll also notice that we have this
251
00:09:50,399 --> 00:09:52,640
touch screen. In this case, I'm going to
252
00:09:52,640 --> 00:09:56,720
go 65s for now. Going to hit okay.
253
00:09:56,720 --> 00:09:58,480
Before using the camera, set a password.
254
00:09:58,480 --> 00:10:00,959
It's all fives.
255
00:10:00,959 --> 00:10:04,560
Wants me to put these all in. Again,
256
00:10:04,560 --> 00:10:05,760
something you'll notice is that as you
257
00:10:05,760 --> 00:10:07,360
move your finger in front of this
258
00:10:07,360 --> 00:10:09,120
sensor, it'll turn off the screen. It's
259
00:10:09,120 --> 00:10:11,839
a power saving feature. So just keep
260
00:10:11,839 --> 00:10:13,440
that in mind. But we have this beautiful
261
00:10:13,440 --> 00:10:16,720
touchcreen. We can also navigate using
262
00:10:16,720 --> 00:10:19,279
big scroll wheel or the joystick. Once
263
00:10:19,279 --> 00:10:20,880
we highlight something, it's going to be
264
00:10:20,880 --> 00:10:23,279
in orange. Press the set button. We get
265
00:10:23,279 --> 00:10:25,200
these up and down order arrows. We can
266
00:10:25,200 --> 00:10:27,120
push on these guys if we want. Pretty
267
00:10:27,120 --> 00:10:29,120
straightforward. We want to get this all
268
00:10:29,120 --> 00:10:31,600
set up. Hit okay. We're going to connect
269
00:10:31,600 --> 00:10:34,000
the smartphone a little bit later. And
270
00:10:34,000 --> 00:10:35,760
then we are finally in the shooting
271
00:10:35,760 --> 00:10:37,680
menu. And let's do a quick button
272
00:10:37,680 --> 00:10:39,279
overview. So, there are a couple
273
00:10:39,279 --> 00:10:40,880
controls I want you to be aware of as
274
00:10:40,880 --> 00:10:42,399
we're getting started. Obviously, we
275
00:10:42,399 --> 00:10:44,640
have the power switch. All the way to
276
00:10:44,640 --> 00:10:46,959
the right is on. If we don't want our
277
00:10:46,959 --> 00:10:48,399
settings to change, we can flip it over
278
00:10:48,399 --> 00:10:50,720
to the lock position. Over here, we have
279
00:10:50,720 --> 00:10:52,720
our stills versus video mode selector.
280
00:10:52,720 --> 00:10:54,160
So, if we're shooting video, we'd flip
281
00:10:54,160 --> 00:10:56,399
this over. Stills is here. But what I
282
00:10:56,399 --> 00:10:58,079
want you to do right now is with your
283
00:10:58,079 --> 00:11:00,399
camera turned on, make sure you have it
284
00:11:00,399 --> 00:11:02,959
to to a stills mode. And just put it on
285
00:11:02,959 --> 00:11:04,480
something like P for now on the mode
286
00:11:04,480 --> 00:11:05,920
dial. I'll come back to explain these in
287
00:11:05,920 --> 00:11:07,760
a second. I want you to play with your
288
00:11:07,760 --> 00:11:10,640
shutter button. There are actually two
289
00:11:10,640 --> 00:11:13,680
positions on the shutter button. There
290
00:11:13,680 --> 00:11:17,040
is a halfway depression and you can kind
291
00:11:17,040 --> 00:11:19,279
of feel this spongy resistance as you
292
00:11:19,279 --> 00:11:21,120
push it halfway down. And then to take a
293
00:11:21,120 --> 00:11:22,399
push picture, you're going to push it
294
00:11:22,399 --> 00:11:25,200
all the way down. So, what this is is
295
00:11:25,200 --> 00:11:27,519
the halfway shutter button depression
296
00:11:27,519 --> 00:11:30,399
allows you to focus with the camera.
297
00:11:30,399 --> 00:11:31,920
There's different ways to set this up,
298
00:11:31,920 --> 00:11:33,360
and we'll talk about it in the focusing
299
00:11:33,360 --> 00:11:35,760
lesson, but it's important to train your
300
00:11:35,760 --> 00:11:38,640
finger to feel the difference between a
301
00:11:38,640 --> 00:11:40,399
slight depression and then pushing it
302
00:11:40,399 --> 00:11:42,640
all the way into the camera body. I like
303
00:11:42,640 --> 00:11:44,480
to call this guy right here your primary
304
00:11:44,480 --> 00:11:47,200
selector because your finger number one
305
00:11:47,200 --> 00:11:49,920
is going to change the primary setting.
306
00:11:49,920 --> 00:11:51,680
You're going to be using this one quite
307
00:11:51,680 --> 00:11:54,240
a bit. We have our dedicated video
308
00:11:54,240 --> 00:11:56,720
record button to start and stop video
309
00:11:56,720 --> 00:11:59,120
recording. Up here we have something
310
00:11:59,120 --> 00:12:00,800
called the MFN button or the
311
00:12:00,800 --> 00:12:03,360
multi-function button. It will pull up a
312
00:12:03,360 --> 00:12:06,000
menu of secondary camera settings.
313
00:12:06,000 --> 00:12:08,320
Things like our white balance. Have a
314
00:12:08,320 --> 00:12:10,160
separate lesson on this shortly. Couple
315
00:12:10,160 --> 00:12:11,600
other things I wanted to point out right
316
00:12:11,600 --> 00:12:13,279
here. You see these little holes in the
317
00:12:13,279 --> 00:12:15,440
camera. These are your microphones. The
318
00:12:15,440 --> 00:12:18,800
set of four holes is a speaker. This is
319
00:12:18,800 --> 00:12:21,200
our mode dial. Very important. We'll be
320
00:12:21,200 --> 00:12:23,680
talking about it in depth. All these
321
00:12:23,680 --> 00:12:25,519
letters mean something. And there's
322
00:12:25,519 --> 00:12:27,200
different modes you're going to want to
323
00:12:27,200 --> 00:12:29,360
shoot in depending on what you're doing.
324
00:12:29,360 --> 00:12:30,959
I will have this as its own lesson a
325
00:12:30,959 --> 00:12:32,399
little bit later. Underneath the front
326
00:12:32,399 --> 00:12:34,560
of the camera, so as we grip the camera
327
00:12:34,560 --> 00:12:36,880
near where our pinky would rest, this is
328
00:12:36,880 --> 00:12:39,279
the depth of field preview button. It
329
00:12:39,279 --> 00:12:41,120
allows us to get a preview of the depth
330
00:12:41,120 --> 00:12:43,120
of field by stopping down the lens
331
00:12:43,120 --> 00:12:45,279
blades. It can be customized to do
332
00:12:45,279 --> 00:12:47,120
different things. I typically use it to
333
00:12:47,120 --> 00:12:49,519
change the focusing clusters. I'll talk
334
00:12:49,519 --> 00:12:50,959
about that a little bit later. When
335
00:12:50,959 --> 00:12:52,320
we're talking about the back of the
336
00:12:52,320 --> 00:12:54,160
camera, many of these controls can be
337
00:12:54,160 --> 00:12:56,240
tweaked or customized, which I will also
338
00:12:56,240 --> 00:12:59,279
show you in a later lesson. As we grip
339
00:12:59,279 --> 00:13:01,519
the camera, this is our joystick, eight
340
00:13:01,519 --> 00:13:02,959
different directions, up, down, left,
341
00:13:02,959 --> 00:13:05,839
right into the diagonals, but also you
342
00:13:05,839 --> 00:13:08,639
can push it into the camera body as a
343
00:13:08,639 --> 00:13:11,920
selector or an enter type of feature. We
344
00:13:11,920 --> 00:13:13,519
have a magnifying glass, which will
345
00:13:13,519 --> 00:13:15,040
allow us to zoom in on what we're
346
00:13:15,040 --> 00:13:17,200
looking at, whether it is during a
347
00:13:17,200 --> 00:13:20,079
shooting mode or a playback. We have our
348
00:13:20,079 --> 00:13:21,680
info button. We'll toggle through this
349
00:13:21,680 --> 00:13:23,920
in just a moment. We have our Q button,
350
00:13:23,920 --> 00:13:26,000
which is our quick menu. It allows us to
351
00:13:26,000 --> 00:13:28,880
access different secondary menu items.
352
00:13:28,880 --> 00:13:30,959
And then this guy here, I like to call
353
00:13:30,959 --> 00:13:34,320
the secondary control wheel because one,
354
00:13:34,320 --> 00:13:37,200
index finger is our primary and our
355
00:13:37,200 --> 00:13:39,680
thumb is our secondary. Be using this
356
00:13:39,680 --> 00:13:42,320
quite a bit. The set button is like an
357
00:13:42,320 --> 00:13:45,839
enter or select button. We have our
358
00:13:45,839 --> 00:13:47,920
playback button if we're going to review
359
00:13:47,920 --> 00:13:50,240
images. And then we have our garbage
360
00:13:50,240 --> 00:13:52,880
icon when we're going to delete things.
361
00:13:52,880 --> 00:13:56,480
We also have our rate button. Color.
362
00:13:56,480 --> 00:13:58,399
Color allows us to determine whether
363
00:13:58,399 --> 00:14:00,800
using picture styles or a color filter.
364
00:14:00,800 --> 00:14:03,120
We also have our deep menu button.
365
00:14:03,120 --> 00:14:04,399
Something else I just want to point out
366
00:14:04,399 --> 00:14:06,560
is that when you see blue colors, this
367
00:14:06,560 --> 00:14:09,920
is typically in playback mode of still
368
00:14:09,920 --> 00:14:11,760
images, not when you're shooting. So
369
00:14:11,760 --> 00:14:14,000
when you're playing an image, the blue
370
00:14:14,000 --> 00:14:17,040
items take effect. When we are shooting,
371
00:14:17,040 --> 00:14:20,480
it's mostly these white items. Over here
372
00:14:20,480 --> 00:14:22,160
on the right, where our thumb would
373
00:14:22,160 --> 00:14:24,480
rest, we have an autofocus on button,
374
00:14:24,480 --> 00:14:26,480
which engages the camera's focusing
375
00:14:26,480 --> 00:14:28,959
systems. So, sometimes shooters want to
376
00:14:28,959 --> 00:14:30,639
use their thumb versus the halfway
377
00:14:30,639 --> 00:14:33,440
shutter button depression. We have our
378
00:14:33,440 --> 00:14:35,600
exposure lock, which also acts as a
379
00:14:35,600 --> 00:14:37,920
flash exposure lock when we are using a
380
00:14:37,920 --> 00:14:40,320
flash. And then we have our cluster
381
00:14:40,320 --> 00:14:42,240
selector, which we'll cover in the
382
00:14:42,240 --> 00:14:45,120
focusing lesson. Couple other things to
383
00:14:45,120 --> 00:14:46,959
point out real quick is we have our
384
00:14:46,959 --> 00:14:48,880
diopter adjustment here. It's this
385
00:14:48,880 --> 00:14:50,800
little wheel on the side of the
386
00:14:50,800 --> 00:14:53,199
viewfinder. The diopter adjustment will
387
00:14:53,199 --> 00:14:56,399
focus the lens that looks at this little
388
00:14:56,399 --> 00:14:58,880
monitor in here. In DSLRs, we used to
389
00:14:58,880 --> 00:15:00,480
look through a mirror that would
390
00:15:00,480 --> 00:15:02,240
actually look out the lens. Now we have
391
00:15:02,240 --> 00:15:04,399
a little TV monitor to look at. This
392
00:15:04,399 --> 00:15:06,399
changes the focus of it. Now, depending
393
00:15:06,399 --> 00:15:08,000
on the lens that you have, you're often
394
00:15:08,000 --> 00:15:09,440
going to see these kinds of switches
395
00:15:09,440 --> 00:15:12,160
here. If it's an image stabilized lens,
396
00:15:12,160 --> 00:15:14,000
you we can turn that off. And then we
397
00:15:14,000 --> 00:15:16,720
also have an autofocus to manual focus.
398
00:15:16,720 --> 00:15:18,320
So if you wanted to jump into manual
399
00:15:18,320 --> 00:15:19,839
focus real quick, you just flip that
400
00:15:19,839 --> 00:15:22,800
over. If your camera is not focusing,
401
00:15:22,800 --> 00:15:25,120
check this switch. This often gets
402
00:15:25,120 --> 00:15:27,199
bumped. And then we have a number of
403
00:15:27,199 --> 00:15:29,199
ports under these gaskets. Let's open
404
00:15:29,199 --> 00:15:31,120
these real quick. Obviously, we get a
405
00:15:31,120 --> 00:15:32,800
little hint on the outside. This is our
406
00:15:32,800 --> 00:15:34,639
microphone input. So, if we were
407
00:15:34,639 --> 00:15:36,480
recording highquality video and we're
408
00:15:36,480 --> 00:15:38,160
using a microphone, we would want to
409
00:15:38,160 --> 00:15:41,040
plug the mic into here. We also have the
410
00:15:41,040 --> 00:15:43,040
ability to listen to what is being
411
00:15:43,040 --> 00:15:46,079
recorded with our headset. If you mix
412
00:15:46,079 --> 00:15:47,600
those up, they will not work the way
413
00:15:47,600 --> 00:15:51,279
they're supposed to. We have our
414
00:15:51,279 --> 00:15:54,240
HDMI out. So, if we want to put a video
415
00:15:54,240 --> 00:15:57,040
feed out, this is where we'd put it in.
416
00:15:57,040 --> 00:15:59,839
And then we also have our USBC
417
00:15:59,839 --> 00:16:01,920
connector. And then we have a remote
418
00:16:01,920 --> 00:16:04,320
terminal. So, this is mostly for video
419
00:16:04,320 --> 00:16:06,320
out. Something you'll notice is that as
420
00:16:06,320 --> 00:16:07,680
you turn the camera on, if you haven't
421
00:16:07,680 --> 00:16:09,600
set it up, it's going to keep asking you
422
00:16:09,600 --> 00:16:12,079
if you want to connect to the Canon
423
00:16:12,079 --> 00:16:14,639
Camera Connect app. For now, we're going
424
00:16:14,639 --> 00:16:17,279
to hide this. We're going to hit cancel.
425
00:16:17,279 --> 00:16:19,279
So, I want to show you how playback
426
00:16:19,279 --> 00:16:21,199
works on the camera and using the
427
00:16:21,199 --> 00:16:23,040
touchscreen. I'm going to take a couple
428
00:16:23,040 --> 00:16:25,360
pictures just of anything. Just take
429
00:16:25,360 --> 00:16:26,880
some pictures. Press play. It doesn't
430
00:16:26,880 --> 00:16:28,800
matter what these look like. And you'll
431
00:16:28,800 --> 00:16:31,120
notice that we have
432
00:16:31,120 --> 00:16:34,560
the ability to zoom in by moving our
433
00:16:34,560 --> 00:16:37,120
fingers out. It's a little focusing
434
00:16:37,120 --> 00:16:39,600
target. And as I move my fingers
435
00:16:39,600 --> 00:16:42,560
together, I get this grid where I can
436
00:16:42,560 --> 00:16:44,639
scroll through different images I've
437
00:16:44,639 --> 00:16:47,120
taken recently.
438
00:16:47,120 --> 00:16:49,040
See here?
439
00:16:49,040 --> 00:16:51,360
Take a look at that. This is one of the
440
00:16:51,360 --> 00:16:52,880
Maven filters that we've recently
441
00:16:52,880 --> 00:16:55,519
released. It's an H alpha. I take a lot
442
00:16:55,519 --> 00:16:57,920
of pictures of the filters. So the idea
443
00:16:57,920 --> 00:17:00,160
is that by touching on the screen and
444
00:17:00,160 --> 00:17:02,800
swiping to the left or right, pinching
445
00:17:02,800 --> 00:17:04,880
together, we can zoom out and we can
446
00:17:04,880 --> 00:17:08,480
look at the these grid views of
447
00:17:08,480 --> 00:17:10,480
our playback. Here I am again doing
448
00:17:10,480 --> 00:17:12,160
another shoot. There's another filter.
449
00:17:12,160 --> 00:17:14,959
It's one of our infrareds.
450
00:17:14,959 --> 00:17:19,760
Very intuitive to navigate through these
451
00:17:19,760 --> 00:17:23,199
and zoom in. So we can choose this is
452
00:17:23,199 --> 00:17:25,520
the kaleidoscope filter. the other ones.
453
00:17:25,520 --> 00:17:28,559
I do a lot of filter shooting one of our
454
00:17:28,559 --> 00:17:31,760
models. Testing out the filter.
455
00:17:31,760 --> 00:17:34,320
So, this is how we navigate
456
00:17:34,320 --> 00:17:37,120
through the pictures. When I'm ready to
457
00:17:37,120 --> 00:17:38,720
start shooting again, I'm going to tap
458
00:17:38,720 --> 00:17:41,120
the shutter button. In between the
459
00:17:41,120 --> 00:17:43,520
shutter button and the primary selector,
460
00:17:43,520 --> 00:17:45,280
there's a little button there called the
461
00:17:45,280 --> 00:17:48,799
multi-function button. This will open up
462
00:17:48,799 --> 00:17:51,280
a subset of items. And what I'm doing is
463
00:17:51,280 --> 00:17:52,960
I'm toggling this. I'm pushing it
464
00:17:52,960 --> 00:17:55,440
repeatedly over and over again and it's
465
00:17:55,440 --> 00:17:58,000
scrolling through those options. On the
466
00:17:58,000 --> 00:18:00,400
top we get the half moon primary
467
00:18:00,400 --> 00:18:02,640
selector icon. So I can change those
468
00:18:02,640 --> 00:18:05,600
there. On the bottom we get the
469
00:18:05,600 --> 00:18:07,840
secondary control wheel. So what this is
470
00:18:07,840 --> 00:18:09,440
is telling us is that we can jump
471
00:18:09,440 --> 00:18:11,760
through our menus of these items very
472
00:18:11,760 --> 00:18:14,640
quickly. This top row here, let me get
473
00:18:14,640 --> 00:18:16,960
my little pointer. We have our white
474
00:18:16,960 --> 00:18:18,880
balance. It's currently on custom one,
475
00:18:18,880 --> 00:18:20,160
but you can see as I scroll through
476
00:18:20,160 --> 00:18:22,720
there, there's our auto white balance.
477
00:18:22,720 --> 00:18:25,280
Auto white balance, metering modes,
478
00:18:25,280 --> 00:18:29,200
press it again. Drive modes, focusing
479
00:18:29,200 --> 00:18:32,240
mode, push it again. Flash exposure
480
00:18:32,240 --> 00:18:35,360
compensation, ISO control, push it
481
00:18:35,360 --> 00:18:38,080
again. Picture styles, and then we have
482
00:18:38,080 --> 00:18:39,679
our focusing clusters. Obviously,
483
00:18:39,679 --> 00:18:42,080
there's other shortcuts we have to get
484
00:18:42,080 --> 00:18:43,520
to these, but sometimes it's really
485
00:18:43,520 --> 00:18:45,039
super easy. For example, let's say you
486
00:18:45,039 --> 00:18:47,039
do want you want to do white balance or
487
00:18:47,039 --> 00:18:49,600
you want to do your drive modes. Then we
488
00:18:49,600 --> 00:18:52,240
can come in and change them by rotating
489
00:18:52,240 --> 00:18:54,559
the corresponding wheel. Again, primary
490
00:18:54,559 --> 00:18:57,440
selector. This is our secondary selector
491
00:18:57,440 --> 00:18:59,919
down here to just jump through those
492
00:18:59,919 --> 00:19:02,320
menu items. And that is the MFN button.
493
00:19:02,320 --> 00:19:04,320
It's located between the shutter button
494
00:19:04,320 --> 00:19:06,960
and the primary control wheel. Searching
495
00:19:06,960 --> 00:19:09,039
for filters and then threading them onto
496
00:19:09,039 --> 00:19:12,000
your lens wastes time. Maven filters use
497
00:19:12,000 --> 00:19:15,433
a patented magnetic system. Snap, stack,
498
00:19:15,433 --> 00:19:16,480
[music]
499
00:19:16,480 --> 00:19:19,840
shoot. Smarter filters. That's Maven.
500
00:19:19,840 --> 00:19:23,879
You can get yours at mavenfilters.com.
501
00:19:24,240 --> 00:19:26,080
Let's talk about all the numbers and
502
00:19:26,080 --> 00:19:28,240
symbols that we see. Can be very
503
00:19:28,240 --> 00:19:31,039
overwhelming the first time. But what I
504
00:19:31,039 --> 00:19:33,200
would like for you to do is to get your
505
00:19:33,200 --> 00:19:35,919
camera in hand and turn it on. Make sure
506
00:19:35,919 --> 00:19:38,240
you're in the stills mode and press the
507
00:19:38,240 --> 00:19:41,919
info button. Just keep pressing it over
508
00:19:41,919 --> 00:19:44,640
and over again. And what you'll see is
509
00:19:44,640 --> 00:19:47,919
the screens will start to cycle over and
510
00:19:47,919 --> 00:19:49,120
over again. So we get a lot of
511
00:19:49,120 --> 00:19:50,240
questions. Hey, I'm not on the screen
512
00:19:50,240 --> 00:19:52,400
that you're on. If there's something
513
00:19:52,400 --> 00:19:54,000
confusing about this, this is what's
514
00:19:54,000 --> 00:19:56,080
going on. Is that the info screen
515
00:19:56,080 --> 00:19:58,720
changes the information sets that we
516
00:19:58,720 --> 00:20:00,720
have.
517
00:20:00,720 --> 00:20:02,559
Another thing I want to point out is
518
00:20:02,559 --> 00:20:04,799
there is a little sensor right here,
519
00:20:04,799 --> 00:20:07,360
right above the screen here. And this is
520
00:20:07,360 --> 00:20:09,280
a battery saver. It's designed so that
521
00:20:09,280 --> 00:20:12,480
when you look in to the viewfinder here
522
00:20:12,480 --> 00:20:14,880
that it automatically turns off the
523
00:20:14,880 --> 00:20:16,799
monitor on the back. And there is a way
524
00:20:16,799 --> 00:20:20,160
to deal with this. So we can come into
525
00:20:20,160 --> 00:20:22,080
our yellow tab. It's page five out of
526
00:20:22,080 --> 00:20:24,400
eight. It's the screen in viewfinder
527
00:20:24,400 --> 00:20:27,200
display. It's set to auto one. So the
528
00:20:27,200 --> 00:20:29,679
difference between these two, auto one
529
00:20:29,679 --> 00:20:32,000
and auto2 has to deal with what you see
530
00:20:32,000 --> 00:20:35,120
in this icon here. when the monitor is
531
00:20:35,120 --> 00:20:37,440
open and facing you. When it's into the
532
00:20:37,440 --> 00:20:39,360
camera and facing you, these behave the
533
00:20:39,360 --> 00:20:41,760
same. Basically, what it's saying in
534
00:20:41,760 --> 00:20:44,400
auto one, when this is open and facing
535
00:20:44,400 --> 00:20:47,440
you, this little switch will not work.
536
00:20:47,440 --> 00:20:50,320
It will stay on. Uh, I like it this way,
537
00:20:50,320 --> 00:20:52,400
but sometimes I do gimbal work, so I'll
538
00:20:52,400 --> 00:20:55,280
I'll flip it over to screen.
539
00:20:55,280 --> 00:20:57,120
Coming back out, we're going to tap the
540
00:20:57,120 --> 00:20:59,679
shutter button. The easiest way for me
541
00:20:59,679 --> 00:21:02,880
to cover all of this is to do it in the
542
00:21:02,880 --> 00:21:04,720
black information screen. So, I'm going
543
00:21:04,720 --> 00:21:06,559
to push the info button until I come
544
00:21:06,559 --> 00:21:09,039
back to it. There's three sets of
545
00:21:09,039 --> 00:21:10,559
numbers you're always going to see. And
546
00:21:10,559 --> 00:21:12,960
by the way, let's set it to the M mode
547
00:21:12,960 --> 00:21:15,280
up here on the mode dial. If you rotate
548
00:21:15,280 --> 00:21:18,400
that to M, you'll see the same
549
00:21:18,400 --> 00:21:21,360
information as me. These three numbers
550
00:21:21,360 --> 00:21:23,840
here are critical. You're constantly
551
00:21:23,840 --> 00:21:25,760
going to be looking at them. The first
552
00:21:25,760 --> 00:21:28,080
one is our shutter speed which deals
553
00:21:28,080 --> 00:21:30,720
with how long the shutter is open and it
554
00:21:30,720 --> 00:21:33,840
is given in fractions. In this instance
555
00:21:33,840 --> 00:21:36,799
160th of a second.
556
00:21:36,799 --> 00:21:38,960
The second number deals with our
557
00:21:38,960 --> 00:21:41,760
aperture. The aperture is the opening of
558
00:21:41,760 --> 00:21:43,760
the lens. It can become bigger or
559
00:21:43,760 --> 00:21:48,159
smaller. This is stated in an F value
560
00:21:48,159 --> 00:21:51,520
which is the focal length of the lens
561
00:21:51,520 --> 00:21:54,320
divided by the opening in millimeters.
562
00:21:54,320 --> 00:21:56,320
It's a ratio. This last number here is
563
00:21:56,320 --> 00:21:59,520
our ISO. ISO doesn't really deal with
564
00:21:59,520 --> 00:22:01,280
real light entering the lens. It's an
565
00:22:01,280 --> 00:22:03,919
artificial boost applied to the sensor.
566
00:22:03,919 --> 00:22:05,919
The higher the number, the higher the
567
00:22:05,919 --> 00:22:07,840
boost. The lower the number, the lower
568
00:22:07,840 --> 00:22:09,520
the boost. This is going to be very
569
00:22:09,520 --> 00:22:11,840
important when we talk about exposure a
570
00:22:11,840 --> 00:22:13,919
little bit later.
571
00:22:13,919 --> 00:22:16,640
These three orange symbols, there's an
572
00:22:16,640 --> 00:22:19,120
orange top crescent, a circle, and a
573
00:22:19,120 --> 00:22:22,159
bottom crescent deal with the three
574
00:22:22,159 --> 00:22:25,840
different controls. The first one is our
575
00:22:25,840 --> 00:22:28,720
primary selector located just behind the
576
00:22:28,720 --> 00:22:32,240
shutter button up here. The second one
577
00:22:32,240 --> 00:22:34,159
is what I refer to as the secondary
578
00:22:34,159 --> 00:22:36,400
control wheel, which we use our thumb
579
00:22:36,400 --> 00:22:39,919
for. And the third one right here, I
580
00:22:39,919 --> 00:22:42,400
like to refer to this as the ISO control
581
00:22:42,400 --> 00:22:45,120
wheel on the back of the camera.
582
00:22:45,120 --> 00:22:47,840
The interesting thing is you're going to
583
00:22:47,840 --> 00:22:50,320
see these numbers appear just about
584
00:22:50,320 --> 00:22:52,080
everywhere. You're going to see it in
585
00:22:52,080 --> 00:22:53,760
the viewfinder on the bottom of the
586
00:22:53,760 --> 00:22:56,559
screen often. And if we press the info
587
00:22:56,559 --> 00:22:58,559
button as we cycle through the different
588
00:22:58,559 --> 00:23:00,799
sets of information, you will see them
589
00:23:00,799 --> 00:23:02,480
appear on the bottom of your screen.
590
00:23:02,480 --> 00:23:05,679
Shutter speed, aperture, ISO,
591
00:23:05,679 --> 00:23:09,120
shutter speed, aperture, ISO,
592
00:23:09,120 --> 00:23:10,960
shutter speed, aperture, ISO. Right? And
593
00:23:10,960 --> 00:23:13,760
in this nothing screen, if you tap the
594
00:23:13,760 --> 00:23:16,240
shutter button, we can still see them
595
00:23:16,240 --> 00:23:18,159
here on the bottom.
596
00:23:18,159 --> 00:23:20,240
So, they're obviously very important and
597
00:23:20,240 --> 00:23:22,720
you will be referring to them often.
598
00:23:22,720 --> 00:23:26,480
This guy here is in a different mode
599
00:23:26,480 --> 00:23:28,480
like aperture priority or shutter
600
00:23:28,480 --> 00:23:32,159
priority or P mode. This is referred to
601
00:23:32,159 --> 00:23:35,600
as the exposure compensation bracket. In
602
00:23:35,600 --> 00:23:38,159
the manual mode, it looks very similar,
603
00:23:38,159 --> 00:23:40,960
but it's more of a metering bracket,
604
00:23:40,960 --> 00:23:42,799
which tells you how much light is coming
605
00:23:42,799 --> 00:23:44,400
into the camera. Now something else
606
00:23:44,400 --> 00:23:46,080
you'll notice is that sometimes we have
607
00:23:46,080 --> 00:23:48,559
boxes that are empty because it's not in
608
00:23:48,559 --> 00:23:50,640
that mode or whatever. You'll notice
609
00:23:50,640 --> 00:23:52,400
here we have this little Q in the bottom
610
00:23:52,400 --> 00:23:54,000
lefthand corner and we also have
611
00:23:54,000 --> 00:23:55,679
corresponding Q button here. This is the
612
00:23:55,679 --> 00:23:59,039
quick menu button and when we push this
613
00:23:59,039 --> 00:24:01,200
we get this orange highlight. That
614
00:24:01,200 --> 00:24:04,559
orange highlight can be moved around by
615
00:24:04,559 --> 00:24:06,000
touching on the screen. So there's a
616
00:24:06,000 --> 00:24:07,280
number of different ways to change the
617
00:24:07,280 --> 00:24:09,520
settings. If we double tap, we can
618
00:24:09,520 --> 00:24:12,400
change the shutter speed using this
619
00:24:12,400 --> 00:24:15,600
graph in the back. Or if we wanted to
620
00:24:15,600 --> 00:24:17,600
change our focusing clusters, we could
621
00:24:17,600 --> 00:24:20,720
do it here. Something else you'll notice
622
00:24:20,720 --> 00:24:24,240
is that we get this prompt every time we
623
00:24:24,240 --> 00:24:26,320
touch on something. And I I find this
624
00:24:26,320 --> 00:24:28,640
kind of annoying. So, what I would
625
00:24:28,640 --> 00:24:31,840
recommend is come into your menu, come
626
00:24:31,840 --> 00:24:34,960
to your yellow tab, and we're going to
627
00:24:34,960 --> 00:24:37,840
find this feature guide and turn it off.
628
00:24:37,840 --> 00:24:39,360
I'm going tap the shutter button again.
629
00:24:39,360 --> 00:24:41,600
We're back out. Now, when we press the Q
630
00:24:41,600 --> 00:24:43,679
button, we don't get these prompts
631
00:24:43,679 --> 00:24:45,440
popping up every time we change it. And
632
00:24:45,440 --> 00:24:48,559
that orange box is going to go to the
633
00:24:48,559 --> 00:24:50,320
selected item. When we go to the
634
00:24:50,320 --> 00:24:53,120
selected item, we can also change it by
635
00:24:53,120 --> 00:24:55,360
rotating, let's say, our primary
636
00:24:55,360 --> 00:24:58,080
selector wheel. We can rotate our ISO
637
00:24:58,080 --> 00:24:59,840
control wheel.
638
00:24:59,840 --> 00:25:02,400
We can rotate the secondary control
639
00:25:02,400 --> 00:25:04,000
wheel. So you there's tons of different
640
00:25:04,000 --> 00:25:06,000
ways to change these, but let's jump
641
00:25:06,000 --> 00:25:08,480
through the rest of these real quick.
642
00:25:08,480 --> 00:25:11,360
This is our flash exposure compensation,
643
00:25:11,360 --> 00:25:14,240
which deals with changing the flash
644
00:25:14,240 --> 00:25:17,120
brightness from the back of the camera.
645
00:25:17,120 --> 00:25:19,360
We have our customized controls, which
646
00:25:19,360 --> 00:25:22,960
allow us to change how buttons operate.
647
00:25:22,960 --> 00:25:25,200
This is our file types. In the case of
648
00:25:25,200 --> 00:25:28,000
JPEG, we have this smooth JPEG. This
649
00:25:28,000 --> 00:25:30,640
deals with compression and the file size
650
00:25:30,640 --> 00:25:32,880
is large.
651
00:25:32,880 --> 00:25:34,799
It will also tell us on the bottom the
652
00:25:34,799 --> 00:25:36,960
dimensions of the image and the number
653
00:25:36,960 --> 00:25:39,840
of shots remaining. If I come to the
654
00:25:39,840 --> 00:25:43,440
left, we have our memory card control.
655
00:25:43,440 --> 00:25:46,559
This top one is our CF ExpressB slot and
656
00:25:46,559 --> 00:25:49,039
this bottom one is our SD memory card.
657
00:25:49,039 --> 00:25:51,279
And there are ways to configure these to
658
00:25:51,279 --> 00:25:53,200
either back each other up or to shoot
659
00:25:53,200 --> 00:25:54,799
individually depending on the type of
660
00:25:54,799 --> 00:25:57,360
file. This squiggly line are
661
00:25:57,360 --> 00:25:58,960
communication functions like connecting
662
00:25:58,960 --> 00:26:01,039
to our smartphone, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth,
663
00:26:01,039 --> 00:26:04,320
things of that nature. We have image
664
00:26:04,320 --> 00:26:07,520
optimization which is turned off in the
665
00:26:07,520 --> 00:26:09,760
manual mode in aperture priority and
666
00:26:09,760 --> 00:26:12,559
shutter priority. It will help adjust
667
00:26:12,559 --> 00:26:15,279
the contrast. It does it automatically
668
00:26:15,279 --> 00:26:16,799
and you can turn it off. It's a little
669
00:26:16,799 --> 00:26:18,640
bit of processing.
670
00:26:18,640 --> 00:26:20,960
and come all the way over here. The
671
00:26:20,960 --> 00:26:22,960
color mode we're using, picture styles
672
00:26:22,960 --> 00:26:25,679
are like recipes that allow us to tell
673
00:26:25,679 --> 00:26:27,840
the camera to have more saturation or
674
00:26:27,840 --> 00:26:30,000
less saturation.
675
00:26:30,000 --> 00:26:32,159
There are also some of these color
676
00:26:32,159 --> 00:26:34,720
filters. Kind of fun to play with. I
677
00:26:34,720 --> 00:26:37,520
don't consider them serious tools.
678
00:26:37,520 --> 00:26:39,760
Coming back out
679
00:26:39,760 --> 00:26:41,440
here, we have our color temperature,
680
00:26:41,440 --> 00:26:42,799
which deals with our white balance.
681
00:26:42,799 --> 00:26:44,400
You'll notice that when I shoot video, I
682
00:26:44,400 --> 00:26:47,120
have it dialed in uh something other
683
00:26:47,120 --> 00:26:48,799
than white balance. I'm very specific
684
00:26:48,799 --> 00:26:50,480
about it. I'll even tweak the color
685
00:26:50,480 --> 00:26:51,760
bracketing depending on how I'm
686
00:26:51,760 --> 00:26:55,200
shooting. Video, I don't like tweaking
687
00:26:55,200 --> 00:26:57,039
or adjusting. I try to get it right in
688
00:26:57,039 --> 00:26:58,960
camera. Probably good advice all the
689
00:26:58,960 --> 00:27:00,799
time. Try to get it as right as possible
690
00:27:00,799 --> 00:27:03,919
in camera. And then we have our white
691
00:27:03,919 --> 00:27:05,919
balance, shift, and bracketing. Come
692
00:27:05,919 --> 00:27:08,000
over here and change the color hue.
693
00:27:08,000 --> 00:27:09,360
We'll talk about white balance a little
694
00:27:09,360 --> 00:27:11,440
bit later. We have our focusing
695
00:27:11,440 --> 00:27:13,039
clusters.
696
00:27:13,039 --> 00:27:15,279
We have our focusing modes, which we'll
697
00:27:15,279 --> 00:27:17,279
talk about shortly. We have our metering
698
00:27:17,279 --> 00:27:19,760
modes, which deals with how the camera
699
00:27:19,760 --> 00:27:21,760
measures light. Talk about this a little
700
00:27:21,760 --> 00:27:24,320
bit later. We have our drive modes,
701
00:27:24,320 --> 00:27:26,240
which is what the camera does after we
702
00:27:26,240 --> 00:27:28,960
push a shutter button down all the way,
703
00:27:28,960 --> 00:27:30,960
whether it's a single shot, a burst if
704
00:27:30,960 --> 00:27:32,559
we hold the shutter button down, or
705
00:27:32,559 --> 00:27:33,919
different sets of timers. We'll talk
706
00:27:33,919 --> 00:27:36,320
about those later. And I'm going to tap
707
00:27:36,320 --> 00:27:37,679
the shutter button to get these last
708
00:27:37,679 --> 00:27:42,559
ones. We have our battery life, Wi-Fi
709
00:27:42,559 --> 00:27:45,919
connection. We have our electronic
710
00:27:45,919 --> 00:27:48,159
shutter. It's currently active. And we
711
00:27:48,159 --> 00:27:51,200
have a Bluetooth symbol that is turned
712
00:27:51,200 --> 00:27:54,000
off. We have our image stabilization
713
00:27:54,000 --> 00:27:55,600
turned off. You can see the hand and it
714
00:27:55,600 --> 00:27:58,799
says off. It's because I have the
715
00:27:58,799 --> 00:28:00,559
stabilizer switch on the front of the
716
00:28:00,559 --> 00:28:02,080
lens here turned off. I'm going to flip
717
00:28:02,080 --> 00:28:04,559
this forward. It's going to turn on.
718
00:28:04,559 --> 00:28:06,640
This number to the left or right of the
719
00:28:06,640 --> 00:28:09,039
bracket deals with the number of shots
720
00:28:09,039 --> 00:28:11,840
we have in a buffer. A buffer is sort of
721
00:28:11,840 --> 00:28:13,760
like an empty storage space that as we
722
00:28:13,760 --> 00:28:15,760
shoot it fills up as the camera is
723
00:28:15,760 --> 00:28:17,679
writing to the memory cards. It's trying
724
00:28:17,679 --> 00:28:19,919
to empty them quickly so we can get at
725
00:28:19,919 --> 00:28:22,320
least 99 shots on the current settings
726
00:28:22,320 --> 00:28:26,080
of smooth large JPEG. The beauty of this
727
00:28:26,080 --> 00:28:29,440
information is that it is found in
728
00:28:29,440 --> 00:28:31,039
pretty much all the other screens in
729
00:28:31,039 --> 00:28:33,520
different places. I'm going to press the
730
00:28:33,520 --> 00:28:35,679
info button.
731
00:28:35,679 --> 00:28:37,760
So, this is a general shooting screen.
732
00:28:37,760 --> 00:28:39,360
Not as much information. We still get
733
00:28:39,360 --> 00:28:41,120
our very important settings. We can see
734
00:28:41,120 --> 00:28:43,360
here the mode that we're in, number of
735
00:28:43,360 --> 00:28:45,279
shots remaining, number of shots in the
736
00:28:45,279 --> 00:28:48,320
buffer, the amount of video record time.
737
00:28:48,320 --> 00:28:50,799
We have our battery life, image
738
00:28:50,799 --> 00:28:52,640
stabilization. This guy here that you'll
739
00:28:52,640 --> 00:28:54,799
see sometimes is a recentering to jump
740
00:28:54,799 --> 00:28:56,640
back to center focus. You can also do it
741
00:28:56,640 --> 00:28:58,399
by pushing the joystick into the camera
742
00:28:58,399 --> 00:29:00,480
body, just like that. Again, we have our
743
00:29:00,480 --> 00:29:02,640
Q button on the monitor. Same thing as
744
00:29:02,640 --> 00:29:05,279
this guy.
745
00:29:05,279 --> 00:29:08,240
We have touch shutter enable. I'm not a
746
00:29:08,240 --> 00:29:10,240
huge fan of it because when you bump it,
747
00:29:10,240 --> 00:29:12,000
the camera is going to take a picture.
748
00:29:12,000 --> 00:29:14,159
So, I usually have this turned off. The
749
00:29:14,159 --> 00:29:16,320
magnifying glass will allow us to zoom
750
00:29:16,320 --> 00:29:21,360
in on the screen. Very useful if you're
751
00:29:21,360 --> 00:29:23,279
doing precise focusing, product
752
00:29:23,279 --> 00:29:25,600
shooting. I use it a lot in video
753
00:29:25,600 --> 00:29:27,440
shooting to know exactly where I'm
754
00:29:27,440 --> 00:29:30,559
focusing. typically with manual focusing
755
00:29:30,559 --> 00:29:33,440
so it doesn't change on me. And again on
756
00:29:33,440 --> 00:29:35,279
the bottom we have our shutter speed,
757
00:29:35,279 --> 00:29:37,919
our aperture, and our ISO. I've been
758
00:29:37,919 --> 00:29:39,120
doing some fun shooting with the
759
00:29:39,120 --> 00:29:40,640
electronic shutter. The electronic
760
00:29:40,640 --> 00:29:41,840
shutter is pretty important. We'll come
761
00:29:41,840 --> 00:29:43,760
back to it later, but it's on the red
762
00:29:43,760 --> 00:29:46,080
tab. 6 out of 10. I'm going to turn it
763
00:29:46,080 --> 00:29:49,320
to first.
764
00:29:50,880 --> 00:29:52,480
When we have a mechanical second
765
00:29:52,480 --> 00:29:54,000
shutter, you'll notice that we get this
766
00:29:54,000 --> 00:29:55,600
green icon. And this is what you should
767
00:29:55,600 --> 00:29:57,120
have on default when you first get the
768
00:29:57,120 --> 00:29:58,799
camera. And then when it's on electronic
769
00:29:58,799 --> 00:30:01,440
shutter, we do not see it. 29 deals with
770
00:30:01,440 --> 00:30:03,440
the focal length of our lens. So, as we
771
00:30:03,440 --> 00:30:06,000
change a zoom, it'll tell us what focal
772
00:30:06,000 --> 00:30:07,120
length we're using. We have a little
773
00:30:07,120 --> 00:30:09,279
Bluetooth icon that's turned off. If we
774
00:30:09,279 --> 00:30:12,559
press the info button again, we get a
775
00:30:12,559 --> 00:30:14,159
histogram,
776
00:30:14,159 --> 00:30:16,799
an electronic level that appears to be
777
00:30:16,799 --> 00:30:19,919
off right now. So, if I tilt the camera
778
00:30:19,919 --> 00:30:22,240
forward, let's say,
779
00:30:22,240 --> 00:30:24,960
or I readjust
780
00:30:24,960 --> 00:30:28,880
a little bit. Here we go. So, these ones
781
00:30:28,880 --> 00:30:31,679
on the outside deal with whether it's
782
00:30:31,679 --> 00:30:33,440
whether it's this way, and the ones on
783
00:30:33,440 --> 00:30:35,840
the inside deal with up and down. So, as
784
00:30:35,840 --> 00:30:39,520
I tilt the camera up,
785
00:30:39,520 --> 00:30:41,360
now it's dialed in. Very handy when
786
00:30:41,360 --> 00:30:42,720
you're shooting landscape if you want to
787
00:30:42,720 --> 00:30:45,360
make sure your camera is even with the
788
00:30:45,360 --> 00:30:47,279
horizon. As we continue to press the
789
00:30:47,279 --> 00:30:50,080
info button, we get tons of more
790
00:30:50,080 --> 00:30:53,039
information, but most of this should be
791
00:30:53,039 --> 00:30:55,279
familiar. So, when we press the Q
792
00:30:55,279 --> 00:30:56,880
button, we're able to access these
793
00:30:56,880 --> 00:30:58,880
different items on either side of the
794
00:30:58,880 --> 00:31:01,200
camera. We have an orange highlight to
795
00:31:01,200 --> 00:31:03,200
let us know which one we've selected,
796
00:31:03,200 --> 00:31:04,720
and we have the individual selection
797
00:31:04,720 --> 00:31:06,320
items on the bottom. It'll kick you out
798
00:31:06,320 --> 00:31:08,720
after a few seconds. Starting on the top
799
00:31:08,720 --> 00:31:10,880
left, we have our focusing clusters, we
800
00:31:10,880 --> 00:31:13,360
have our focusing modes, we have our
801
00:31:13,360 --> 00:31:16,640
file types, we have our drive modes, we
802
00:31:16,640 --> 00:31:19,600
have our cropping aspect ratio. For
803
00:31:19,600 --> 00:31:21,120
beginners, I typically tell them to keep
804
00:31:21,120 --> 00:31:24,559
it on full using the full sensor. Coming
805
00:31:24,559 --> 00:31:26,559
over to
806
00:31:26,559 --> 00:31:29,120
this other side, we have our anti-
807
00:31:29,120 --> 00:31:30,720
flicker shooting. So, there's certain
808
00:31:30,720 --> 00:31:32,399
kinds of lights that actually flicker.
809
00:31:32,399 --> 00:31:34,080
And if this is turned on, the camera
810
00:31:34,080 --> 00:31:37,039
will time the exposures between the
811
00:31:37,039 --> 00:31:39,039
flickering so they are consistent. Deals
812
00:31:39,039 --> 00:31:41,440
with certain types of uh like sodium
813
00:31:41,440 --> 00:31:43,120
based street lamps, some types of
814
00:31:43,120 --> 00:31:45,200
fluorescent lights.
815
00:31:45,200 --> 00:31:48,480
Coming down, we have our white balance
816
00:31:48,480 --> 00:31:50,960
should be set there.
817
00:31:50,960 --> 00:31:53,120
Picture styles, which are little recipes
818
00:31:53,120 --> 00:31:55,600
that control how the final JPEG images
819
00:31:55,600 --> 00:31:57,760
are going to look. We have our metering
820
00:31:57,760 --> 00:32:00,000
modes. And our subject for auto
821
00:32:00,000 --> 00:32:01,600
detection. In this case, it's just set
822
00:32:01,600 --> 00:32:03,200
to humans. We can turn this off. We'll
823
00:32:03,200 --> 00:32:04,799
talk about it when we get into the menu
824
00:32:04,799 --> 00:32:06,640
section.
825
00:32:06,640 --> 00:32:09,039
Coming back out, some other little items
826
00:32:09,039 --> 00:32:11,200
that we see
827
00:32:11,200 --> 00:32:13,519
are exposure simulation is turned on. We
828
00:32:13,519 --> 00:32:15,440
want to see this little guy. It'll give
829
00:32:15,440 --> 00:32:18,080
us a preview of what we're shooting in.
830
00:32:18,080 --> 00:32:19,600
Sometimes you'll want to turn it off
831
00:32:19,600 --> 00:32:22,080
when you're dealing with flash or studio
832
00:32:22,080 --> 00:32:24,159
types of shooting. Now, having gone
833
00:32:24,159 --> 00:32:25,760
through these screens, there's something
834
00:32:25,760 --> 00:32:28,240
you should be aware of is that when we
835
00:32:28,240 --> 00:32:31,519
flip it over to video mode,
836
00:32:31,519 --> 00:32:33,279
some of this information is going to
837
00:32:33,279 --> 00:32:35,200
change. Now, we have a video camera. I
838
00:32:35,200 --> 00:32:38,320
have it on manual. And we get this servo
839
00:32:38,320 --> 00:32:40,960
autofocus, which is an autofocus for the
840
00:32:40,960 --> 00:32:43,279
camera in video mode, which means it's
841
00:32:43,279 --> 00:32:45,760
going to focus continually. Talk about
842
00:32:45,760 --> 00:32:47,919
this in the focusing lesson. We also
843
00:32:47,919 --> 00:32:50,559
have a video record button. And if I
844
00:32:50,559 --> 00:32:53,600
continue to press the info screen,
845
00:32:53,600 --> 00:32:56,480
this is super important. These audio
846
00:32:56,480 --> 00:33:00,000
levels, CH1 and CH2, channel one,
847
00:33:00,000 --> 00:33:02,399
channel 2, left and right. And as I'm
848
00:33:02,399 --> 00:33:04,480
speaking, you can see the audio levels
849
00:33:04,480 --> 00:33:07,440
coming into the camera. If I were to
850
00:33:07,440 --> 00:33:09,919
snap my fingers a couple times, you can
851
00:33:09,919 --> 00:33:13,200
see that it will increase. And what we
852
00:33:13,200 --> 00:33:15,120
want to avoid is this getting into the
853
00:33:15,120 --> 00:33:17,919
red zone. This is a bad thing. Some of
854
00:33:17,919 --> 00:33:19,200
you are looking at the back of your
855
00:33:19,200 --> 00:33:21,039
camera and you're saying, "Hang on a
856
00:33:21,039 --> 00:33:23,039
second. I'm not seeing everything that
857
00:33:23,039 --> 00:33:25,840
he has." There are two different sets of
858
00:33:25,840 --> 00:33:29,120
audio levels. One has a set of headsets,
859
00:33:29,120 --> 00:33:31,360
one has a microphone. Now, to further
860
00:33:31,360 --> 00:33:32,960
complicate things, when you come into
861
00:33:32,960 --> 00:33:34,880
the deep menu by pressing the menu
862
00:33:34,880 --> 00:33:37,440
button, the items that you see in here
863
00:33:37,440 --> 00:33:40,480
will be different than if we were on a
864
00:33:40,480 --> 00:33:44,159
stills mode and press the menu button.
865
00:33:44,159 --> 00:33:45,919
So, keep this in mind. Watch. I'll flip
866
00:33:45,919 --> 00:33:47,760
it to video. It kicks us out. I press it
867
00:33:47,760 --> 00:33:50,960
again. Different sets of information. A
868
00:33:50,960 --> 00:33:52,640
lot of times I get emails, "Hey, I don't
869
00:33:52,640 --> 00:33:54,240
see what you see." It's because it
870
00:33:54,240 --> 00:33:56,880
depends on what mode you're in. To
871
00:33:56,880 --> 00:33:59,840
further complicate this, the mode dial
872
00:33:59,840 --> 00:34:01,840
also comes into play. So, I'm gonna come
873
00:34:01,840 --> 00:34:05,360
back to stills. I'm on manual mode. Look
874
00:34:05,360 --> 00:34:06,880
at all these tabs we have here at the
875
00:34:06,880 --> 00:34:09,040
top. Now, I'm going to rotate this to
876
00:34:09,040 --> 00:34:12,239
dummy mode, the green mode.
877
00:34:12,239 --> 00:34:15,679
See here? Press the menu. Some of the
878
00:34:15,679 --> 00:34:18,079
tabs and pages have disappeared. Canon's
879
00:34:18,079 --> 00:34:21,440
trying to make it simple, right? Just
880
00:34:21,440 --> 00:34:23,040
keep that in mind. So, it depends on the
881
00:34:23,040 --> 00:34:24,960
mode and whether we're in video or
882
00:34:24,960 --> 00:34:26,879
stills. I'm going to flip this back to
883
00:34:26,879 --> 00:34:28,719
M.
884
00:34:28,719 --> 00:34:31,760
Flip it back to video.
885
00:34:31,760 --> 00:34:34,399
Going to press the menu button. And the
886
00:34:34,399 --> 00:34:36,560
way this works is that when you get your
887
00:34:36,560 --> 00:34:41,199
camera, the video audio levels are going
888
00:34:41,199 --> 00:34:44,560
to be automated.
889
00:34:44,560 --> 00:34:47,280
Come into your second page out of 10.
890
00:34:47,280 --> 00:34:50,960
Red tab video setting. Come down to
891
00:34:50,960 --> 00:34:53,280
audio settings.
892
00:34:53,280 --> 00:34:55,440
Currently, this is turned on to the
893
00:34:55,440 --> 00:34:57,760
built-in microphone. And you'll notice
894
00:34:57,760 --> 00:35:00,560
that the external microphone is turned
895
00:35:00,560 --> 00:35:04,079
off, which is a real pain. We also have
896
00:35:04,079 --> 00:35:06,320
our audio status. We come in here. You
897
00:35:06,320 --> 00:35:08,320
can see the channels and the levels,
898
00:35:08,320 --> 00:35:10,079
right?
899
00:35:10,079 --> 00:35:12,800
So, what it wants us to do is to put it
900
00:35:12,800 --> 00:35:17,800
in a non automatic mode,
901
00:35:17,839 --> 00:35:19,760
manual. When you get your camera, it'll
902
00:35:19,760 --> 00:35:21,839
be here.
903
00:35:21,839 --> 00:35:24,000
tap the shutter button
904
00:35:24,000 --> 00:35:26,720
and we lose that bracket, the ability to
905
00:35:26,720 --> 00:35:30,880
change it to manual.
906
00:35:30,880 --> 00:35:33,200
So, when we're in the auto mode, we lose
907
00:35:33,200 --> 00:35:35,760
the ability to change our audio levels.
908
00:35:35,760 --> 00:35:37,599
And this is critically important because
909
00:35:37,599 --> 00:35:41,440
if it's on the auto audio levels, there
910
00:35:41,440 --> 00:35:43,680
are going to be fluctuations in gains
911
00:35:43,680 --> 00:35:47,040
depending on how loud things are. And if
912
00:35:47,040 --> 00:35:48,640
we're recording video, we never want
913
00:35:48,640 --> 00:35:51,440
that. We want this to be manual. Come in
914
00:35:51,440 --> 00:35:55,200
here. Second page, audio settings. The
915
00:35:55,200 --> 00:35:56,560
first thing we're going to do is turn
916
00:35:56,560 --> 00:35:59,680
this to manual. Tap the shutter button,
917
00:35:59,680 --> 00:36:01,359
and we should be able to change our
918
00:36:01,359 --> 00:36:06,000
levels from here from the Q button. It's
919
00:36:06,000 --> 00:36:07,520
a lot of work to get this set up, but
920
00:36:07,520 --> 00:36:09,040
once you change it, you'll never go
921
00:36:09,040 --> 00:36:12,560
back. So, I can turn down the audio
922
00:36:12,560 --> 00:36:14,400
gain, and you can see that even even if
923
00:36:14,400 --> 00:36:16,560
I snap my fingers, I can't barely get to
924
00:36:16,560 --> 00:36:19,920
the red. And if I turn it up,
925
00:36:19,920 --> 00:36:22,480
it's easier to get to those red marks.
926
00:36:22,480 --> 00:36:24,800
So, we want the audio to be landing
927
00:36:24,800 --> 00:36:26,800
between the yellow and the orange when
928
00:36:26,800 --> 00:36:29,200
we're recording video. That's going to
929
00:36:29,200 --> 00:36:31,599
give you a nice, clean signal that will
930
00:36:31,599 --> 00:36:33,839
be easy to clean up, make it sound
931
00:36:33,839 --> 00:36:35,920
amazing, and put it on your video. Many
932
00:36:35,920 --> 00:36:38,320
of you are going to have the question,
933
00:36:38,320 --> 00:36:40,720
"What if I don't want the built-in mic?
934
00:36:40,720 --> 00:36:42,079
How do I get an external microphone?"
935
00:36:42,079 --> 00:36:44,880
Okay. So, the way this works is Canon
936
00:36:44,880 --> 00:36:46,160
wants you to plug something into the
937
00:36:46,160 --> 00:36:47,760
microphone jack. And once you do, this
938
00:36:47,760 --> 00:36:49,200
will turn on. I'll just show you real
939
00:36:49,200 --> 00:36:52,240
quick. I'm going to open this flap on
940
00:36:52,240 --> 00:36:56,320
the side. Plug a jack in.
941
00:36:56,320 --> 00:36:59,520
There it goes. External microphone.
942
00:36:59,520 --> 00:37:02,160
Now, we are telling the camera to record
943
00:37:02,160 --> 00:37:04,320
from this microphone instead of the
944
00:37:04,320 --> 00:37:06,480
built-in microphones. Just a nuance you
945
00:37:06,480 --> 00:37:08,320
have to be aware about. If you can't
946
00:37:08,320 --> 00:37:11,440
seem to access it, that is probably why.
947
00:37:11,440 --> 00:37:13,359
take it out. There are some other menu
948
00:37:13,359 --> 00:37:14,960
items in here we haven't really talked
949
00:37:14,960 --> 00:37:16,880
about. You'll notice this guy right
950
00:37:16,880 --> 00:37:19,280
here. This is our overheating warning
951
00:37:19,280 --> 00:37:21,119
indicator. It will turn red when the
952
00:37:21,119 --> 00:37:22,640
camera is getting too hot and it's about
953
00:37:22,640 --> 00:37:26,000
to shut down. We have select a card.
954
00:37:26,000 --> 00:37:28,960
Which card are we recording to? We have
955
00:37:28,960 --> 00:37:32,880
our setup for our formats for video
956
00:37:32,880 --> 00:37:36,240
files. Whether we're shooting in HD, 4K,
957
00:37:36,240 --> 00:37:38,720
we come in here and select all these.
958
00:37:38,720 --> 00:37:41,520
This guy here deals with how wide. This
959
00:37:41,520 --> 00:37:43,680
one deals with how tall and this is the
960
00:37:43,680 --> 00:37:45,760
frame rate. But this is where we
961
00:37:45,760 --> 00:37:48,800
determine the format size compression
962
00:37:48,800 --> 00:37:52,480
type of our video files. Hit okay. So
963
00:37:52,480 --> 00:37:57,400
I'm set up for 4K 30 frames per second.
964
00:37:58,800 --> 00:38:00,400
We have some other options here on the
965
00:38:00,400 --> 00:38:03,200
side. We have our image stabilization.
966
00:38:03,200 --> 00:38:05,760
This is a digital image stabilization. I
967
00:38:05,760 --> 00:38:07,599
typically do not use this, but if you
968
00:38:07,599 --> 00:38:09,200
had something really shaky and you
969
00:38:09,200 --> 00:38:11,119
wanted to correct it in camera, you
970
00:38:11,119 --> 00:38:13,839
could play with that.
971
00:38:13,839 --> 00:38:16,800
White balance, picture styles, digital
972
00:38:16,800 --> 00:38:19,280
zoom. I also do not use this. This
973
00:38:19,280 --> 00:38:21,040
allows the camera to zoom in a little
974
00:38:21,040 --> 00:38:23,200
bit, but it just basically crops it.
975
00:38:23,200 --> 00:38:26,079
You're not getting an optical zoom. And
976
00:38:26,079 --> 00:38:29,760
then we have our subject detection.
977
00:38:29,760 --> 00:38:31,440
If we continue to cycle with our
978
00:38:31,440 --> 00:38:33,520
information button,
979
00:38:33,520 --> 00:38:36,400
we have our black info screen. It's for
980
00:38:36,400 --> 00:38:38,160
video.
981
00:38:38,160 --> 00:38:39,680
We're going to start diving into the
982
00:38:39,680 --> 00:38:42,800
mode dial and our exposure controls.
983
00:38:42,800 --> 00:38:44,960
This is probably the most important
984
00:38:44,960 --> 00:38:47,520
lesson that I can teach you in this
985
00:38:47,520 --> 00:38:50,800
video is how do we change our shutter
986
00:38:50,800 --> 00:38:53,040
speed and our aperture and how does it
987
00:38:53,040 --> 00:38:55,680
relate to the mode dial on top of our
988
00:38:55,680 --> 00:38:58,720
camera. The easiest way for me to teach
989
00:38:58,720 --> 00:39:01,680
you this is to start off in aperture
990
00:39:01,680 --> 00:39:04,160
priority mode. So I want you to rotate
991
00:39:04,160 --> 00:39:09,599
your mode dial until it says AV.
992
00:39:09,599 --> 00:39:11,280
Now if you remember I was talking about
993
00:39:11,280 --> 00:39:15,920
our primary selector index finger is
994
00:39:15,920 --> 00:39:20,160
going to change your primary setting. So
995
00:39:20,160 --> 00:39:22,079
what I want you to do is to put it up
996
00:39:22,079 --> 00:39:25,040
here and rotate it and watch what
997
00:39:25,040 --> 00:39:26,480
happens.
998
00:39:26,480 --> 00:39:28,240
to this aperture setting here on the
999
00:39:28,240 --> 00:39:30,000
bottom.
1000
00:39:30,000 --> 00:39:33,599
Your f number is going to change in
1001
00:39:33,599 --> 00:39:35,920
aperture priority mode when you change
1002
00:39:35,920 --> 00:39:37,839
your primary selector with your index
1003
00:39:37,839 --> 00:39:41,119
finger. This is why I like to call this
1004
00:39:41,119 --> 00:39:43,839
the primary selector. It will change the
1005
00:39:43,839 --> 00:39:46,000
primary setting.
1006
00:39:46,000 --> 00:39:49,040
Now, your aperture is actually a ratio
1007
00:39:49,040 --> 00:39:51,680
between the focal length of a lens and
1008
00:39:51,680 --> 00:39:53,920
the opening of it. How wide that opening
1009
00:39:53,920 --> 00:39:56,079
opens up. Different lenses have
1010
00:39:56,079 --> 00:39:58,079
different size openings and typically
1011
00:39:58,079 --> 00:40:00,800
the more expensive the lens they are,
1012
00:40:00,800 --> 00:40:02,640
the wider the opening. It's not always
1013
00:40:02,640 --> 00:40:06,000
the case, but generally speaking, wider
1014
00:40:06,000 --> 00:40:08,560
lenses cost a lot more money because
1015
00:40:08,560 --> 00:40:10,400
there's larger elements. It's a little
1016
00:40:10,400 --> 00:40:12,400
bit more complex.
1017
00:40:12,400 --> 00:40:14,960
But this is a ratio between the focal
1018
00:40:14,960 --> 00:40:18,960
length in the opening in millimeters.
1019
00:40:18,960 --> 00:40:22,720
That's what this F number means. Smaller
1020
00:40:22,720 --> 00:40:24,560
F numbers
1021
00:40:24,560 --> 00:40:26,880
means that that opening is getting
1022
00:40:26,880 --> 00:40:29,440
smaller and smaller and smaller. And so
1023
00:40:29,440 --> 00:40:31,599
if you have something like F20 or F22,
1024
00:40:31,599 --> 00:40:34,160
you got a teeny teeny little opening.
1025
00:40:34,160 --> 00:40:36,000
And if we were to go in the opposite
1026
00:40:36,000 --> 00:40:39,000
direction,
1027
00:40:39,200 --> 00:40:43,920
this case F4, it's a much wider opening.
1028
00:40:43,920 --> 00:40:46,880
So, smaller f-stops,
1029
00:40:46,880 --> 00:40:50,359
wider opening.
1030
00:40:50,640 --> 00:40:54,480
Higher number f-stops like f-22,
1031
00:40:54,480 --> 00:40:56,800
smaller opening.
1032
00:40:56,800 --> 00:41:00,400
Now, as we rotate this up and down,
1033
00:41:00,400 --> 00:41:04,000
you're probably have a question. If I'm
1034
00:41:04,000 --> 00:41:06,079
changing the size of this aperture, if
1035
00:41:06,079 --> 00:41:08,400
I'm making it bigger and smaller as I'm
1036
00:41:08,400 --> 00:41:09,920
rotating
1037
00:41:09,920 --> 00:41:12,560
this aperture setting,
1038
00:41:12,560 --> 00:41:15,280
how come the brightness isn't changing,
1039
00:41:15,280 --> 00:41:18,079
right? How is that possible? If I'm
1040
00:41:18,079 --> 00:41:21,839
making this opening tiny, then I can
1041
00:41:21,839 --> 00:41:24,480
still see what's coming in to the
1042
00:41:24,480 --> 00:41:26,880
viewfinder.
1043
00:41:26,880 --> 00:41:31,040
It's a very sharp question. And what is
1044
00:41:31,040 --> 00:41:34,560
happening is the camera is automatically
1045
00:41:34,560 --> 00:41:36,800
adjusting the shutter speed. So when we
1046
00:41:36,800 --> 00:41:39,920
have a very very small opening, we're
1047
00:41:39,920 --> 00:41:42,079
using a much longer shutter speed. If I
1048
00:41:42,079 --> 00:41:43,839
go in the opposite direction and I'm
1049
00:41:43,839 --> 00:41:45,680
opening up the aperture, opening,
1050
00:41:45,680 --> 00:41:48,480
opening, opening,
1051
00:41:48,480 --> 00:41:50,640
the shutter speed gets faster and
1052
00:41:50,640 --> 00:41:53,520
faster. So this is the heart of the
1053
00:41:53,520 --> 00:41:56,319
matter when using aperture priority
1054
00:41:56,319 --> 00:41:59,920
mode. We change the aperture and the
1055
00:41:59,920 --> 00:42:03,040
camera changes the shutter speed to
1056
00:42:03,040 --> 00:42:04,560
adjust
1057
00:42:04,560 --> 00:42:06,880
for that difference in light coming in.
1058
00:42:06,880 --> 00:42:09,760
So as we change it, the camera would add
1059
00:42:09,760 --> 00:42:12,319
more shutter speed on a small opening
1060
00:42:12,319 --> 00:42:14,400
and as we get wider and wider, it would
1061
00:42:14,400 --> 00:42:17,839
use a faster shutter speed and I can
1062
00:42:17,839 --> 00:42:19,359
improve. Sometimes I get these
1063
00:42:19,359 --> 00:42:21,440
questions, you know, like Michael, what
1064
00:42:21,440 --> 00:42:23,200
camera setting should I use to shoot
1065
00:42:23,200 --> 00:42:26,480
XYZ? I can't give a blanket statement
1066
00:42:26,480 --> 00:42:27,839
because I don't know what lighting
1067
00:42:27,839 --> 00:42:29,040
conditions you're shooting in. Are you
1068
00:42:29,040 --> 00:42:30,560
shooting at night? Are you shooting in a
1069
00:42:30,560 --> 00:42:33,280
closet? Are you shooting on the beach at
1070
00:42:33,280 --> 00:42:36,000
12:00 noon? I have no idea. So, your
1071
00:42:36,000 --> 00:42:37,280
camera settings are going to be
1072
00:42:37,280 --> 00:42:39,280
different depending on how much light
1073
00:42:39,280 --> 00:42:41,119
you're dealing with. And I can prove to
1074
00:42:41,119 --> 00:42:44,480
you how good the camera is at adjusting
1075
00:42:44,480 --> 00:42:47,760
aperture priority mode. So, find an area
1076
00:42:47,760 --> 00:42:49,839
in your home where there's decent light.
1077
00:42:49,839 --> 00:42:51,040
You don't have to go outside to do this,
1078
00:42:51,040 --> 00:42:52,960
but it should be a fairly well lit
1079
00:42:52,960 --> 00:42:54,640
place. And I want you to take your hand
1080
00:42:54,640 --> 00:42:56,319
and watch what happens in aperture
1081
00:42:56,319 --> 00:42:59,200
priority mode as you take your hand and
1082
00:42:59,200 --> 00:43:01,119
you move it in front of the lens and
1083
00:43:01,119 --> 00:43:03,119
you're going to start blocking this
1084
00:43:03,119 --> 00:43:06,319
light, even covering it up completely.
1085
00:43:06,319 --> 00:43:09,839
Got my hand over it. So keep your eye on
1086
00:43:09,839 --> 00:43:11,839
the shutter speed down here. What's
1087
00:43:11,839 --> 00:43:14,319
happening is the camera is constantly
1088
00:43:14,319 --> 00:43:17,440
measuring light and as we block that
1089
00:43:17,440 --> 00:43:20,000
light, it increases the shutter speed to
1090
00:43:20,000 --> 00:43:23,040
let more light in. So this is what's
1091
00:43:23,040 --> 00:43:25,200
happening in most of the modes that we
1092
00:43:25,200 --> 00:43:26,640
use, the automatic modes that we're
1093
00:43:26,640 --> 00:43:29,440
using, the priority modes. The camera is
1094
00:43:29,440 --> 00:43:32,640
measuring light and adjusting based on
1095
00:43:32,640 --> 00:43:34,319
the amount of light coming in. And this
1096
00:43:34,319 --> 00:43:37,359
also includes when we make aperture
1097
00:43:37,359 --> 00:43:39,359
adjustments. The camera is making these
1098
00:43:39,359 --> 00:43:41,760
changes. This is the heart of the matter
1099
00:43:41,760 --> 00:43:43,839
with aperture priority. I always
1100
00:43:43,839 --> 00:43:46,000
remember the example when everything
1101
00:43:46,000 --> 00:43:48,160
clicked to me. It was on a wedding shoot
1102
00:43:48,160 --> 00:43:50,000
and we were shooting inside a dark
1103
00:43:50,000 --> 00:43:51,760
chapel. the bride and groom were coming
1104
00:43:51,760 --> 00:43:53,520
out and then they were in the lobby and
1105
00:43:53,520 --> 00:43:55,599
then we were outside and it was really
1106
00:43:55,599 --> 00:43:58,400
bright sunlight. So there was three
1107
00:43:58,400 --> 00:44:01,359
different shooting conditions in terms
1108
00:44:01,359 --> 00:44:03,280
of lighting that changed within, you
1109
00:44:03,280 --> 00:44:06,560
know, 20 seconds and I didn't have to
1110
00:44:06,560 --> 00:44:08,480
worry about changing my camera settings
1111
00:44:08,480 --> 00:44:10,160
cuz the camera just started using faster
1112
00:44:10,160 --> 00:44:11,839
and faster shutter speeds as it got
1113
00:44:11,839 --> 00:44:13,520
brighter and brighter. When I was
1114
00:44:13,520 --> 00:44:15,040
shooting weddings, I shot almost
1115
00:44:15,040 --> 00:44:17,839
exclusively on aperture priority. I do a
1116
00:44:17,839 --> 00:44:19,920
lot more video now, so I I do more
1117
00:44:19,920 --> 00:44:22,079
manual shooting, but typically it was
1118
00:44:22,079 --> 00:44:24,480
either aperture priority or manual with
1119
00:44:24,480 --> 00:44:26,880
probably more in aperture priority. I
1120
00:44:26,880 --> 00:44:28,800
know many very high-end shooters who
1121
00:44:28,800 --> 00:44:31,680
shoot primarily in program mode. Uh it
1122
00:44:31,680 --> 00:44:33,599
just really depends on your shooting
1123
00:44:33,599 --> 00:44:35,520
style and how much lifting you want to
1124
00:44:35,520 --> 00:44:38,160
do between changing lighting conditions.
1125
00:44:38,160 --> 00:44:39,839
Aperture priority is going to give you
1126
00:44:39,839 --> 00:44:43,280
tremendous mileage. Now, there is an
1127
00:44:43,280 --> 00:44:47,119
important caveat I must tell you about.
1128
00:44:47,119 --> 00:44:48,880
You want to keep an eye on your shutter
1129
00:44:48,880 --> 00:44:51,920
speed because if your shutter speed
1130
00:44:51,920 --> 00:44:54,800
starts to slow down too much,
1131
00:44:54,800 --> 00:44:57,200
the pictures are going to be blurry. So
1132
00:44:57,200 --> 00:44:59,119
there is a barrier that I tell all
1133
00:44:59,119 --> 00:45:02,400
beginners and it's 160th of a second. If
1134
00:45:02,400 --> 00:45:05,520
you are handheld shooting a portrait,
1135
00:45:05,520 --> 00:45:08,480
this to me is the bare minimum shutter
1136
00:45:08,480 --> 00:45:10,960
speed to be at 1/60th of a second or
1137
00:45:10,960 --> 00:45:13,680
faster. It can be 180th, 1/100th, maybe
1138
00:45:13,680 --> 00:45:16,880
1/200th. If it's longer than 160th,
1139
00:45:16,880 --> 00:45:18,560
you're running the risk of getting
1140
00:45:18,560 --> 00:45:21,200
motion blur or movement blur. Even if
1141
00:45:21,200 --> 00:45:22,640
you feel like you're holding the camera
1142
00:45:22,640 --> 00:45:25,520
perfectly still, try it out. Try
1143
00:45:25,520 --> 00:45:27,680
shooting at 120th or one/10enth of a
1144
00:45:27,680 --> 00:45:29,920
second and look to see what happens with
1145
00:45:29,920 --> 00:45:33,680
the images. So, when I'm shooting
1146
00:45:33,680 --> 00:45:37,040
handheld, I'm always sneaking a peak. So
1147
00:45:37,040 --> 00:45:39,599
if I am shooting on aperture priority, I
1148
00:45:39,599 --> 00:45:41,520
make it a habit to always just keep an
1149
00:45:41,520 --> 00:45:44,079
eye on my shutter speed to make sure I
1150
00:45:44,079 --> 00:45:46,319
am shooting fast enough. Okay, it's a
1151
00:45:46,319 --> 00:45:48,319
very important caveat to keep in mind.
1152
00:45:48,319 --> 00:45:49,680
And there are actually other ways to
1153
00:45:49,680 --> 00:45:52,079
lock this down. So to ensure that you
1154
00:45:52,079 --> 00:45:54,240
will by using auto ISO and some other
1155
00:45:54,240 --> 00:45:56,079
features. Let's not worry about that
1156
00:45:56,079 --> 00:45:59,359
right now. So the next question you
1157
00:45:59,359 --> 00:46:02,160
probably have is Michael. Well, if the
1158
00:46:02,160 --> 00:46:03,599
camera is changing the shutter speed,
1159
00:46:03,599 --> 00:46:06,000
how do I make it brighter? That is a
1160
00:46:06,000 --> 00:46:08,640
great question. In an aperture priority
1161
00:46:08,640 --> 00:46:11,040
mode, we are going to use a tool called
1162
00:46:11,040 --> 00:46:12,960
exposure compensation. That's this
1163
00:46:12,960 --> 00:46:16,720
bracket right here. And in this mode, it
1164
00:46:16,720 --> 00:46:19,040
becomes the secondary selector. That's
1165
00:46:19,040 --> 00:46:20,640
why I like to call this the primary and
1166
00:46:20,640 --> 00:46:22,640
this is the secondary. So, the short
1167
00:46:22,640 --> 00:46:24,160
answer is we're going to rotate this
1168
00:46:24,160 --> 00:46:26,079
wheel to the right. And you can see that
1169
00:46:26,079 --> 00:46:28,160
the image is getting brighter. Here it
1170
00:46:28,160 --> 00:46:30,160
is at a neutral. It's like a diamond
1171
00:46:30,160 --> 00:46:32,560
home plate setting. And then at plus
1172
00:46:32,560 --> 00:46:35,359
one, it's brighter. At plus two, it's
1173
00:46:35,359 --> 00:46:36,960
even brighter. At plus three, it's
1174
00:46:36,960 --> 00:46:39,040
really bright. If we go in the opposite
1175
00:46:39,040 --> 00:46:42,079
direction, it gets darker. So, the next
1176
00:46:42,079 --> 00:46:45,760
question you probably have is what do
1177
00:46:45,760 --> 00:46:49,920
these numbers mean? 1, two, and three.
1178
00:46:49,920 --> 00:46:53,040
These deal with what we call stops of
1179
00:46:53,040 --> 00:46:54,640
light. And you'll notice that there's
1180
00:46:54,640 --> 00:46:56,560
even two little tick marks between each
1181
00:46:56,560 --> 00:47:01,119
of them. Each tick is worth onethird of
1182
00:47:01,119 --> 00:47:05,760
a stop. And every stop is worth twice
1183
00:47:05,760 --> 00:47:08,240
the amount of light as the previous
1184
00:47:08,240 --> 00:47:11,359
setting. So when we go from diamond home
1185
00:47:11,359 --> 00:47:15,119
plate to plus one, we are doubling the
1186
00:47:15,119 --> 00:47:17,040
amount of light coming into the camera.
1187
00:47:17,040 --> 00:47:20,079
If we go to two, now we're multiplying
1188
00:47:20,079 --> 00:47:22,640
it by two, a factor of two, and then a
1189
00:47:22,640 --> 00:47:24,560
factor of three times the amount of
1190
00:47:24,560 --> 00:47:26,240
light.
1191
00:47:26,240 --> 00:47:28,319
Now there's even a way I can prove this
1192
00:47:28,319 --> 00:47:31,040
to you that it is double the amount of
1193
00:47:31,040 --> 00:47:33,520
light. I can prove this mathematically
1194
00:47:33,520 --> 00:47:35,680
looking at the shutter speed that's
1195
00:47:35,680 --> 00:47:40,160
coming in. So if I was to take twice the
1196
00:47:40,160 --> 00:47:43,280
shutter speed of 160th, if I go 160th
1197
00:47:43,280 --> 00:47:47,119
plus 160th, I get 260th of a second,
1198
00:47:47,119 --> 00:47:51,359
which when we simplify it's 130th. So
1199
00:47:51,359 --> 00:47:55,440
130th is twice as long as 160th. So if I
1200
00:47:55,440 --> 00:47:59,760
go to + one, now we are at
1201
00:47:59,760 --> 00:48:02,880
130th. If I go to another stop, what do
1202
00:48:02,880 --> 00:48:06,000
you think it would be? He said 115th.
1203
00:48:06,000 --> 00:48:07,520
You're absolutely right. And if we add
1204
00:48:07,520 --> 00:48:09,440
one more stop
1205
00:48:09,440 --> 00:48:13,680
for about 1/8 of a second. So what is
1206
00:48:13,680 --> 00:48:17,520
happening in aperture priority mode? We
1207
00:48:17,520 --> 00:48:19,200
adjust the aperture with our primary
1208
00:48:19,200 --> 00:48:22,160
finger. We can adjust the secondary
1209
00:48:22,160 --> 00:48:24,880
setting, which is the shutter speed
1210
00:48:24,880 --> 00:48:27,359
using the exposure compensation feature.
1211
00:48:27,359 --> 00:48:29,040
So if we wanted to keep it a little
1212
00:48:29,040 --> 00:48:31,839
brighter, we make just keep it here.
1213
00:48:31,839 --> 00:48:33,760
Come up a little higher. Want a little
1214
00:48:33,760 --> 00:48:36,720
darker, we come down here. That is how
1215
00:48:36,720 --> 00:48:38,559
aperture priority works. And if you
1216
00:48:38,559 --> 00:48:40,640
understand it with aperture priority,
1217
00:48:40,640 --> 00:48:42,160
these other modes are going to make
1218
00:48:42,160 --> 00:48:46,079
sense. So we are going to change this to
1219
00:48:46,079 --> 00:48:49,920
the TV which is time value priority.
1220
00:48:49,920 --> 00:48:51,359
Watch what happens with the selections
1221
00:48:51,359 --> 00:48:53,680
down here on the bottom.
1222
00:48:53,680 --> 00:48:55,440
Interesting.
1223
00:48:55,440 --> 00:48:58,319
Now our primary selector
1224
00:48:58,319 --> 00:49:02,520
is changing the shutter speed.
1225
00:49:04,800 --> 00:49:06,800
Shutter priority is different than
1226
00:49:06,800 --> 00:49:09,599
aperture priority because it prioritizes
1227
00:49:09,599 --> 00:49:11,760
the shutter speed. We dial in the
1228
00:49:11,760 --> 00:49:13,520
shutter speed and the camera will dial
1229
00:49:13,520 --> 00:49:15,200
in the aperture. We can't see it right
1230
00:49:15,200 --> 00:49:17,680
now, but if I tap the shutter button
1231
00:49:17,680 --> 00:49:20,160
now, we can see it.
1232
00:49:20,160 --> 00:49:22,800
We can see the camera is making
1233
00:49:22,800 --> 00:49:25,920
adjustments to the aperture based on the
1234
00:49:25,920 --> 00:49:29,520
shutter speed we're telling it to use.
1235
00:49:29,520 --> 00:49:31,760
Now, there's an interesting problem here
1236
00:49:31,760 --> 00:49:34,800
in that there are limits to the lens
1237
00:49:34,800 --> 00:49:36,480
physicals opening. So, it can either
1238
00:49:36,480 --> 00:49:38,720
open up to a certain amount or it can
1239
00:49:38,720 --> 00:49:39,839
close to a certain amount. And then
1240
00:49:39,839 --> 00:49:41,760
after that point, if we keep using a
1241
00:49:41,760 --> 00:49:43,599
faster and faster or longer shutter
1242
00:49:43,599 --> 00:49:47,119
speed, we start to get this blinking.
1243
00:49:47,119 --> 00:49:49,119
When we see the blinking, the camera is
1244
00:49:49,119 --> 00:49:51,760
telling us we have exceeded its capacity
1245
00:49:51,760 --> 00:49:54,880
to change the lens. Time value priority
1246
00:49:54,880 --> 00:49:57,040
or shutter speed priority is very
1247
00:49:57,040 --> 00:49:59,040
popular among sports photographers. I
1248
00:49:59,040 --> 00:50:01,280
have a lot of friends that swear by it.
1249
00:50:01,280 --> 00:50:03,440
If you are shooting sports, for me, the
1250
00:50:03,440 --> 00:50:07,359
bare minimum is 1/500th of a second.
1251
00:50:07,359 --> 00:50:08,960
Now, there's a problem here. The camera
1252
00:50:08,960 --> 00:50:10,559
is saying, "Hey, I can't open the lens
1253
00:50:10,559 --> 00:50:12,480
wider. It's going to be flashing. You
1254
00:50:12,480 --> 00:50:13,920
know, if we take a picture, this is
1255
00:50:13,920 --> 00:50:15,359
going to be underexposed. It's going to
1256
00:50:15,359 --> 00:50:17,599
be all dark.
1257
00:50:17,599 --> 00:50:20,720
We've kind of maxed out what we can do
1258
00:50:20,720 --> 00:50:22,559
in terms of the aperture. So the
1259
00:50:22,559 --> 00:50:24,559
question that I have to you is how would
1260
00:50:24,559 --> 00:50:26,319
we resolve this in this situation?
1261
00:50:26,319 --> 00:50:28,160
You're shooting an indoor track. You got
1262
00:50:28,160 --> 00:50:30,160
to be at 1500th of a second or those
1263
00:50:30,160 --> 00:50:31,280
pictures are going to be blurry because
1264
00:50:31,280 --> 00:50:33,599
they're moving so fast. The aperture is
1265
00:50:33,599 --> 00:50:36,640
flashing. What would you do
1266
00:50:36,640 --> 00:50:39,839
now? If you said make your sensor more
1267
00:50:39,839 --> 00:50:42,480
sensitive and bump up your ISO, you are
1268
00:50:42,480 --> 00:50:44,960
absolutely correct. This is how I would
1269
00:50:44,960 --> 00:50:49,440
resolve it. See if 1600 does. 1600.
1270
00:50:49,440 --> 00:50:51,760
It's right there on the edge. Let's bump
1271
00:50:51,760 --> 00:50:55,480
it up a little bit more
1272
00:50:55,599 --> 00:50:57,760
there. So, by increasing the sensitivity
1273
00:50:57,760 --> 00:51:00,079
of the sensor with an ISO boost, the
1274
00:51:00,079 --> 00:51:02,880
flashing stops and the camera is able to
1275
00:51:02,880 --> 00:51:06,240
perform at 1/500th of a second. So, the
1276
00:51:06,240 --> 00:51:07,839
question then becomes is what's the
1277
00:51:07,839 --> 00:51:09,520
drawback of just adding more and more
1278
00:51:09,520 --> 00:51:13,040
ISO? So, quick lesson on ISO is this is
1279
00:51:13,040 --> 00:51:16,559
not adjusting the light. It's adjusting
1280
00:51:16,559 --> 00:51:18,160
it's really giving an artificial boost
1281
00:51:18,160 --> 00:51:21,119
to the sensor. It's not light. And the
1282
00:51:21,119 --> 00:51:22,960
problem with this is that as you get
1283
00:51:22,960 --> 00:51:25,440
into these higher ISOs, it becomes more
1284
00:51:25,440 --> 00:51:27,680
and more noisy. Now, just because I'm
1285
00:51:27,680 --> 00:51:29,680
old school, you know, I I was always
1286
00:51:29,680 --> 00:51:33,760
shooting at ISO 400, but camera sensors
1287
00:51:33,760 --> 00:51:35,680
and their performance have dramatically
1288
00:51:35,680 --> 00:51:37,680
improved over the last 15 to, you know,
1289
00:51:37,680 --> 00:51:40,800
20 years. Uh, huge improvements. Really
1290
00:51:40,800 --> 00:51:43,839
impressive. I can shoot at 16 or 3200
1291
00:51:43,839 --> 00:51:45,680
all day long. If there's enough light,
1292
00:51:45,680 --> 00:51:47,680
you're not even going to notice it. So,
1293
00:51:47,680 --> 00:51:48,960
a lot of it depends on what you're
1294
00:51:48,960 --> 00:51:51,440
doing, where you're shooting, what your
1295
00:51:51,440 --> 00:51:53,599
minimum requirements are, how much how
1296
00:51:53,599 --> 00:51:55,680
many artifacts you want. In some
1297
00:51:55,680 --> 00:51:57,839
situations, you'll shoot even more than
1298
00:51:57,839 --> 00:51:59,520
that. Just really depends on on what
1299
00:51:59,520 --> 00:52:01,599
you're doing. But, yeah, generally
1300
00:52:01,599 --> 00:52:04,000
speaking, 3200 and less. Most of the
1301
00:52:04,000 --> 00:52:06,160
time, if I'm shooting in good lit
1302
00:52:06,160 --> 00:52:08,559
situations, I'm at 400.
1303
00:52:08,559 --> 00:52:10,800
Just something to keep in mind that you
1304
00:52:10,800 --> 00:52:13,359
will run into these limits when you have
1305
00:52:13,359 --> 00:52:16,240
much faster shutter speeds. For birds in
1306
00:52:16,240 --> 00:52:18,319
flight, you might be at 1/ 1,000th of a
1307
00:52:18,319 --> 00:52:20,240
second or even faster. Just depends on
1308
00:52:20,240 --> 00:52:22,640
how fast your subject matter is moving.
1309
00:52:22,640 --> 00:52:24,559
And in those cases, you're going to need
1310
00:52:24,559 --> 00:52:27,040
a lot more light. So, the difference
1311
00:52:27,040 --> 00:52:28,960
between aperture priority and shutter
1312
00:52:28,960 --> 00:52:32,480
priority is the primary input. Here, we
1313
00:52:32,480 --> 00:52:34,480
are changing the shutter speed. the
1314
00:52:34,480 --> 00:52:37,520
camera is changing the aperture on our
1315
00:52:37,520 --> 00:52:41,119
behalf. Let's take a quick look at P or
1316
00:52:41,119 --> 00:52:43,119
the program mode. You'll notice that we
1317
00:52:43,119 --> 00:52:45,040
lose both options. We can tap the
1318
00:52:45,040 --> 00:52:47,200
shutter button. It gives us the ability
1319
00:52:47,200 --> 00:52:49,680
to still select our shutter speed, but
1320
00:52:49,680 --> 00:52:53,119
it's making changes to the aperture.
1321
00:52:53,119 --> 00:52:54,960
Now, this is a little bit different
1322
00:52:54,960 --> 00:52:57,920
because dialing in the shutter speed
1323
00:52:57,920 --> 00:53:00,000
does not lock it in. It's kind of like a
1324
00:53:00,000 --> 00:53:02,400
starting point. So, program mode
1325
00:53:02,400 --> 00:53:04,960
originally was kind of like an advanced
1326
00:53:04,960 --> 00:53:06,640
auto mode where the camera had the
1327
00:53:06,640 --> 00:53:08,240
freedom to change the shutter speed and
1328
00:53:08,240 --> 00:53:09,920
the aperture. I know a lot of
1329
00:53:09,920 --> 00:53:12,000
photographers who still use this
1330
00:53:12,000 --> 00:53:14,160
professionally, very high-end wedding
1331
00:53:14,160 --> 00:53:16,240
photographers, one guy in particular
1332
00:53:16,240 --> 00:53:18,480
uses program mode. You still have the
1333
00:53:18,480 --> 00:53:21,040
ability to change your ISO, but we're
1334
00:53:21,040 --> 00:53:23,119
turning over a lot of this over to the
1335
00:53:23,119 --> 00:53:25,280
camera.
1336
00:53:25,280 --> 00:53:27,200
I I talked a little bit about the dummy
1337
00:53:27,200 --> 00:53:29,119
mode. Camera's going to do almost
1338
00:53:29,119 --> 00:53:30,960
everything. We have a few options. We
1339
00:53:30,960 --> 00:53:33,119
can change our drive mode. Uh, you know,
1340
00:53:33,119 --> 00:53:35,520
we have these different filters, kind of
1341
00:53:35,520 --> 00:53:37,440
gimmicky filters. I I think I don't
1342
00:53:37,440 --> 00:53:39,839
really play with them. See, these
1343
00:53:39,839 --> 00:53:41,760
different color tones, things of that
1344
00:53:41,760 --> 00:53:44,079
nature. Not a fan of the dummy mode. And
1345
00:53:44,079 --> 00:53:45,359
I tell my students, if you're going to
1346
00:53:45,359 --> 00:53:48,319
start on any mode, try to learn aperture
1347
00:53:48,319 --> 00:53:51,200
priority mode first. In in the most
1348
00:53:51,200 --> 00:53:53,440
recent years, there's been a new setting
1349
00:53:53,440 --> 00:53:55,680
on the mode dial called FV or the
1350
00:53:55,680 --> 00:53:58,880
flexible value. When we start off on
1351
00:53:58,880 --> 00:54:00,480
this, you'll notice that every setting
1352
00:54:00,480 --> 00:54:02,559
here is in an automatic mode, similar to
1353
00:54:02,559 --> 00:54:05,440
a P mode. The interesting thing about
1354
00:54:05,440 --> 00:54:07,520
this is we can dial in what we want
1355
00:54:07,520 --> 00:54:09,280
depending on the settings we want to
1356
00:54:09,280 --> 00:54:11,680
maintain. So, let's say I wanted to
1357
00:54:11,680 --> 00:54:14,960
maintain a very specific shutter speed.
1358
00:54:14,960 --> 00:54:16,319
So, I'll come in here. I'm just going to
1359
00:54:16,319 --> 00:54:18,319
scroll using touchcreen. Let's say we
1360
00:54:18,319 --> 00:54:20,079
want 1/500th of a second. We want the
1361
00:54:20,079 --> 00:54:21,520
camera to make sure we get that one
1362
00:54:21,520 --> 00:54:24,240
500th of a second. And if we shoot this
1363
00:54:24,240 --> 00:54:25,760
way, we're turning permission to the
1364
00:54:25,760 --> 00:54:28,079
camera to not only change the aperture,
1365
00:54:28,079 --> 00:54:31,200
but to also change the ISO. And there's
1366
00:54:31,200 --> 00:54:35,359
ways we can limit this in the deep menu.
1367
00:54:35,359 --> 00:54:38,240
But suffice to say, the camera has more
1368
00:54:38,240 --> 00:54:41,040
flexibility. Let's say we're shooting,
1369
00:54:41,040 --> 00:54:42,480
let's say we're let's say we want to
1370
00:54:42,480 --> 00:54:44,240
dial in exact portraits. We're shooting
1371
00:54:44,240 --> 00:54:47,760
at f4 and we want
1372
00:54:47,760 --> 00:54:49,760
our 160th.
1373
00:54:49,760 --> 00:54:52,400
Well, now we can leave it on auto ISO.
1374
00:54:52,400 --> 00:54:54,319
The camera would basically keep these
1375
00:54:54,319 --> 00:54:56,319
locked in and it would change the ISO
1376
00:54:56,319 --> 00:54:58,240
depending on how much light we have. So,
1377
00:54:58,240 --> 00:55:00,800
this is how this works is it allows us
1378
00:55:00,800 --> 00:55:02,720
to determine
1379
00:55:02,720 --> 00:55:05,040
what setting is locked in and what the
1380
00:55:05,040 --> 00:55:07,599
camera has permission to change. You can
1381
00:55:07,599 --> 00:55:11,200
also do this in other modes. This just
1382
00:55:11,200 --> 00:55:13,200
makes it a little bit easier to figure
1383
00:55:13,200 --> 00:55:15,680
out. So, let's say we were in aperture
1384
00:55:15,680 --> 00:55:17,359
priority mode and we wanted to go to
1385
00:55:17,359 --> 00:55:20,480
auto ISO. It's the same basic idea.
1386
00:55:20,480 --> 00:55:22,319
camera has control over the shutter
1387
00:55:22,319 --> 00:55:26,319
speed and the ISO. So, that's what the
1388
00:55:26,319 --> 00:55:28,960
flexible mode will do. And some people
1389
00:55:28,960 --> 00:55:31,119
love this mode. For me, I'm kind of old
1390
00:55:31,119 --> 00:55:32,960
school. I just dial it in on my aperture
1391
00:55:32,960 --> 00:55:35,839
priority if I really wanted to. That's
1392
00:55:35,839 --> 00:55:38,079
how I roll. Something else you should
1393
00:55:38,079 --> 00:55:41,760
note is that when you are in auto ISO
1394
00:55:41,760 --> 00:55:43,680
and you tap the shutter button, it will
1395
00:55:43,680 --> 00:55:46,240
show you the current selection. So,
1396
00:55:46,240 --> 00:55:48,640
let's change the aperture. And you can
1397
00:55:48,640 --> 00:55:51,920
see that being updated here. Let's real
1398
00:55:51,920 --> 00:55:56,240
quick talk about the manual mode. In the
1399
00:55:56,240 --> 00:55:59,200
manual mode, we determine our shutter
1400
00:55:59,200 --> 00:56:00,960
speed and our aperture. There's no help
1401
00:56:00,960 --> 00:56:03,839
from the camera. Camera is just going to
1402
00:56:03,839 --> 00:56:05,760
let us dial in whatever we want. We
1403
00:56:05,760 --> 00:56:07,680
still have auto ISO on. Let's turn this
1404
00:56:07,680 --> 00:56:11,440
to maybe 400.
1405
00:56:11,440 --> 00:56:13,599
So, we adjust the shutter speed. We
1406
00:56:13,599 --> 00:56:15,920
adjust the aperture. The camera is not
1407
00:56:15,920 --> 00:56:18,960
helping. We can adjust the ISO this way.
1408
00:56:18,960 --> 00:56:20,799
And what happens with the exposure
1409
00:56:20,799 --> 00:56:23,040
compensation bar is now it becomes a
1410
00:56:23,040 --> 00:56:25,920
light meter. This is telling you based
1411
00:56:25,920 --> 00:56:28,960
on the metering modes whether this is an
1412
00:56:28,960 --> 00:56:31,280
overexposed or an underexposed shot.
1413
00:56:31,280 --> 00:56:34,000
Here's overexposed. Here's underexposed.
1414
00:56:34,000 --> 00:56:36,640
And by how many stops. So it becomes
1415
00:56:36,640 --> 00:56:38,799
more of a metering bar. When I'm
1416
00:56:38,799 --> 00:56:41,680
shooting video, almost exclusively on
1417
00:56:41,680 --> 00:56:43,520
manual. There's different settings for
1418
00:56:43,520 --> 00:56:45,760
that I'll cover in just a minute. But
1419
00:56:45,760 --> 00:56:48,480
manual mode gives you full control over
1420
00:56:48,480 --> 00:56:50,000
the camera. There's I mean, if you look
1421
00:56:50,000 --> 00:56:52,720
at your smartphones, most smartphones do
1422
00:56:52,720 --> 00:56:55,040
not have true manual controls. You they
1423
00:56:55,040 --> 00:56:56,480
they're fighting you and wrestling you
1424
00:56:56,480 --> 00:56:58,480
in different ways. And this is why these
1425
00:56:58,480 --> 00:57:00,640
cameras are still awesome. You get full
1426
00:57:00,640 --> 00:57:02,799
manual control over the camera, the
1427
00:57:02,799 --> 00:57:05,359
light, the the ISO, all that stuff.
1428
00:57:05,359 --> 00:57:07,200
Again, we can also come in here and go
1429
00:57:07,200 --> 00:57:09,040
to auto if we really wanted to. And then
1430
00:57:09,040 --> 00:57:10,319
so we would have locked in camera
1431
00:57:10,319 --> 00:57:14,000
settings. Camera could update with ISO.
1432
00:57:14,000 --> 00:57:15,599
Let's talk about the bulb mode.
1433
00:57:15,599 --> 00:57:18,319
Basically, the way bulb mode works is as
1434
00:57:18,319 --> 00:57:19,359
long as you're holding the shutter
1435
00:57:19,359 --> 00:57:21,200
button down, the exposure is lasting.
1436
00:57:21,200 --> 00:57:22,960
I'm holding it down and we get a counter
1437
00:57:22,960 --> 00:57:24,400
there in the bottom right hand corner.
1438
00:57:24,400 --> 00:57:26,640
It's showing us how many seconds. Then I
1439
00:57:26,640 --> 00:57:30,400
let go. Clearly overexposed.
1440
00:57:30,400 --> 00:57:32,960
We can turn our ISO down. This is really
1441
00:57:32,960 --> 00:57:35,680
good for really long exposures. I don't
1442
00:57:35,680 --> 00:57:37,440
recommend actually holding the button
1443
00:57:37,440 --> 00:57:39,440
down. There are some timers we can use
1444
00:57:39,440 --> 00:57:41,920
so we don't have to touch the monitor or
1445
00:57:41,920 --> 00:57:44,240
the camera and put it on a tripod. There
1446
00:57:44,240 --> 00:57:46,480
won't be any shake. There's also remote
1447
00:57:46,480 --> 00:57:48,720
controls we can use. But that's the idea
1448
00:57:48,720 --> 00:57:50,400
of the bulb mode is the longer you hold
1449
00:57:50,400 --> 00:57:52,160
the shutter button down, the longer the
1450
00:57:52,160 --> 00:57:54,079
exposure will be. If you're enjoying
1451
00:57:54,079 --> 00:57:55,839
what you're seeing and at some point
1452
00:57:55,839 --> 00:57:57,440
you're [music] ready to purchase your
1453
00:57:57,440 --> 00:57:59,520
first camera filters, check out Maven
1454
00:57:59,520 --> 00:58:01,040
Filters. This is a company that I
1455
00:58:01,040 --> 00:58:02,799
created. They're different than anything
1456
00:58:02,799 --> 00:58:04,400
out there on the market. They are
1457
00:58:04,400 --> 00:58:07,200
magnetic, color-coded. They swap super
1458
00:58:07,200 --> 00:58:09,839
fast. All I ask is that you please give
1459
00:58:09,839 --> 00:58:11,839
me a shot to prove to you these are the
1460
00:58:11,839 --> 00:58:14,079
world's best [music] camera filters. I
1461
00:58:14,079 --> 00:58:16,720
promise you, you're going to love them.
1462
00:58:16,720 --> 00:58:20,319
Let's get back to the lessons.
1463
00:58:20,319 --> 00:58:23,920
Let's talk about the S and F mode. When
1464
00:58:23,920 --> 00:58:25,839
we flip it to this setting, you'll
1465
00:58:25,839 --> 00:58:27,680
notice that in the stills mode, it says
1466
00:58:27,680 --> 00:58:30,720
P. So this is really designed to be a
1467
00:58:30,720 --> 00:58:32,559
video feature. So we want to make sure
1468
00:58:32,559 --> 00:58:35,599
our video icon is selected and we get S
1469
00:58:35,599 --> 00:58:37,440
and F up here in the top lefthand
1470
00:58:37,440 --> 00:58:40,000
corner. SNF stands for slow and fast and
1471
00:58:40,000 --> 00:58:43,040
it's made to be programmable. The way we
1472
00:58:43,040 --> 00:58:44,799
set it up is we're going to press the Q
1473
00:58:44,799 --> 00:58:46,880
button and then down here on the bottom
1474
00:58:46,880 --> 00:58:49,359
it says setup. This can be very
1475
00:58:49,359 --> 00:58:50,960
confusing if you've never seen it before
1476
00:58:50,960 --> 00:58:53,440
or know the terminology. So this first
1477
00:58:53,440 --> 00:58:56,400
tab over here deals with the resolution
1478
00:58:56,400 --> 00:58:58,480
which is the dimensions of pixels wide
1479
00:58:58,480 --> 00:59:01,920
by the dimensions of pixels tall. 1920
1480
00:59:01,920 --> 00:59:04,880
wide 1080 tall. This is FHD which is
1481
00:59:04,880 --> 00:59:07,760
full high definitionin. And as we scroll
1482
00:59:07,760 --> 00:59:09,119
to the left you can see that the
1483
00:59:09,119 --> 00:59:10,960
resolution increased. It's a little bit
1484
00:59:10,960 --> 00:59:13,920
wider. And as we continue to go into the
1485
00:59:13,920 --> 00:59:19,520
4K, which starts at 3840 by 2160,
1486
00:59:19,520 --> 00:59:21,040
and then we can get into different
1487
00:59:21,040 --> 00:59:24,240
compressions, and then we get this wider
1488
00:59:24,240 --> 00:59:27,839
4K, and then a finer compression. The
1489
00:59:27,839 --> 00:59:30,319
way slow motion works is that we shoot
1490
00:59:30,319 --> 00:59:33,280
at a much higher frame rate than what we
1491
00:59:33,280 --> 00:59:36,799
play back. So the recording frame rate
1492
00:59:36,799 --> 00:59:39,920
is given here and the playback frame
1493
00:59:39,920 --> 00:59:42,720
rate is given here. the play button. So,
1494
00:59:42,720 --> 00:59:44,720
if we're recording at 60 frames per
1495
00:59:44,720 --> 00:59:46,559
second and we're playing back at about
1496
00:59:46,559 --> 00:59:49,040
30 frames per second, it's going to be
1497
00:59:49,040 --> 00:59:51,599
twice as slow. Now, I need to point
1498
00:59:51,599 --> 00:59:52,720
something out is that when I come into
1499
00:59:52,720 --> 00:59:54,000
the frame rates, we don't get some of
1500
00:59:54,000 --> 00:59:55,920
these higher rates because it can't do
1501
00:59:55,920 --> 00:59:57,920
it in these fine compressions. So, we
1502
00:59:57,920 --> 00:59:59,839
have to choose one of these guys
1503
00:59:59,839 --> 01:00:04,240
instead. So, we're limited to 180 4KD.
1504
01:00:04,240 --> 01:00:05,599
Without the fine compression, we're
1505
01:00:05,599 --> 01:00:09,599
limited to 120.
1506
01:00:09,599 --> 01:00:11,359
And when we try to select the fines, we
1507
01:00:11,359 --> 01:00:13,119
can't select it. So there are some
1508
01:00:13,119 --> 01:00:15,200
limits in terms of the compression, but
1509
01:00:15,200 --> 01:00:18,079
this is 4K, four times as slow in the
1510
01:00:18,079 --> 01:00:20,240
playback mode.
1511
01:00:20,240 --> 01:00:22,880
So again, this is the resolution and
1512
01:00:22,880 --> 01:00:24,880
this is the number of frames per second.
1513
01:00:24,880 --> 01:00:28,000
And we can also select the playback. You
1514
01:00:28,000 --> 01:00:30,880
you'll see that the playback changes.
1515
01:00:30,880 --> 01:00:33,520
Usually mine's at 30 frames per second.
1516
01:00:33,520 --> 01:00:35,200
Another thing to point out is that if we
1517
01:00:35,200 --> 01:00:39,040
shoot at 60 and we play it back at 60,
1518
01:00:39,040 --> 01:00:42,319
it's actual speed. So, that's something
1519
01:00:42,319 --> 01:00:44,480
to keep in mind. But this is designed to
1520
01:00:44,480 --> 01:00:47,440
be easy access really, I believe, for
1521
01:00:47,440 --> 01:00:49,040
slow motion where you would have it set
1522
01:00:49,040 --> 01:00:52,559
to 120. We're shooting at 150 megabits
1523
01:00:52,559 --> 01:00:55,760
per second. That's the data rate. And if
1524
01:00:55,760 --> 01:00:58,160
you wanted to do like a fast motion
1525
01:00:58,160 --> 01:00:59,760
playback, like if you were building a
1526
01:00:59,760 --> 01:01:01,920
house over, like if you were building,
1527
01:01:01,920 --> 01:01:03,520
let's say, a shack over the period of a
1528
01:01:03,520 --> 01:01:05,920
day and you wanted to have this very
1529
01:01:05,920 --> 01:01:08,559
slow capture, which would play back 60
1530
01:01:08,559 --> 01:01:10,240
times faster, this is where you would do
1531
01:01:10,240 --> 01:01:11,839
it.
1532
01:01:11,839 --> 01:01:14,400
What I would recommend
1533
01:01:14,400 --> 01:01:17,520
is set this up to 4KD,
1534
01:01:17,520 --> 01:01:20,960
120 frames per second. Playback can be
1535
01:01:20,960 --> 01:01:22,720
30 frames per second. And now we're at
1536
01:01:22,720 --> 01:01:25,520
four times slow. So, we hit okay. And
1537
01:01:25,520 --> 01:01:27,280
what you'll notice is again, we got our
1538
01:01:27,280 --> 01:01:29,359
playback here. It's telling us 120
1539
01:01:29,359 --> 01:01:31,920
frames per second. This is set up now.
1540
01:01:31,920 --> 01:01:33,760
So, this warning is telling us that the
1541
01:01:33,760 --> 01:01:35,440
camera might overheat. But when we're
1542
01:01:35,440 --> 01:01:37,359
set up for slow motion, we now get our
1543
01:01:37,359 --> 01:01:39,920
time code in yellow. And this is telling
1544
01:01:39,920 --> 01:01:42,160
us we have about 32 minutes of shooting
1545
01:01:42,160 --> 01:01:44,799
at this very high frame rate. Tap the
1546
01:01:44,799 --> 01:01:46,559
shutter button. Let's see if we can get
1547
01:01:46,559 --> 01:01:49,920
it to tell us what it's
1548
01:01:49,920 --> 01:01:52,880
on. It should be in there. There it is.
1549
01:01:52,880 --> 01:01:56,720
120 frames per second. So now slow
1550
01:01:56,720 --> 01:01:58,160
motion is set up and if we were to
1551
01:01:58,160 --> 01:02:00,079
record video and play it back, it would
1552
01:02:00,079 --> 01:02:02,319
play back in slow-mo.
1553
01:02:02,319 --> 01:02:04,000
The last thing I want to talk about real
1554
01:02:04,000 --> 01:02:05,760
quick is the scene mode. The scene mode,
1555
01:02:05,760 --> 01:02:07,280
and we're in video mode right now. Flip
1556
01:02:07,280 --> 01:02:09,599
this back over. The scene mode really
1557
01:02:09,599 --> 01:02:12,079
allows us to ask the camera to shoot or
1558
01:02:12,079 --> 01:02:15,040
to help us do some of the lifting. Most
1559
01:02:15,040 --> 01:02:16,720
of these are gimmicks. Some of them are
1560
01:02:16,720 --> 01:02:18,319
fun to play with, like the panoramic
1561
01:02:18,319 --> 01:02:21,440
shot where you would want to be on a,
1562
01:02:21,440 --> 01:02:23,520
you know, a pivoting tripod of some kind
1563
01:02:23,520 --> 01:02:26,079
where you can move the camera as you're
1564
01:02:26,079 --> 01:02:30,760
shooting. Looks something like this.
1565
01:02:30,880 --> 01:02:32,559
And then it stitches it together in
1566
01:02:32,559 --> 01:02:35,040
camera. Pretty cool.
1567
01:02:35,040 --> 01:02:37,280
Let's see some of the other fun ones.
1568
01:02:37,280 --> 01:02:39,280
The portrait and smooth skin. These are
1569
01:02:39,280 --> 01:02:41,119
for shooting people. It will add some
1570
01:02:41,119 --> 01:02:42,799
processing and clean it up. If you're
1571
01:02:42,799 --> 01:02:44,640
worried about your settings for group
1572
01:02:44,640 --> 01:02:45,920
photos, you would come in here and
1573
01:02:45,920 --> 01:02:48,240
select this. It's going to select a
1574
01:02:48,240 --> 01:02:50,240
smaller sized aperture to get a deeper
1575
01:02:50,240 --> 01:02:52,720
depth of field. Might apply some skin
1576
01:02:52,720 --> 01:02:55,920
tones to it. Landscape. Again, this is
1577
01:02:55,920 --> 01:02:57,599
going to be optimized for taking
1578
01:02:57,599 --> 01:02:59,280
pictures of things like mountains and
1579
01:02:59,280 --> 01:03:01,440
streams and rivers. Most of these things
1580
01:03:01,440 --> 01:03:03,280
can be done if you know how to operate
1581
01:03:03,280 --> 01:03:05,280
the camera directly. There are some
1582
01:03:05,280 --> 01:03:07,280
filters that are applied here. I think
1583
01:03:07,280 --> 01:03:09,760
it's kind of gimmicky. Now, the only one
1584
01:03:09,760 --> 01:03:12,160
I would really truly try to use in this
1585
01:03:12,160 --> 01:03:14,400
is probably panning shot, which is
1586
01:03:14,400 --> 01:03:16,319
really fun for cool effects of moving
1587
01:03:16,319 --> 01:03:19,839
subjects, HDR backlight control, and
1588
01:03:19,839 --> 01:03:21,760
that's probably about it. Even the
1589
01:03:21,760 --> 01:03:23,280
handheld night scene or night portrait,
1590
01:03:23,280 --> 01:03:24,559
I probably would just shoot on the
1591
01:03:24,559 --> 01:03:26,880
regular modes. Check them out if you get
1592
01:03:26,880 --> 01:03:28,240
a chance, but I think you're going going
1593
01:03:28,240 --> 01:03:30,400
to get much more mileage out of learning
1594
01:03:30,400 --> 01:03:35,200
the P, TV, and AV and manual modes.
1595
01:03:35,200 --> 01:03:37,520
Furthermore, as we come to our
1596
01:03:37,520 --> 01:03:41,200
customizable modes, C1, C2, and C3,
1597
01:03:41,200 --> 01:03:43,920
these allow us to set up our camera very
1598
01:03:43,920 --> 01:03:45,839
specifically. It can be down to our
1599
01:03:45,839 --> 01:03:48,960
white balance. It can be to our picture
1600
01:03:48,960 --> 01:03:52,640
styles, it can be to our burst mode, our
1601
01:03:52,640 --> 01:03:54,480
shooting mode, all kinds of things. And
1602
01:03:54,480 --> 01:03:56,160
then when we get these all dialed in the
1603
01:03:56,160 --> 01:03:57,760
way we want, we're going to come in to
1604
01:03:57,760 --> 01:04:00,400
the yellow tab. It's going to be in
1605
01:04:00,400 --> 01:04:03,520
here. Custom shooting mode. register
1606
01:04:03,520 --> 01:04:05,599
your settings and it will remember those
1607
01:04:05,599 --> 01:04:09,599
settings on that dial.
1608
01:04:09,599 --> 01:04:11,359
Real quick, let's talk about our
1609
01:04:11,359 --> 01:04:13,760
exposure settings in video mode. So, I'm
1610
01:04:13,760 --> 01:04:15,359
going to flip this over to video mode.
1611
01:04:15,359 --> 01:04:18,079
And you can actually record video in the
1612
01:04:18,079 --> 01:04:20,000
stills mode just by pushing shutter
1613
01:04:20,000 --> 01:04:21,359
button down. And it kind of gives you
1614
01:04:21,359 --> 01:04:24,720
this basic mode. What I prefer to do is
1615
01:04:24,720 --> 01:04:26,319
to do it from the video mode because we
1616
01:04:26,319 --> 01:04:28,960
get much greater control. And I'm in
1617
01:04:28,960 --> 01:04:31,440
manual mode. Okay. So, this is how it
1618
01:04:31,440 --> 01:04:34,160
works. is your frame rates. The number
1619
01:04:34,160 --> 01:04:37,520
of stills you are shooting per second
1620
01:04:37,520 --> 01:04:40,319
will relate to your shutter speed. For
1621
01:04:40,319 --> 01:04:42,400
YouTube videos, I'm typically shooting
1622
01:04:42,400 --> 01:04:45,359
30 frames a second and we want to double
1623
01:04:45,359 --> 01:04:48,319
that to get an appropriate shutter speed
1624
01:04:48,319 --> 01:04:50,880
if we want to follow the 180°ree shutter
1625
01:04:50,880 --> 01:04:52,799
rule. Suffice it to say, double your
1626
01:04:52,799 --> 01:04:54,160
frame rate. So, if you're shooting at 30
1627
01:04:54,160 --> 01:04:56,240
frames per second, you want to be at
1628
01:04:56,240 --> 01:04:59,119
160th of a second. And then you can dial
1629
01:04:59,119 --> 01:05:01,760
in your aperture and adjust your ISO
1630
01:05:01,760 --> 01:05:03,760
last depending on what it is that you're
1631
01:05:03,760 --> 01:05:05,920
doing. If you're going for a more
1632
01:05:05,920 --> 01:05:07,359
shallow depth of field, you might be at
1633
01:05:07,359 --> 01:05:09,839
f4. If you want a deeper depth of field,
1634
01:05:09,839 --> 01:05:11,440
maybe you're doing, you know, some
1635
01:05:11,440 --> 01:05:15,119
landscape or maybe it's a group, then we
1636
01:05:15,119 --> 01:05:17,839
would adjust the ISO at the last
1637
01:05:17,839 --> 01:05:21,359
setting. If we're shooting at 24 frames
1638
01:05:21,359 --> 01:05:25,200
per second, this would be 150th. If
1639
01:05:25,200 --> 01:05:27,280
we're shooting at a higher frame rate,
1640
01:05:27,280 --> 01:05:30,400
let's say 60 frames per second, we again
1641
01:05:30,400 --> 01:05:33,280
would double it. So it would be 120. If
1642
01:05:33,280 --> 01:05:36,000
we were shooting at, let's say, 120
1643
01:05:36,000 --> 01:05:37,520
frames per second, we would double it
1644
01:05:37,520 --> 01:05:39,680
again and we'd go up to 250. So you want
1645
01:05:39,680 --> 01:05:42,160
your shutter speed to be double your
1646
01:05:42,160 --> 01:05:44,799
frame rate. Then you dial in your
1647
01:05:44,799 --> 01:05:46,960
aperture, and then you finally tweak it
1648
01:05:46,960 --> 01:05:49,359
with your ISO. We're about to talk about
1649
01:05:49,359 --> 01:05:51,599
the camera's focusing systems. are
1650
01:05:51,599 --> 01:05:54,079
highly complex and for pure beginners
1651
01:05:54,079 --> 01:05:56,480
overwhelming. I want you to put your
1652
01:05:56,480 --> 01:05:58,880
camera in onto the P mode just for the
1653
01:05:58,880 --> 01:06:01,920
sake of covering the focusing lesson.
1654
01:06:01,920 --> 01:06:04,000
The way I like to break this down is the
1655
01:06:04,000 --> 01:06:07,839
how, the when, and the where. If you
1656
01:06:07,839 --> 01:06:10,160
think of your focusing systems in terms
1657
01:06:10,160 --> 01:06:12,799
of how you focus, when the camera is
1658
01:06:12,799 --> 01:06:14,480
focusing, and where the camera is
1659
01:06:14,480 --> 01:06:16,960
focusing, this is going to be a lot
1660
01:06:16,960 --> 01:06:19,760
easier. So, the first question, how does
1661
01:06:19,760 --> 01:06:22,400
the camera focus? Take your index
1662
01:06:22,400 --> 01:06:23,680
finger, get your camera if you don't
1663
01:06:23,680 --> 01:06:25,599
have it already, get into a semi
1664
01:06:25,599 --> 01:06:27,599
well-lit situation, point your camera at
1665
01:06:27,599 --> 01:06:29,599
something, and push the shutter button
1666
01:06:29,599 --> 01:06:32,240
halfway down. You can see that the
1667
01:06:32,240 --> 01:06:34,240
camera is choosing this area of high
1668
01:06:34,240 --> 01:06:36,400
contrast, this little focusing target
1669
01:06:36,400 --> 01:06:39,599
that I have. We get an audio beep that
1670
01:06:39,599 --> 01:06:43,119
we can hear. We also get this green box.
1671
01:06:43,119 --> 01:06:45,440
When we push and hold the shutter button
1672
01:06:45,440 --> 01:06:47,440
halfway down, you can see that this
1673
01:06:47,440 --> 01:06:50,480
focusing lock is maintained. And when we
1674
01:06:50,480 --> 01:06:52,640
push it down all the way, it takes the
1675
01:06:52,640 --> 01:06:55,119
picture. So, I want you to train your
1676
01:06:55,119 --> 01:06:57,039
finger to feel the difference between
1677
01:06:57,039 --> 01:06:59,760
focusing and taking pictures. So, it's a
1678
01:06:59,760 --> 01:07:02,319
halfway spongy resistance to focus.
1679
01:07:02,319 --> 01:07:04,319
Pushing it down all the way will
1680
01:07:04,319 --> 01:07:06,400
actually take the image. In the
1681
01:07:06,400 --> 01:07:08,799
beginning, this is a great way to start.
1682
01:07:08,799 --> 01:07:10,640
As you advance, especially if you become
1683
01:07:10,640 --> 01:07:13,920
a sports shooter, you may not want to
1684
01:07:13,920 --> 01:07:15,359
focus with a halfway shutter button
1685
01:07:15,359 --> 01:07:16,559
depression. For now, we're going to
1686
01:07:16,559 --> 01:07:19,200
leave it. You may want to use your thumb
1687
01:07:19,200 --> 01:07:23,680
button. So, AF on means autofocus
1688
01:07:23,680 --> 01:07:25,920
engaged.
1689
01:07:25,920 --> 01:07:27,440
So, we're turning the focusing systems
1690
01:07:27,440 --> 01:07:31,599
on, holding it down, taking a picture. A
1691
01:07:31,599 --> 01:07:33,760
third way we can engage our camera's
1692
01:07:33,760 --> 01:07:36,319
focusing systems is by touching directly
1693
01:07:36,319 --> 01:07:38,720
onto the back monitor.
1694
01:07:38,720 --> 01:07:40,079
If you don't like this, there is a way
1695
01:07:40,079 --> 01:07:41,520
to turn the screen off. But for now,
1696
01:07:41,520 --> 01:07:44,400
this is pretty fun, easy, fast way to
1697
01:07:44,400 --> 01:07:47,359
focus. And when we get that green lock,
1698
01:07:47,359 --> 01:07:49,280
we can take a picture. So, there's three
1699
01:07:49,280 --> 01:07:53,359
different ways of how we can focus.
1700
01:07:53,359 --> 01:07:56,480
Next, let's talk about the when the
1701
01:07:56,480 --> 01:07:58,480
camera is focusing, and this deals with
1702
01:07:58,480 --> 01:08:01,839
the camera's focusing modes. There's a
1703
01:08:01,839 --> 01:08:04,079
couple different ways to access them.
1704
01:08:04,079 --> 01:08:06,400
You can press your Q button and we're
1705
01:08:06,400 --> 01:08:08,319
looking for this guy right here. One
1706
01:08:08,319 --> 01:08:11,359
shot. One shot is what I have already
1707
01:08:11,359 --> 01:08:14,319
demonstrated is the camera focuses just
1708
01:08:14,319 --> 01:08:18,479
one time. Once it gets a focus lock, as
1709
01:08:18,479 --> 01:08:20,238
long as we hold that shutter button down
1710
01:08:20,238 --> 01:08:23,439
or the autofocus button down, the focus
1711
01:08:23,439 --> 01:08:25,439
will not change. I can even pan the
1712
01:08:25,439 --> 01:08:27,279
camera to the left and right and that
1713
01:08:27,279 --> 01:08:31,198
focal plane will remain the same. This
1714
01:08:31,198 --> 01:08:35,359
is very useful when we are recomposing.
1715
01:08:35,359 --> 01:08:37,920
So, sometimes we'll get focus, but our
1716
01:08:37,920 --> 01:08:39,920
subject matter isn't in the frame the
1717
01:08:39,920 --> 01:08:41,920
way we want. Let's say we focus on
1718
01:08:41,920 --> 01:08:43,198
something that's in the middle of the
1719
01:08:43,198 --> 01:08:45,439
screen, but we want to move them to the
1720
01:08:45,439 --> 01:08:47,040
side of the screen before we take the
1721
01:08:47,040 --> 01:08:50,799
picture. We would get a focusing lock.
1722
01:08:50,799 --> 01:08:52,479
We can do it with our shutter button. We
1723
01:08:52,479 --> 01:08:54,158
can do it with the thumb button. We get
1724
01:08:54,158 --> 01:08:57,120
a focus lock. And then we rotate or
1725
01:08:57,120 --> 01:08:59,679
move, recompose the camera, push it down
1726
01:08:59,679 --> 01:09:02,560
all the way to take the picture. Now, at
1727
01:09:02,560 --> 01:09:04,640
wider apertures, you don't want to do
1728
01:09:04,640 --> 01:09:06,319
this because it will pull them out of
1729
01:09:06,319 --> 01:09:08,399
focus, whatever your subject matter is.
1730
01:09:08,399 --> 01:09:11,279
So, if you're shooting at like f 1.8 or,
1731
01:09:11,279 --> 01:09:14,399
you know, 2.0 or 2.8, recomposing
1732
01:09:14,399 --> 01:09:16,399
doesn't really work that well. If you're
1733
01:09:16,399 --> 01:09:20,479
at f5.6 or f8, it works amazingly well
1734
01:09:20,479 --> 01:09:22,880
depending on what you're doing. Suffice
1735
01:09:22,880 --> 01:09:26,000
it to say, one shot gets a one-time
1736
01:09:26,000 --> 01:09:31,120
focus and we see it with a green box.
1737
01:09:31,120 --> 01:09:33,359
Coming back into our Q menu, let's take
1738
01:09:33,359 --> 01:09:36,719
a look at this guy. Servo.
1739
01:09:36,719 --> 01:09:38,560
Now, when we engage our focusing
1740
01:09:38,560 --> 01:09:41,679
systems, something different happens.
1741
01:09:41,679 --> 01:09:46,399
There's no beep and the box is now blue.
1742
01:09:46,399 --> 01:09:49,839
So the servo focusing mode as long as we
1743
01:09:49,839 --> 01:09:52,158
keep it engaged. When I move the camera,
1744
01:09:52,158 --> 01:09:54,080
you can see that it's staying. So the
1745
01:09:54,080 --> 01:09:56,880
servo focusing mode is not a one-time
1746
01:09:56,880 --> 01:10:00,480
focus. It is a continual over and over
1747
01:10:00,480 --> 01:10:02,800
and over again focus as long as the
1748
01:10:02,800 --> 01:10:05,760
focusing systems are engaged. That's the
1749
01:10:05,760 --> 01:10:08,159
key difference between one shot and
1750
01:10:08,159 --> 01:10:11,120
servo. A one-time focus, a continual
1751
01:10:11,120 --> 01:10:13,760
focus. This last guy right here, AI
1752
01:10:13,760 --> 01:10:16,320
focus, is a hybrid of the two. I don't
1753
01:10:16,320 --> 01:10:17,920
really use it. I don't really recommend
1754
01:10:17,920 --> 01:10:19,840
it. I know some people love it. So, this
1755
01:10:19,840 --> 01:10:22,239
gives the camera permission to switch
1756
01:10:22,239 --> 01:10:24,719
between OneShot and servo. I don't
1757
01:10:24,719 --> 01:10:26,000
really like it because it's hard to
1758
01:10:26,000 --> 01:10:28,320
predict. If you're shooting cooperating
1759
01:10:28,320 --> 01:10:30,560
subjects, like doing a portrait shoot,
1760
01:10:30,560 --> 01:10:33,440
maybe shooting products or landscape, I
1761
01:10:33,440 --> 01:10:35,040
I'm usually on one shot. If I'm shooting
1762
01:10:35,040 --> 01:10:37,679
sports, I'm usually on servo. So, that
1763
01:10:37,679 --> 01:10:40,880
is when the camera is going to focus.
1764
01:10:40,880 --> 01:10:44,800
Now, let's talk about the wear. The wear
1765
01:10:44,800 --> 01:10:47,520
deals with the camera's focusing
1766
01:10:47,520 --> 01:10:50,480
clusters. And when I say cluster, what I
1767
01:10:50,480 --> 01:10:53,440
mean is it's an area of the monitor that
1768
01:10:53,440 --> 01:10:56,159
we're telling the camera to look in. To
1769
01:10:56,159 --> 01:10:58,480
access the clusters, there's a dedicated
1770
01:10:58,480 --> 01:11:00,640
cluster button here. We can push and
1771
01:11:00,640 --> 01:11:02,560
jump straight into the menu. I'm a fan
1772
01:11:02,560 --> 01:11:04,480
of it. I like this cuz it's fast and
1773
01:11:04,480 --> 01:11:07,600
it's easy. And the first one here, you
1774
01:11:07,600 --> 01:11:09,600
can see the name of it. Whole area
1775
01:11:09,600 --> 01:11:11,280
autofocus.
1776
01:11:11,280 --> 01:11:14,159
The way this works is turn these guys
1777
01:11:14,159 --> 01:11:17,440
off. Essentially, it tells the camera to
1778
01:11:17,440 --> 01:11:20,560
look in the entire frame. And what is
1779
01:11:20,560 --> 01:11:22,880
looking for is an area of contrast. This
1780
01:11:22,880 --> 01:11:24,800
is why I'm using blinds with a black
1781
01:11:24,800 --> 01:11:27,040
focusing target. It's saying, "This is
1782
01:11:27,040 --> 01:11:28,880
the greatest area of contrast I think
1783
01:11:28,880 --> 01:11:32,000
you should focus on here." It's pretty
1784
01:11:32,000 --> 01:11:34,880
straightforward for beginners. However,
1785
01:11:34,880 --> 01:11:36,719
there are going to be times you will
1786
01:11:36,719 --> 01:11:39,840
have far more subjects in your frame and
1787
01:11:39,840 --> 01:11:42,320
the camera may not know. It typically
1788
01:11:42,320 --> 01:11:44,159
likes to pick something closer to the
1789
01:11:44,159 --> 01:11:47,199
camera as well. But let's say we want to
1790
01:11:47,199 --> 01:11:50,080
limit where the camera is looking. We
1791
01:11:50,080 --> 01:11:51,920
can press the cluster button and we can
1792
01:11:51,920 --> 01:11:56,159
come into our spot autofocus.
1793
01:11:56,159 --> 01:11:57,840
Tap the shutter button to jump out. And
1794
01:11:57,840 --> 01:11:59,920
you'll notice that this is a tiny little
1795
01:11:59,920 --> 01:12:02,560
square and it's not on the target.
1796
01:12:02,560 --> 01:12:05,840
Here's another trick is you can push the
1797
01:12:05,840 --> 01:12:08,480
joystick into the camera body and it
1798
01:12:08,480 --> 01:12:10,159
will jump to center. You see that little
1799
01:12:10,159 --> 01:12:12,480
dot is telling you this is centered. Now
1800
01:12:12,480 --> 01:12:14,480
I can get my focus lock and I can take
1801
01:12:14,480 --> 01:12:16,480
the picture. In this instance, the
1802
01:12:16,480 --> 01:12:19,280
focusing square is teenytiny and we're
1803
01:12:19,280 --> 01:12:22,080
telling the camera to only look in that
1804
01:12:22,080 --> 01:12:25,440
area when I'm on a an area of no
1805
01:12:25,440 --> 01:12:26,560
contrast. Do you see how it's
1806
01:12:26,560 --> 01:12:30,320
struggling? No line. Get on the line
1807
01:12:30,320 --> 01:12:32,800
focuses. But what if that little
1808
01:12:32,800 --> 01:12:35,040
focusing box isn't big enough? We want
1809
01:12:35,040 --> 01:12:36,880
something else. Press the cluster
1810
01:12:36,880 --> 01:12:38,960
button. Let's go to the next biggest
1811
01:12:38,960 --> 01:12:40,800
size.
1812
01:12:40,800 --> 01:12:44,320
Larger box, a little bit easier, right?
1813
01:12:44,320 --> 01:12:46,000
I think the spot mode is great for
1814
01:12:46,000 --> 01:12:49,120
precise focus product shooting. But as
1815
01:12:49,120 --> 01:12:50,800
we go through these clusters, what
1816
01:12:50,800 --> 01:12:52,960
you'll notice is these boxes get a
1817
01:12:52,960 --> 01:12:54,640
little bit bigger each time and they add
1818
01:12:54,640 --> 01:12:57,760
these extra squares around them. We
1819
01:12:57,760 --> 01:13:00,239
we're basically increasing the size. And
1820
01:13:00,239 --> 01:13:04,839
they all have their own special names.
1821
01:13:05,280 --> 01:13:07,440
Look at that. How interesting. When the
1822
01:13:07,440 --> 01:13:08,960
box is on the bottom and we press our
1823
01:13:08,960 --> 01:13:11,040
cluster button, the clusters jump up to
1824
01:13:11,040 --> 01:13:13,920
the top. Pretty cool. So you don't have
1825
01:13:13,920 --> 01:13:17,040
to fumble focusing through it. So this
1826
01:13:17,040 --> 01:13:19,280
is called the expand autofocus area
1827
01:13:19,280 --> 01:13:23,440
around. Get even more boxes.
1828
01:13:23,440 --> 01:13:25,440
Then you can see that we have these
1829
01:13:25,440 --> 01:13:27,920
little guys. When we push these arrows,
1830
01:13:27,920 --> 01:13:32,080
we get a new set here. These three here.
1831
01:13:32,080 --> 01:13:35,360
These are great because they allow us to
1832
01:13:35,360 --> 01:13:38,960
change the shape and the size of our
1833
01:13:38,960 --> 01:13:41,280
focusing cluster. So, it says to press
1834
01:13:41,280 --> 01:13:44,960
the color button and we have our primary
1835
01:13:44,960 --> 01:13:47,280
selector and our secondary selector. So,
1836
01:13:47,280 --> 01:13:49,280
as I rotate these different selector
1837
01:13:49,280 --> 01:13:51,120
wheels, you can see the frame of the box
1838
01:13:51,120 --> 01:13:53,360
is changing. Maybe you're, let's say
1839
01:13:53,360 --> 01:13:55,040
you're a bird and flight shooter and you
1840
01:13:55,040 --> 01:13:56,239
want to keep your birds, you only want
1841
01:13:56,239 --> 01:14:00,239
the camera to focus on items in the
1842
01:14:00,239 --> 01:14:02,880
center third. That's how you could do
1843
01:14:02,880 --> 01:14:05,040
it.
1844
01:14:05,040 --> 01:14:07,199
We're going to push our color button.
1845
01:14:07,199 --> 01:14:09,440
So, we can adjust the shape and size of
1846
01:14:09,440 --> 01:14:12,000
these in the horizontal and vertical
1847
01:14:12,000 --> 01:14:14,640
planes. Very useful. It's one of my
1848
01:14:14,640 --> 01:14:17,360
favorite types of shooting clusters. I'm
1849
01:14:17,360 --> 01:14:19,520
going to hit okay. Something else you'll
1850
01:14:19,520 --> 01:14:20,880
notice is that we have this tracking.
1851
01:14:20,880 --> 01:14:22,480
I'll talk about it a little bit later.
1852
01:14:22,480 --> 01:14:24,560
It allows us to when we push the set
1853
01:14:24,560 --> 01:14:28,159
button to jump on the subject area of
1854
01:14:28,159 --> 01:14:30,159
highest contrast and it'll automatically
1855
01:14:30,159 --> 01:14:32,400
track it. Push the set button again to
1856
01:14:32,400 --> 01:14:34,719
jump out of it. It's sort of like a
1857
01:14:34,719 --> 01:14:36,719
tracking focus that keeps an eye on the
1858
01:14:36,719 --> 01:14:39,280
subject. Doesn't engage the focus until
1859
01:14:39,280 --> 01:14:41,600
we push our camera shutter button
1860
01:14:41,600 --> 01:14:43,760
halfway down or the AFON button. So,
1861
01:14:43,760 --> 01:14:46,000
those are the focusing clusters. We
1862
01:14:46,000 --> 01:14:47,840
talked about the how by pushing a
1863
01:14:47,840 --> 01:14:49,760
shutter button. AF on touching on the
1864
01:14:49,760 --> 01:14:51,760
screen. We've talked about the when
1865
01:14:51,760 --> 01:14:54,320
whether it's a oneshot or servo and
1866
01:14:54,320 --> 01:14:56,560
we've talked about the clusters which is
1867
01:14:56,560 --> 01:14:59,199
the different areas or the size of the
1868
01:14:59,199 --> 01:15:00,800
areas we can choose for the camera to
1869
01:15:00,800 --> 01:15:04,080
focus. So you will get a ton of mileage
1870
01:15:04,080 --> 01:15:06,159
out of the how, the when, and the where
1871
01:15:06,159 --> 01:15:08,880
of the camera's focusing systems. This
1872
01:15:08,880 --> 01:15:11,679
is as good a time as any to talk about
1873
01:15:11,679 --> 01:15:13,920
button customization because we have
1874
01:15:13,920 --> 01:15:15,679
experienced shooters that are going to
1875
01:15:15,679 --> 01:15:18,719
want to remove focusing from our halfway
1876
01:15:18,719 --> 01:15:20,880
shutter button depression. There is
1877
01:15:20,880 --> 01:15:22,719
another customization I would highly
1878
01:15:22,719 --> 01:15:25,199
recommend. So, we're going to toggle to
1879
01:15:25,199 --> 01:15:27,520
the black screen, black information
1880
01:15:27,520 --> 01:15:29,360
screen. We're going to press our Q
1881
01:15:29,360 --> 01:15:32,320
button. We have our customized controls.
1882
01:15:32,320 --> 01:15:34,480
So the first thing we're going to do is
1883
01:15:34,480 --> 01:15:38,080
to remove autofocus from the shutter
1884
01:15:38,080 --> 01:15:40,159
button. So in this view we get an
1885
01:15:40,159 --> 01:15:41,679
overview of the camera with a white
1886
01:15:41,679 --> 01:15:43,440
highlight of the button that we want to
1887
01:15:43,440 --> 01:15:45,120
customize. So here is the shutter
1888
01:15:45,120 --> 01:15:47,920
button. I'm going to select it and you
1889
01:15:47,920 --> 01:15:50,320
can see that autofocus is engaged here.
1890
01:15:50,320 --> 01:15:53,520
If we go to just metering, it will no
1891
01:15:53,520 --> 01:15:56,480
longer focus. I recommend this for more
1892
01:15:56,480 --> 01:15:58,560
advanced shooters who know what they're
1893
01:15:58,560 --> 01:16:00,000
doing. They're experienced. They've been
1894
01:16:00,000 --> 01:16:02,239
shooting sports for a long time. That's
1895
01:16:02,239 --> 01:16:04,800
how you remove autofocus from the
1896
01:16:04,800 --> 01:16:07,120
shutter button.
1897
01:16:07,120 --> 01:16:08,159
If you just want to see how it works
1898
01:16:08,159 --> 01:16:09,440
now, when I push shutter button halfway
1899
01:16:09,440 --> 01:16:13,080
down, there's no focusing.
1900
01:16:15,040 --> 01:16:16,800
Coming back in to our button
1901
01:16:16,800 --> 01:16:19,600
customizations set.
1902
01:16:19,600 --> 01:16:23,199
Now, something I'm going to recommend is
1903
01:16:23,199 --> 01:16:26,400
to customize our auto exposure lock
1904
01:16:26,400 --> 01:16:29,520
flash exposure lock button to be our
1905
01:16:29,520 --> 01:16:31,440
focusing modes. So, we don't have to
1906
01:16:31,440 --> 01:16:34,000
jump into any menu. We can just push
1907
01:16:34,000 --> 01:16:36,159
that button and we're good to go. So, we
1908
01:16:36,159 --> 01:16:37,679
have it selected. We have it customized.
1909
01:16:37,679 --> 01:16:39,280
I'm going to tap the shutter button.
1910
01:16:39,280 --> 01:16:41,360
We're going to go to info screen.
1911
01:16:41,360 --> 01:16:43,280
Something else I have to know is that if
1912
01:16:43,280 --> 01:16:45,520
you have this on AI focus, it will not
1913
01:16:45,520 --> 01:16:47,920
allow you to do it. So, if it's set
1914
01:16:47,920 --> 01:16:49,840
here, you will not be able to use this
1915
01:16:49,840 --> 01:16:51,440
button for this. We're going to select
1916
01:16:51,440 --> 01:16:55,760
one shot coming out. Now, when I push
1917
01:16:55,760 --> 01:16:59,520
the star button, it allows me to jump
1918
01:16:59,520 --> 01:17:01,679
between one shot and servo. I don't need
1919
01:17:01,679 --> 01:17:04,800
to open a menu. It's much faster. So, I
1920
01:17:04,800 --> 01:17:08,080
can press that, jump into something. I
1921
01:17:08,080 --> 01:17:11,199
can then select different clusters if I
1922
01:17:11,199 --> 01:17:12,640
want. There's actually another
1923
01:17:12,640 --> 01:17:14,400
customization I'm going to show you that
1924
01:17:14,400 --> 01:17:19,000
I really like. Come back into
1925
01:17:19,280 --> 01:17:20,880
customize.
1926
01:17:20,880 --> 01:17:22,080
There's a button on the front of the
1927
01:17:22,080 --> 01:17:24,080
camera called your depth of field
1928
01:17:24,080 --> 01:17:26,239
preview button.
1929
01:17:26,239 --> 01:17:29,600
This guy. So, by default, it's it's set
1930
01:17:29,600 --> 01:17:33,120
up to stop down your lens blades to give
1931
01:17:33,120 --> 01:17:35,920
you a depth of field preview. But I like
1932
01:17:35,920 --> 01:17:38,640
this one, direct area autofocus
1933
01:17:38,640 --> 01:17:40,960
selection. Hit set. Tap the shutter
1934
01:17:40,960 --> 01:17:42,480
button. Let me show you what this does.
1935
01:17:42,480 --> 01:17:44,000
This is awesome.
1936
01:17:44,000 --> 01:17:48,000
So now when I push this button down, it
1937
01:17:48,000 --> 01:17:51,040
allows me to toggle quickly
1938
01:17:51,040 --> 01:17:53,280
through the different focusing clusters.
1939
01:17:53,280 --> 01:17:56,159
And there is a way in the menu to limit
1940
01:17:56,159 --> 01:17:58,480
the number of available options. So if
1941
01:17:58,480 --> 01:18:00,400
you really only use two or three of
1942
01:18:00,400 --> 01:18:03,120
them, with these three buttons, you can
1943
01:18:03,120 --> 01:18:06,880
control the focusing when when it's
1944
01:18:06,880 --> 01:18:10,640
focusing. You can change the where if
1945
01:18:10,640 --> 01:18:12,239
you want to jump into the clusters or
1946
01:18:12,239 --> 01:18:14,239
you can toggle through the clusters with
1947
01:18:14,239 --> 01:18:16,000
the depth of field preview button. Those
1948
01:18:16,000 --> 01:18:17,760
are the first three customizations that
1949
01:18:17,760 --> 01:18:20,400
I recommend and that's what I use. So I
1950
01:18:20,400 --> 01:18:22,719
have a picture of myself here. And when
1951
01:18:22,719 --> 01:18:25,040
you take pictures of people, it's very
1952
01:18:25,040 --> 01:18:26,960
important that one of the eyes is in
1953
01:18:26,960 --> 01:18:30,080
focus. It's harder to do without this
1954
01:18:30,080 --> 01:18:31,760
feature if you're shooting at a very
1955
01:18:31,760 --> 01:18:35,040
wide aperture. Let's say 1.8 1.2. We
1956
01:18:35,040 --> 01:18:38,159
have a very shallow depth of field.
1957
01:18:38,159 --> 01:18:40,719
This tells the camera to find an eye and
1958
01:18:40,719 --> 01:18:44,960
to lock onto it and we don't need to to,
1959
01:18:44,960 --> 01:18:46,640
you know, dial it in precisely. The
1960
01:18:46,640 --> 01:18:48,400
camera does all of the heavy lifting for
1961
01:18:48,400 --> 01:18:50,960
us. It has revolutionized portrait and
1962
01:18:50,960 --> 01:18:53,440
wedding photography. In the past, like
1963
01:18:53,440 --> 01:18:55,040
when I was shooting weddings, we had to
1964
01:18:55,040 --> 01:18:56,800
get a focus lock on the eye. We had to
1965
01:18:56,800 --> 01:18:58,800
do it, you know, using the focusing
1966
01:18:58,800 --> 01:19:01,520
squares in the viewfinder. It was a lot
1967
01:19:01,520 --> 01:19:04,400
harder to do. So, we have eye detection.
1968
01:19:04,400 --> 01:19:06,640
And there are a number of tools in the
1969
01:19:06,640 --> 01:19:10,159
menu when we come into this purple tab
1970
01:19:10,159 --> 01:19:14,239
that deal with controlling our types of
1971
01:19:14,239 --> 01:19:16,400
people detection. So we have our eye
1972
01:19:16,400 --> 01:19:18,800
detection. If we come in here, we can
1973
01:19:18,800 --> 01:19:21,040
turn it off if we don't like it. We can
1974
01:19:21,040 --> 01:19:23,280
even tell it to prioritize the right or
1975
01:19:23,280 --> 01:19:25,840
the left eye. When it's on auto, it is
1976
01:19:25,840 --> 01:19:27,600
going to make that decision for us.
1977
01:19:27,600 --> 01:19:29,760
Leave it there for now. Currently, I
1978
01:19:29,760 --> 01:19:31,520
have it set to people. So there are
1979
01:19:31,520 --> 01:19:34,719
algorithms within the camera designed to
1980
01:19:34,719 --> 01:19:38,159
find human faces.
1981
01:19:38,159 --> 01:19:41,199
Canon's algorithm on animals works on
1982
01:19:41,199 --> 01:19:44,960
pets like cats, dogs, birds. It uses a
1983
01:19:44,960 --> 01:19:47,440
different set of algorithms to find
1984
01:19:47,440 --> 01:19:50,719
those creatures and get a focus lock on
1985
01:19:50,719 --> 01:19:52,640
the eye because again it's like taking a
1986
01:19:52,640 --> 01:19:55,440
portrait of a person. There is also
1987
01:19:55,440 --> 01:19:57,520
vehicles. We can turn this algorithm off
1988
01:19:57,520 --> 01:20:00,480
completely and we can also set it to
1989
01:20:00,480 --> 01:20:02,880
decide for us. I leave it on people for
1990
01:20:02,880 --> 01:20:05,120
now. Now, there is another feature in
1991
01:20:05,120 --> 01:20:08,080
here that allows us to register people
1992
01:20:08,080 --> 01:20:10,239
who are priorities in our life like our
1993
01:20:10,239 --> 01:20:11,840
kids. So, if you're thinking kids
1994
01:20:11,840 --> 01:20:14,560
playing sports or kids at a birthday,
1995
01:20:14,560 --> 01:20:15,920
every photographer should own a
1996
01:20:15,920 --> 01:20:18,235
polarizer. Maven delivers clean color,
1997
01:20:18,235 --> 01:20:20,640
[music] accurate contrast, and zero
1998
01:20:20,640 --> 01:20:22,960
hassle. They're magnetic, color-coded,
1999
01:20:22,960 --> 01:20:25,440
and awardwinning. They also come with a
2000
01:20:25,440 --> 01:20:27,679
lifetime warranty. You can get yours at
2001
01:20:27,679 --> 01:20:30,640
mavenfilters.com.
2002
01:20:30,640 --> 01:20:34,000
We can turn this on and then we can
2003
01:20:34,000 --> 01:20:37,840
photograph and register that face
2004
01:20:37,840 --> 01:20:40,000
specifically. So, I have this picture of
2005
01:20:40,000 --> 01:20:42,400
myself. I'm going to zoom out a little
2006
01:20:42,400 --> 01:20:44,640
bit. Let's
2007
01:20:44,640 --> 01:20:46,400
change this just a little bit. And I'm
2008
01:20:46,400 --> 01:20:49,199
going to zoom out.
2009
01:20:49,199 --> 01:20:52,880
Something like this.
2010
01:20:52,880 --> 01:20:56,480
and we're going to take a picture.
2011
01:20:56,480 --> 01:20:57,760
Do you want to register this? We're
2012
01:20:57,760 --> 01:20:59,920
going to set okay
2013
01:20:59,920 --> 01:21:04,080
and I'm done. Right. We can also select
2014
01:21:04,080 --> 01:21:06,560
people from images that we have on our
2015
01:21:06,560 --> 01:21:09,360
cards. We can change or delete the
2016
01:21:09,360 --> 01:21:12,719
prioritization. So, if you have more or
2017
01:21:12,719 --> 01:21:14,719
special loved ones, you can change their
2018
01:21:14,719 --> 01:21:17,600
pri prioritization.
2019
01:21:17,600 --> 01:21:21,199
We can delete. We can also save and load
2020
01:21:21,199 --> 01:21:23,679
registered faces onto a card and
2021
01:21:23,679 --> 01:21:25,760
transfer them to another camera. So
2022
01:21:25,760 --> 01:21:28,400
really awesome. You know, if you're if
2023
01:21:28,400 --> 01:21:30,320
you're shooting a lot of like team
2024
01:21:30,320 --> 01:21:32,560
sports or your children especially and
2025
01:21:32,560 --> 01:21:34,239
you want the camera to find and
2026
01:21:34,239 --> 01:21:37,840
prioritize them, this is how we do it.
2027
01:21:37,840 --> 01:21:41,520
So now you can see if I zoom in say on
2028
01:21:41,520 --> 01:21:45,440
myself here you can see that it's
2029
01:21:45,440 --> 01:21:50,000
recognizing me and it does so you can
2030
01:21:50,000 --> 01:21:51,920
see this little icon here down on the
2031
01:21:51,920 --> 01:21:53,920
bottom. It's like a little portrait with
2032
01:21:53,920 --> 01:21:56,480
a circle. What the camera is saying is
2033
01:21:56,480 --> 01:21:58,159
hey we recognize one of your registered
2034
01:21:58,159 --> 01:21:59,600
faces. And you'll notice that we get
2035
01:21:59,600 --> 01:22:02,080
these arrow keys to the left and right
2036
01:22:02,080 --> 01:22:05,360
so I can change which eyeball I want. we
2037
01:22:05,360 --> 01:22:07,360
get the doubled four corners, which is
2038
01:22:07,360 --> 01:22:08,800
our tracking. The camera is
2039
01:22:08,800 --> 01:22:10,400
automatically going to start tracking
2040
01:22:10,400 --> 01:22:12,639
this subject. Now, here's the
2041
01:22:12,639 --> 01:22:14,560
interesting part. I'm going to zoom out.
2042
01:22:14,560 --> 01:22:17,040
And there's a picture of my dad and I
2043
01:22:17,040 --> 01:22:18,239
from a long time ago. It's kind of
2044
01:22:18,239 --> 01:22:21,120
underexposed. Maybe me bump this up just
2045
01:22:21,120 --> 01:22:25,320
a little bit. Make it easier to see.
2046
01:22:25,920 --> 01:22:28,639
We get these arrows and I push to the
2047
01:22:28,639 --> 01:22:31,760
left and it jumps onto my face. But when
2048
01:22:31,760 --> 01:22:34,000
I push to the right, it won't allow me
2049
01:22:34,000 --> 01:22:37,040
to focus on my dad. The precision in
2050
01:22:37,040 --> 01:22:40,480
this is pretty amazing. Look how small
2051
01:22:40,480 --> 01:22:42,639
our faces are. I remember when face
2052
01:22:42,639 --> 01:22:44,960
detection first came out, it was not
2053
01:22:44,960 --> 01:22:46,639
this precise. You had to have like a
2054
01:22:46,639 --> 01:22:49,040
certain amount of real estate in order
2055
01:22:49,040 --> 01:22:51,199
for it
2056
01:22:51,199 --> 01:22:54,678
to see it.
2057
01:22:54,719 --> 01:22:57,040
There it goes. So, it's just the two of
2058
01:22:57,040 --> 01:22:59,120
us. I can I can manage it. It's kind of
2059
01:22:59,120 --> 01:23:01,280
fighting me a little bit. But I I share
2060
01:23:01,280 --> 01:23:04,080
this to to show how tight and how small
2061
01:23:04,080 --> 01:23:06,000
even
2062
01:23:06,000 --> 01:23:07,840
Yeah, that's crazy. Even the different
2063
01:23:07,840 --> 01:23:12,320
eyes. So when you do it right, what will
2064
01:23:12,320 --> 01:23:14,320
happen is the camera will be able to
2065
01:23:14,320 --> 01:23:17,040
find your registered faces even in a
2066
01:23:17,040 --> 01:23:20,639
crowd of people, even with many years of
2067
01:23:20,639 --> 01:23:22,000
difference between them. So it's
2068
01:23:22,000 --> 01:23:24,239
becoming more and more accurate. It's a
2069
01:23:24,239 --> 01:23:27,120
really powerful tool if you have kids or
2070
01:23:27,120 --> 01:23:29,040
loved ones. And that is the face
2071
01:23:29,040 --> 01:23:31,199
recognition. Obviously, if this becomes
2072
01:23:31,199 --> 01:23:32,960
annoying and you're tripping over it and
2073
01:23:32,960 --> 01:23:34,480
you don't want to deal with it, you can
2074
01:23:34,480 --> 01:23:36,400
come into register priority and just
2075
01:23:36,400 --> 01:23:39,360
turn it off. And we notice that icon
2076
01:23:39,360 --> 01:23:40,880
disappears.
2077
01:23:40,880 --> 01:23:42,960
Having gone through tons of different
2078
01:23:42,960 --> 01:23:45,280
focusing techniques, we'll talk a little
2079
01:23:45,280 --> 01:23:47,360
bit more about video in just a moment. I
2080
01:23:47,360 --> 01:23:50,960
want to talk about manual focusing. So,
2081
01:23:50,960 --> 01:23:52,639
there will be times you will not want
2082
01:23:52,639 --> 01:23:54,400
the camera helping you. You want to lock
2083
01:23:54,400 --> 01:23:56,719
your focus down. And the way to jump
2084
01:23:56,719 --> 01:23:58,320
into that is with the lens switch.
2085
01:23:58,320 --> 01:23:59,760
Usually it's the fastest is just move
2086
01:23:59,760 --> 01:24:01,280
the lens switch from autofocus to
2087
01:24:01,280 --> 01:24:03,280
manual. You'll notice that the moment we
2088
01:24:03,280 --> 01:24:07,040
do this, we get this little bar. So in
2089
01:24:07,040 --> 01:24:09,280
manual focus, when we see this graph and
2090
01:24:09,280 --> 01:24:11,280
this bar here on the bottom, we can
2091
01:24:11,280 --> 01:24:14,560
rotate the camera's manual focus ring
2092
01:24:14,560 --> 01:24:17,199
and we can change it to the distance to
2093
01:24:17,199 --> 01:24:20,560
focus in in meters.
2094
01:24:20,560 --> 01:24:22,800
This is focusing at affinity. It's very
2095
01:24:22,800 --> 01:24:24,560
useful for landscape shooting,
2096
01:24:24,560 --> 01:24:26,880
astrophotography. It essentially means
2097
01:24:26,880 --> 01:24:28,800
anything past that point should be in
2098
01:24:28,800 --> 01:24:30,320
focus.
2099
01:24:30,320 --> 01:24:32,719
But there are even better manual
2100
01:24:32,719 --> 01:24:35,679
focusing tools in our camera. And I call
2101
01:24:35,679 --> 01:24:37,840
this manual zoom focusing. See this
2102
01:24:37,840 --> 01:24:38,960
little magnifying glass? We're going to
2103
01:24:38,960 --> 01:24:41,679
push that. That is going to magnify
2104
01:24:41,679 --> 01:24:46,159
times five. And then I can rotate my
2105
01:24:46,159 --> 01:24:48,159
focusing wheel. Tilt this up just a
2106
01:24:48,159 --> 01:24:51,199
little bit so I can see the eye. I use
2107
01:24:51,199 --> 01:24:54,719
manual focusing a lot on video. Probably
2108
01:24:54,719 --> 01:24:57,360
more than anything on video is manual.
2109
01:24:57,360 --> 01:24:59,280
So I can dial this in precise, but if
2110
01:24:59,280 --> 01:25:01,600
I'm not sure, I want to be closer. Push
2111
01:25:01,600 --> 01:25:05,440
it again. Now I am at 10x.
2112
01:25:05,440 --> 01:25:07,840
Just tweak this focusing ring until I
2113
01:25:07,840 --> 01:25:11,679
get it in focus there.
2114
01:25:11,679 --> 01:25:13,920
And then I can jump out. That is manual
2115
01:25:13,920 --> 01:25:15,920
zoom focusing. It doesn't need to be on
2116
01:25:15,920 --> 01:25:17,679
people. You can do it for products. You
2117
01:25:17,679 --> 01:25:20,000
can do it for video. It locks your focus
2118
01:25:20,000 --> 01:25:22,800
point down to a specific location and it
2119
01:25:22,800 --> 01:25:24,560
will not change until you change the
2120
01:25:24,560 --> 01:25:27,360
ring or you go back to a focusing mode.
2121
01:25:27,360 --> 01:25:30,400
Extremely useful for video shooting.
2122
01:25:30,400 --> 01:25:32,159
While we're on the topic of manual
2123
01:25:32,159 --> 01:25:33,840
focusing, there are some additional
2124
01:25:33,840 --> 01:25:35,920
tools built into the system that I want
2125
01:25:35,920 --> 01:25:38,639
to point out real quick. Come into your
2126
01:25:38,639 --> 01:25:40,639
purple tab in the deep menu. It's going
2127
01:25:40,639 --> 01:25:43,840
to be page six out of seven. And we're
2128
01:25:43,840 --> 01:25:45,760
going to turn on something called manual
2129
01:25:45,760 --> 01:25:48,480
peaking settings. We're going to select
2130
01:25:48,480 --> 01:25:50,719
high. We're going to select uh in this
2131
01:25:50,719 --> 01:25:52,880
case, let's just do blue. And we're
2132
01:25:52,880 --> 01:25:55,760
going to turn this on. When this is
2133
01:25:55,760 --> 01:25:58,719
turned on, if I turn it back to
2134
01:25:58,719 --> 01:26:01,840
autofocus, you can see it disappears.
2135
01:26:01,840 --> 01:26:04,159
But you will notice there is a faint
2136
01:26:04,159 --> 01:26:06,400
blue highlight appearing in certain
2137
01:26:06,400 --> 01:26:08,639
places of high contrast. Look at my
2138
01:26:08,639 --> 01:26:12,080
hair. Look at my eyes. See if we can
2139
01:26:12,080 --> 01:26:14,719
hide some of this info. See if we can
2140
01:26:14,719 --> 01:26:17,840
turn our settings down a little bit.
2141
01:26:17,840 --> 01:26:19,360
There we go. Now we're starting to see
2142
01:26:19,360 --> 01:26:21,199
it better. You can see this very faint
2143
01:26:21,199 --> 01:26:23,920
blue line on the blind edges in my hair,
2144
01:26:23,920 --> 01:26:26,000
on my chin here a little bit. So, what
2145
01:26:26,000 --> 01:26:28,480
peaking focus does is it puts a color
2146
01:26:28,480 --> 01:26:31,920
overlay on areas of high contrast in the
2147
01:26:31,920 --> 01:26:35,280
frame. Videographers use this a lot. You
2148
01:26:35,280 --> 01:26:38,080
can change the color. If the blue isn't
2149
01:26:38,080 --> 01:26:41,199
working for you, we want to do red. This
2150
01:26:41,199 --> 01:26:43,520
is how the tool works. It's a very
2151
01:26:43,520 --> 01:26:45,760
useful because you can see exactly more
2152
01:26:45,760 --> 01:26:47,840
or less where the depth of field is as
2153
01:26:47,840 --> 01:26:51,120
you're shooting. There are additional
2154
01:26:51,120 --> 01:26:56,639
focusing tools. Turn this one off.
2155
01:26:56,639 --> 01:26:58,320
This other one is called the focus
2156
01:26:58,320 --> 01:27:01,679
guide. We saw it earlier on Canon video
2157
01:27:01,679 --> 01:27:04,080
cameras. I'm going to just pan over
2158
01:27:04,080 --> 01:27:06,639
here. Get away from that. We're looking
2159
01:27:06,639 --> 01:27:09,360
at these three tick marks. There's one
2160
01:27:09,360 --> 01:27:11,040
in the center and on the sides. Oh, it
2161
01:27:11,040 --> 01:27:12,560
wants an area of contrast, too. So,
2162
01:27:12,560 --> 01:27:15,679
let's let's just get this. So, now as we
2163
01:27:15,679 --> 01:27:18,000
rotate
2164
01:27:18,000 --> 01:27:20,800
the manual focusing ring and to the
2165
01:27:20,800 --> 01:27:22,800
point that they all align it, they'll
2166
01:27:22,800 --> 01:27:24,800
turn green.
2167
01:27:24,800 --> 01:27:27,440
Boom. So, what it's telling us is here's
2168
01:27:27,440 --> 01:27:30,000
a way that you can manually focus using
2169
01:27:30,000 --> 01:27:31,920
those tick marks. For whatever reason,
2170
01:27:31,920 --> 01:27:33,679
when they're aligned, it's saying yes,
2171
01:27:33,679 --> 01:27:35,600
this is the area of highest contrast.
2172
01:27:35,600 --> 01:27:37,760
When we pan over to an area of low
2173
01:27:37,760 --> 01:27:39,679
contrast, you can see it doesn't really
2174
01:27:39,679 --> 01:27:43,040
work. Come back into the menu. This last
2175
01:27:43,040 --> 01:27:47,120
one here is to clear magnify zoom. I'm
2176
01:27:47,120 --> 01:27:49,679
going to turn this one to on focusing
2177
01:27:49,679 --> 01:27:51,280
guide.
2178
01:27:51,280 --> 01:27:55,280
What this does is that as we punch in,
2179
01:27:55,280 --> 01:27:56,880
if we want to jump out of that, tap the
2180
01:27:56,880 --> 01:27:58,400
shutter button and you're out of it.
2181
01:27:58,400 --> 01:28:00,560
Very useful if you use it a lot. Lots of
2182
01:28:00,560 --> 01:28:02,719
great focusing tools, both in auto as
2183
01:28:02,719 --> 01:28:04,400
well as manual. Let's take a look at
2184
01:28:04,400 --> 01:28:06,400
some of the video focusing tools. We
2185
01:28:06,400 --> 01:28:08,000
have a focusing target here and we have
2186
01:28:08,000 --> 01:28:10,880
my face target. So, obviously I can use
2187
01:28:10,880 --> 01:28:14,000
the back monitor to touch focus and it
2188
01:28:14,000 --> 01:28:16,960
you can notice how fast it's jumping.
2189
01:28:16,960 --> 01:28:21,280
It's kind of a a jumpy fast focus. When
2190
01:28:21,280 --> 01:28:24,880
I flip over to the video mode and I do
2191
01:28:24,880 --> 01:28:26,480
the same thing, you'll notice it's a
2192
01:28:26,480 --> 01:28:29,840
smooth gradual transition. And the
2193
01:28:29,840 --> 01:28:31,440
reason why we're doing this is because
2194
01:28:31,440 --> 01:28:33,760
in Hollywood there's somebody called the
2195
01:28:33,760 --> 01:28:36,639
first AC. His job is to focus and he
2196
01:28:36,639 --> 01:28:39,120
does it manually with control wheels to
2197
01:28:39,120 --> 01:28:41,199
keep it smooth and steady. When the
2198
01:28:41,199 --> 01:28:44,560
Canon 7D 70D came out, this was the
2199
01:28:44,560 --> 01:28:46,320
first time I saw the feature. My mind
2200
01:28:46,320 --> 01:28:48,960
was just blown because you can replace
2201
01:28:48,960 --> 01:28:51,360
somebody's job just by touching on the
2202
01:28:51,360 --> 01:28:52,800
back monitor. You know, we're often
2203
01:28:52,800 --> 01:28:56,080
shooting alone. So, this is racking
2204
01:28:56,080 --> 01:28:59,600
focus using the touch monitor. It's
2205
01:28:59,600 --> 01:29:02,000
usually much smoother. You'll also
2206
01:29:02,000 --> 01:29:05,280
notice we have this servo AF that when
2207
01:29:05,280 --> 01:29:08,000
we turn it off, the camera will not
2208
01:29:08,000 --> 01:29:10,400
focus.
2209
01:29:10,400 --> 01:29:13,040
When I shoot video, I'm typically in a
2210
01:29:13,040 --> 01:29:15,760
manual focus. But if I am using this
2211
01:29:15,760 --> 01:29:17,760
tool to shift attention from one subject
2212
01:29:17,760 --> 01:29:20,719
matter to another during a video shoot,
2213
01:29:20,719 --> 01:29:23,040
this is exactly how I would do it. I
2214
01:29:23,040 --> 01:29:24,400
would use this
2215
01:29:24,400 --> 01:29:28,080
touch to rack focus tool.
2216
01:29:28,080 --> 01:29:30,560
Another funny nuance I need to address
2217
01:29:30,560 --> 01:29:33,600
is that if I flip back to stills mode,
2218
01:29:33,600 --> 01:29:36,320
you remember manual peaking. So, I'm
2219
01:29:36,320 --> 01:29:38,080
going to flip the video or the switch.
2220
01:29:38,080 --> 01:29:39,840
Now, I'm going to flip from autofocus to
2221
01:29:39,840 --> 01:29:41,679
manual. You can see that we still have
2222
01:29:41,679 --> 01:29:43,600
our peaking.
2223
01:29:43,600 --> 01:29:45,600
Now, I'm going to flip over to video
2224
01:29:45,600 --> 01:29:47,920
mode. We lose our peaking feature even
2225
01:29:47,920 --> 01:29:50,159
though we're in manual focus. So, this
2226
01:29:50,159 --> 01:29:53,120
nuance is that the menu systems between
2227
01:29:53,120 --> 01:29:55,040
stills and video, even though they're
2228
01:29:55,040 --> 01:29:56,880
the same feature. If you turn something
2229
01:29:56,880 --> 01:29:59,199
on in a stills deep menu, it doesn't
2230
01:29:59,199 --> 01:30:02,320
necessarily mean it is turned on for the
2231
01:30:02,320 --> 01:30:04,400
video deep menu. You can see it's turned
2232
01:30:04,400 --> 01:30:07,360
off here. I can flip the switch over to
2233
01:30:07,360 --> 01:30:09,280
stills, go into the deep menu, and it's
2234
01:30:09,280 --> 01:30:12,639
on there. So, keep that in mind. The
2235
01:30:12,639 --> 01:30:14,880
camera sees the video deep menu and the
2236
01:30:14,880 --> 01:30:16,560
stills deep menu as two different
2237
01:30:16,560 --> 01:30:18,320
things, even though it's the same exact
2238
01:30:18,320 --> 01:30:20,560
feature. We can turn it on here if we
2239
01:30:20,560 --> 01:30:23,600
want. Make sure you press the set button
2240
01:30:23,600 --> 01:30:25,840
to select it. Make sure it's on. Tap the
2241
01:30:25,840 --> 01:30:27,199
shutter button. And then we get our
2242
01:30:27,199 --> 01:30:30,639
peaking in video. Something to keep in
2243
01:30:30,639 --> 01:30:34,239
mind. Let's talk about picture styles
2244
01:30:34,239 --> 01:30:36,800
real quick. In the beginning, I don't
2245
01:30:36,800 --> 01:30:39,440
really recommend you mess with these too
2246
01:30:39,440 --> 01:30:42,400
much. There's an auto picture style and
2247
01:30:42,400 --> 01:30:43,840
there's a standard. you're going to be
2248
01:30:43,840 --> 01:30:45,199
fine if you just leave it on auto for
2249
01:30:45,199 --> 01:30:47,440
now. But as you get into certain kinds
2250
01:30:47,440 --> 01:30:50,000
of shooting, you are going to probably
2251
01:30:50,000 --> 01:30:52,880
tweak these if you use JPEGs a lot. And
2252
01:30:52,880 --> 01:30:55,440
when I shot weddings, I shot the, you
2253
01:30:55,440 --> 01:30:58,239
know, the reception, the candids. Those
2254
01:30:58,239 --> 01:30:59,840
were JPEGs. If we're doing portraits of
2255
01:30:59,840 --> 01:31:01,440
the bride, you know, with the groom on
2256
01:31:01,440 --> 01:31:03,120
the altar, obviously these are going to
2257
01:31:03,120 --> 01:31:05,120
be RAWs. We were going to tweak them and
2258
01:31:05,120 --> 01:31:07,360
post-process them. If you have a JPEG
2259
01:31:07,360 --> 01:31:10,880
heavy shoot, we are going to want our
2260
01:31:10,880 --> 01:31:14,239
images recorded in such a way that we
2261
01:31:14,239 --> 01:31:16,320
will do as little processing as
2262
01:31:16,320 --> 01:31:18,800
possible. I would consider this more of
2263
01:31:18,800 --> 01:31:20,400
an advanced setting. So, if you're pure
2264
01:31:20,400 --> 01:31:22,239
beginner, I wouldn't worry about it.
2265
01:31:22,239 --> 01:31:24,239
Let's talk about picture styles. To
2266
01:31:24,239 --> 01:31:26,080
access them, you press the Q button.
2267
01:31:26,080 --> 01:31:29,120
Here they are on the on the right here.
2268
01:31:29,120 --> 01:31:30,560
And you'll notice that we have these
2269
01:31:30,560 --> 01:31:32,400
different letters
2270
01:31:32,400 --> 01:31:34,400
to designate which one it is and some
2271
01:31:34,400 --> 01:31:36,639
numbers. And there's even a little name.
2272
01:31:36,639 --> 01:31:38,639
In the beginning, auto is fine. If
2273
01:31:38,639 --> 01:31:39,840
you're a pure beginner, just leave it on
2274
01:31:39,840 --> 01:31:42,000
auto. You are going to be fine. We also
2275
01:31:42,000 --> 01:31:44,320
have a standard one that has slightly
2276
01:31:44,320 --> 01:31:45,760
different settings even though the
2277
01:31:45,760 --> 01:31:47,760
numbers are the same. And then we have
2278
01:31:47,760 --> 01:31:49,280
this thing called portrait. It's kind of
2279
01:31:49,280 --> 01:31:51,600
hard to see, but you can see uh the
2280
01:31:51,600 --> 01:31:55,199
color tone on my picture changing
2281
01:31:55,199 --> 01:31:57,199
between these. So, look at my forehead
2282
01:31:57,199 --> 01:32:00,639
from standard to portrait to landscape.
2283
01:32:00,639 --> 01:32:03,280
You can see the color is changing. So,
2284
01:32:03,280 --> 01:32:05,440
what these are and how to access them is
2285
01:32:05,440 --> 01:32:07,679
we press the info button. These are
2286
01:32:07,679 --> 01:32:10,880
little recipes that tell the camera how
2287
01:32:10,880 --> 01:32:14,480
to tweak JPEGs before they are recorded.
2288
01:32:14,480 --> 01:32:16,719
Things like contrast. If I wanted to
2289
01:32:16,719 --> 01:32:19,199
have more contrast, I could turn this up
2290
01:32:19,199 --> 01:32:20,639
or I could turn it down. You can see the
2291
01:32:20,639 --> 01:32:23,040
the contrast on my face is changing. If
2292
01:32:23,040 --> 01:32:25,280
I wanted less saturation or more
2293
01:32:25,280 --> 01:32:28,400
saturation, I can do that as well. And
2294
01:32:28,400 --> 01:32:30,560
it's a way for you to tweak your JPEG
2295
01:32:30,560 --> 01:32:33,120
files. if you wanted uh monochrome, they
2296
01:32:33,120 --> 01:32:35,280
have it. The color tone is also here.
2297
01:32:35,280 --> 01:32:37,199
You can come back up, but there's tons
2298
01:32:37,199 --> 01:32:38,480
of them. There's portraits, there's
2299
01:32:38,480 --> 01:32:41,199
landscapes, fine detail, neutral,
2300
01:32:41,199 --> 01:32:44,000
faithful, monochrome. You could even
2301
01:32:44,000 --> 01:32:45,760
define
2302
01:32:45,760 --> 01:32:48,400
three of them on your own. They do have
2303
01:32:48,400 --> 01:32:50,880
additional settings in there that we
2304
01:32:50,880 --> 01:32:53,520
don't have control of for so for example
2305
01:32:53,520 --> 01:32:55,520
if you're shooting a portrait there are
2306
01:32:55,520 --> 01:32:58,320
flesh tone algorithms in there helping
2307
01:32:58,320 --> 01:33:00,320
you that you're not going to be able to
2308
01:33:00,320 --> 01:33:03,280
tweak. If you're shooting a landscape
2309
01:33:03,280 --> 01:33:05,440
your greens and your blues are going to
2310
01:33:05,440 --> 01:33:08,880
be more vibrant. So the idea on this is
2311
01:33:08,880 --> 01:33:10,159
you know shooting landscape you would
2312
01:33:10,159 --> 01:33:11,920
have it on the landscape picture style.
2313
01:33:11,920 --> 01:33:13,280
If you're shooting portraits you would
2314
01:33:13,280 --> 01:33:15,520
have it on obviously the portrait
2315
01:33:15,520 --> 01:33:17,040
picture style. If you're a pure
2316
01:33:17,040 --> 01:33:18,960
beginner, intermediate shooter, put it
2317
01:33:18,960 --> 01:33:20,639
on A or standard. Either one of those
2318
01:33:20,639 --> 01:33:22,639
are fine for now. And then you can tweak
2319
01:33:22,639 --> 01:33:24,560
them as you get more and more advanced.
2320
01:33:24,560 --> 01:33:26,560
And those are picture styles. Let's talk
2321
01:33:26,560 --> 01:33:29,040
about white balance real quick. White
2322
01:33:29,040 --> 01:33:31,440
balance essentially tells the camera
2323
01:33:31,440 --> 01:33:33,760
what kind of light we're shooting in.
2324
01:33:33,760 --> 01:33:35,920
I'm shooting inside my studio and I
2325
01:33:35,920 --> 01:33:37,120
actually have some mixed lighting
2326
01:33:37,120 --> 01:33:38,800
conditions. So, I have it dialed into a
2327
01:33:38,800 --> 01:33:40,719
custom Kelvin setting that I've actually
2328
01:33:40,719 --> 01:33:43,760
tweaked. I'm going to change that.
2329
01:33:43,760 --> 01:33:45,920
for the most part shoot in auto white
2330
01:33:45,920 --> 01:33:49,360
balance if you're just getting started.
2331
01:33:49,360 --> 01:33:52,880
Canon's cameras actually do pretty well
2332
01:33:52,880 --> 01:33:54,400
figuring out what kind of light they're
2333
01:33:54,400 --> 01:33:56,080
shooting in and it makes the adjustment
2334
01:33:56,080 --> 01:33:58,400
automatically. The truth of the matter
2335
01:33:58,400 --> 01:34:01,760
on this is that our eyes see and adjust
2336
01:34:01,760 --> 01:34:03,840
to light very differently than camera
2337
01:34:03,840 --> 01:34:06,639
sensors. Camera sensors have to be told
2338
01:34:06,639 --> 01:34:08,480
what kind of light they're shooting in.
2339
01:34:08,480 --> 01:34:10,800
And the these have different
2340
01:34:10,800 --> 01:34:12,320
temperatures,
2341
01:34:12,320 --> 01:34:14,639
whether they're more of a blue look or
2342
01:34:14,639 --> 01:34:18,000
more of a more yellowish kind of look.
2343
01:34:18,000 --> 01:34:20,320
Sometimes this is referred to as hot and
2344
01:34:20,320 --> 01:34:22,880
cold. And the terminology can be very
2345
01:34:22,880 --> 01:34:25,679
confusing in terms of what's happening.
2346
01:34:25,679 --> 01:34:28,239
To access our white balance settings,
2347
01:34:28,239 --> 01:34:29,840
we're going to push the Q button. We can
2348
01:34:29,840 --> 01:34:32,000
also access it with the MFN button. And
2349
01:34:32,000 --> 01:34:33,679
you'll see them here on the bottom. And
2350
01:34:33,679 --> 01:34:36,719
the idea is in a perfect world, you
2351
01:34:36,719 --> 01:34:40,080
would adjust your camera's white balance
2352
01:34:40,080 --> 01:34:41,360
depending on the light that you're
2353
01:34:41,360 --> 01:34:42,800
shooting in. And I want you to watch
2354
01:34:42,800 --> 01:34:45,840
what happens to the color of the blinds
2355
01:34:45,840 --> 01:34:47,920
as we scroll through this. They they
2356
01:34:47,920 --> 01:34:49,840
begin to shift colors. So, we got auto
2357
01:34:49,840 --> 01:34:53,520
white balance, daylight,
2358
01:34:53,520 --> 01:34:55,600
shade. See how it's changing colors
2359
01:34:55,600 --> 01:34:57,760
here?
2360
01:34:57,760 --> 01:34:59,840
Cloud cover,
2361
01:34:59,840 --> 01:35:01,760
incandescent light, which is a tungsten
2362
01:35:01,760 --> 01:35:03,120
light. You can see it's turned really
2363
01:35:03,120 --> 01:35:05,760
blue. Fluorescent light, which is almost
2364
01:35:05,760 --> 01:35:09,520
a purple. If we're using strobe, we can
2365
01:35:09,520 --> 01:35:12,400
also do a custom white balance. And then
2366
01:35:12,400 --> 01:35:15,040
we have our Kelvin white balances. You
2367
01:35:15,040 --> 01:35:18,080
can see it starts at 5200.
2368
01:35:18,080 --> 01:35:20,239
So the idea is that we want to set our
2369
01:35:20,239 --> 01:35:23,520
camera to be shooting in the type of
2370
01:35:23,520 --> 01:35:25,920
light because the camera will see it as
2371
01:35:25,920 --> 01:35:27,920
different colors. So, if you're out
2372
01:35:27,920 --> 01:35:29,840
shooting with auto white balance and you
2373
01:35:29,840 --> 01:35:31,440
you're reviewing your images and you get
2374
01:35:31,440 --> 01:35:33,679
this magenta tone or this maybe like a
2375
01:35:33,679 --> 01:35:36,239
really strong blue tone, probably it's
2376
01:35:36,239 --> 01:35:37,760
your white balance that's not set
2377
01:35:37,760 --> 01:35:41,600
correctly. The way this works, just for
2378
01:35:41,600 --> 01:35:44,639
the science of it, is the camera will
2379
01:35:44,639 --> 01:35:47,040
add the opposite of the color light
2380
01:35:47,040 --> 01:35:48,719
you're shooting in. Probably the easiest
2381
01:35:48,719 --> 01:35:51,280
way to think of it is candle lights.
2382
01:35:51,280 --> 01:35:54,000
Tungsten lights are are also a lower
2383
01:35:54,000 --> 01:35:57,600
Kelvin setting. So candle lights is a
2384
01:35:57,600 --> 01:35:59,840
very yellow kind of light and you can
2385
01:35:59,840 --> 01:36:02,000
see that this is kind of like a blue
2386
01:36:02,000 --> 01:36:04,880
tint, right? So what's happening is is
2387
01:36:04,880 --> 01:36:06,400
that when the camera knows we're
2388
01:36:06,400 --> 01:36:08,239
shooting in a yellow type of light
2389
01:36:08,239 --> 01:36:11,520
situation, it is going to add blue back
2390
01:36:11,520 --> 01:36:15,199
in. Does the opposite of of what we're
2391
01:36:15,199 --> 01:36:18,159
shooting in to try to balance it out. If
2392
01:36:18,159 --> 01:36:20,480
we were shooting in something that was a
2393
01:36:20,480 --> 01:36:22,560
much higher Kelvin, it would be
2394
01:36:22,560 --> 01:36:23,920
something. In fact, let's just dial it
2395
01:36:23,920 --> 01:36:25,199
in and I'll show you real quick. Let's
2396
01:36:25,199 --> 01:36:28,159
go set. So, this allows us to tell the
2397
01:36:28,159 --> 01:36:29,440
Kelvin temperature that we're shooting
2398
01:36:29,440 --> 01:36:32,000
in is that as we get into these higher
2399
01:36:32,000 --> 01:36:34,719
color temperatures, it becomes more and
2400
01:36:34,719 --> 01:36:37,520
more almost like a yellowish orang-ish
2401
01:36:37,520 --> 01:36:38,880
kind of look. I like to think of this
2402
01:36:38,880 --> 01:36:41,199
as, you know, like a blowtorrch is
2403
01:36:41,199 --> 01:36:43,120
really really hot. It's a really blue
2404
01:36:43,120 --> 01:36:46,159
light. and the camera on these higher
2405
01:36:46,159 --> 01:36:49,119
Kelvin will add yellow and orange back
2406
01:36:49,119 --> 01:36:51,440
into it to balance it out. That's kind
2407
01:36:51,440 --> 01:36:54,480
of like the short overview of how white
2408
01:36:54,480 --> 01:36:57,600
balance works. Daylight balance is
2409
01:36:57,600 --> 01:37:00,960
typically at 5200.
2410
01:37:00,960 --> 01:37:03,280
So, if you do a lot of studio shooting,
2411
01:37:03,280 --> 01:37:04,560
you're going going to want to have
2412
01:37:04,560 --> 01:37:06,400
lights that are daylight balanced at
2413
01:37:06,400 --> 01:37:09,360
5200 Kelvin. Kelvin. Without getting
2414
01:37:09,360 --> 01:37:11,040
into too much of the science, there is
2415
01:37:11,040 --> 01:37:13,360
this essentially a device, a theoretical
2416
01:37:13,360 --> 01:37:16,880
device called a black box that radiates
2417
01:37:16,880 --> 01:37:19,119
a certain color at different
2418
01:37:19,119 --> 01:37:21,040
temperatures. And so when you hear this
2419
01:37:21,040 --> 01:37:23,040
referral to Kelvin light, that's what
2420
01:37:23,040 --> 01:37:25,040
they're talking about where tungsten
2421
01:37:25,040 --> 01:37:28,560
light might be 3,200 Kelvin. Daylight
2422
01:37:28,560 --> 01:37:32,320
and flash balance might be 5200 Kelvin.
2423
01:37:32,320 --> 01:37:33,920
That is what they're referring to. It's
2424
01:37:33,920 --> 01:37:37,600
the color standard temperature based on
2425
01:37:37,600 --> 01:37:40,159
this blackbox experiment. When you get
2426
01:37:40,159 --> 01:37:43,280
into a mixed lighting condition like I'm
2427
01:37:43,280 --> 01:37:45,600
shooting in now, we may have to do a
2428
01:37:45,600 --> 01:37:47,199
custom white balance. And I'll show you
2429
01:37:47,199 --> 01:37:49,520
how to do this right now. We're going to
2430
01:37:49,520 --> 01:37:52,080
come in. In fact, let's jump out of
2431
01:37:52,080 --> 01:37:54,719
this. We're going to go to this guy
2432
01:37:54,719 --> 01:37:57,920
here, custom. And it has a garbage icon.
2433
01:37:57,920 --> 01:37:59,600
Shoot to set white balance. We're going
2434
01:37:59,600 --> 01:38:01,520
to push that. and we're going to take a
2435
01:38:01,520 --> 01:38:05,840
picture of something white, the blinds.
2436
01:38:05,840 --> 01:38:07,600
We're telling it this is this is what's
2437
01:38:07,600 --> 01:38:10,639
white. And then once we go into our
2438
01:38:10,639 --> 01:38:12,719
custom white balance, it's basically
2439
01:38:12,719 --> 01:38:14,719
saying we have measured the light for
2440
01:38:14,719 --> 01:38:16,800
the scene, even including the mixed
2441
01:38:16,800 --> 01:38:18,080
lighting conditions. And this is as
2442
01:38:18,080 --> 01:38:20,719
close as we can get to perfectly white
2443
01:38:20,719 --> 01:38:23,840
balance. We can also come into the menu.
2444
01:38:23,840 --> 01:38:26,159
Let's come in here. See if we can find
2445
01:38:26,159 --> 01:38:29,360
this thing.
2446
01:38:29,360 --> 01:38:31,600
Okay, page four out of 10. We have our
2447
01:38:31,600 --> 01:38:33,520
custom white balance setting. We select
2448
01:38:33,520 --> 01:38:36,239
this
2449
01:38:36,239 --> 01:38:38,480
and it will allow us to choose an image
2450
01:38:38,480 --> 01:38:40,159
if we have already taken one. Sometimes
2451
01:38:40,159 --> 01:38:41,920
I'll just throw in, you know, a sheet of
2452
01:38:41,920 --> 01:38:43,760
paper. Just depends on depends on what
2453
01:38:43,760 --> 01:38:48,080
I'm doing. Let's talk about real quick
2454
01:38:48,080 --> 01:38:50,560
another feature in this, which is the
2455
01:38:50,560 --> 01:38:52,639
shift and bracket, which I've changed
2456
01:38:52,639 --> 01:38:55,040
because of something I noticed on my
2457
01:38:55,040 --> 01:38:57,360
camera. I am shooting in my studio, but
2458
01:38:57,360 --> 01:38:59,360
I have light leaking in from outside.
2459
01:38:59,360 --> 01:39:01,440
Daylight and different other kinds of
2460
01:39:01,440 --> 01:39:04,080
light are mixing. So, what I did is I
2461
01:39:04,080 --> 01:39:06,639
shifted the white balance. This is
2462
01:39:06,639 --> 01:39:08,560
something that most beginners are not
2463
01:39:08,560 --> 01:39:10,960
going to do. But when you come into this
2464
01:39:10,960 --> 01:39:12,960
setting
2465
01:39:12,960 --> 01:39:16,480
info, it is going to allow us to shift
2466
01:39:16,480 --> 01:39:18,400
the color one way or the other. And I
2467
01:39:18,400 --> 01:39:20,239
noticed it was leaning a little heavy
2468
01:39:20,239 --> 01:39:22,400
onto the blue side, and I didn't like
2469
01:39:22,400 --> 01:39:24,239
that. So, I came over here and I shifted
2470
01:39:24,239 --> 01:39:26,159
it to red.
2471
01:39:26,159 --> 01:39:27,679
There's some funky things going on with
2472
01:39:27,679 --> 01:39:29,679
the monitor and I'm noticing there's a
2473
01:39:29,679 --> 01:39:31,199
little bit of blue on this side no
2474
01:39:31,199 --> 01:39:34,320
matter where I aim the camera. It's kind
2475
01:39:34,320 --> 01:39:37,840
of been bugging me, but the auto white
2476
01:39:37,840 --> 01:39:40,880
balance shift and bracket allows you to
2477
01:39:40,880 --> 01:39:43,840
tweak even after you have the right
2478
01:39:43,840 --> 01:39:48,719
white balance. So we have blue, green,
2479
01:39:48,719 --> 01:39:51,199
amber, and magenta. And we can shift
2480
01:39:51,199 --> 01:39:53,679
that. This is not something that a
2481
01:39:53,679 --> 01:39:55,199
beginning or intermediate photographer
2482
01:39:55,199 --> 01:39:56,560
would be messing with. But if you
2483
01:39:56,560 --> 01:39:58,159
noticed something and you weren't happy
2484
01:39:58,159 --> 01:39:59,760
with it and you wanted to get a little
2485
01:39:59,760 --> 01:40:01,920
bit more neutral, you might come in here
2486
01:40:01,920 --> 01:40:04,639
and play with that.
2487
01:40:04,639 --> 01:40:06,239
Again, for the most part, if you're a
2488
01:40:06,239 --> 01:40:07,600
beginning photographer, auto white
2489
01:40:07,600 --> 01:40:09,760
balance is going to be your answer. And
2490
01:40:09,760 --> 01:40:11,520
when you start to notice these color
2491
01:40:11,520 --> 01:40:12,880
shifts, you're going to want to come in
2492
01:40:12,880 --> 01:40:15,679
and get more specific. This also applies
2493
01:40:15,679 --> 01:40:17,440
to video.
2494
01:40:17,440 --> 01:40:19,040
And it's more important that you lock it
2495
01:40:19,040 --> 01:40:21,920
down in video because if you have color
2496
01:40:21,920 --> 01:40:24,000
light shifting, the camera will try to
2497
01:40:24,000 --> 01:40:25,840
correct it and then you'll get these
2498
01:40:25,840 --> 01:40:27,440
color shifts on your video and it
2499
01:40:27,440 --> 01:40:29,040
doesn't look really good. Real quick,
2500
01:40:29,040 --> 01:40:30,800
let's talk about our camera's drive
2501
01:40:30,800 --> 01:40:32,639
modes, which is what the camera does
2502
01:40:32,639 --> 01:40:34,719
after we push the shutter button down
2503
01:40:34,719 --> 01:40:37,119
all the way. So, you'll notice that we
2504
01:40:37,119 --> 01:40:39,920
have this H in green. This is
2505
01:40:39,920 --> 01:40:41,760
designating our current drive mode. We
2506
01:40:41,760 --> 01:40:43,600
can access it by pressing the Q button,
2507
01:40:43,600 --> 01:40:45,199
and we get the drive modes on the
2508
01:40:45,199 --> 01:40:48,320
bottom. As quick review here, single
2509
01:40:48,320 --> 01:40:50,400
shooting means we get a single frame. We
2510
01:40:50,400 --> 01:40:52,480
push a shutter button down all the way.
2511
01:40:52,480 --> 01:40:54,560
It takes one picture even if we hold it
2512
01:40:54,560 --> 01:40:57,119
down. So these drive modes, these three
2513
01:40:57,119 --> 01:40:58,480
here on the bottom, high-speed
2514
01:40:58,480 --> 01:40:59,920
continuous with a little plus,
2515
01:40:59,920 --> 01:41:03,600
high-speed continuous, and low speed, it
2516
01:41:03,600 --> 01:41:05,840
really depends on how we have the camera
2517
01:41:05,840 --> 01:41:08,159
set up. If you're using a mechanical
2518
01:41:08,159 --> 01:41:10,560
shutter, this is 12 frames per second. I
2519
01:41:10,560 --> 01:41:12,560
believe this is like 6.2 and this last
2520
01:41:12,560 --> 01:41:15,280
one is three. Obviously, when we're
2521
01:41:15,280 --> 01:41:17,040
moving a physical shutter, it's, you
2522
01:41:17,040 --> 01:41:18,719
know, requires a lot of energy for the
2523
01:41:18,719 --> 01:41:21,600
camera to do this. If we are using an
2524
01:41:21,600 --> 01:41:24,080
electronic shutter, the shutter, the
2525
01:41:24,080 --> 01:41:28,159
mechanical shutter stays open and it's
2526
01:41:28,159 --> 01:41:30,159
capturing the image electronically. And
2527
01:41:30,159 --> 01:41:33,440
this would be 40, 20, and five. I will
2528
01:41:33,440 --> 01:41:34,800
show you electronic shutter at the end
2529
01:41:34,800 --> 01:41:36,560
of this lesson, just so you know where
2530
01:41:36,560 --> 01:41:39,440
to find it. as we come across these
2531
01:41:39,440 --> 01:41:41,360
other ones. Now, we have a 10-second
2532
01:41:41,360 --> 01:41:44,719
timer, a 2-cond timer, and a 10-second
2533
01:41:44,719 --> 01:41:47,040
timer that allows us to tell it how many
2534
01:41:47,040 --> 01:41:48,960
images we want to take, whether it's two
2535
01:41:48,960 --> 01:41:51,360
or 10. If you're shooting group photos
2536
01:41:51,360 --> 01:41:52,880
and you have to be in it, this is very
2537
01:41:52,880 --> 01:41:54,560
handy because people close their eyes
2538
01:41:54,560 --> 01:41:56,480
and they're blinking. And you can just
2539
01:41:56,480 --> 01:41:58,480
set it up for like 10, you know, family
2540
01:41:58,480 --> 01:42:00,960
pictures over Thanksgiving or Christmas,
2541
01:42:00,960 --> 01:42:03,119
and you'd be good to go. So, this is
2542
01:42:03,119 --> 01:42:04,800
what the drive modes do. It tells the
2543
01:42:04,800 --> 01:42:06,239
camera what to do after we push the
2544
01:42:06,239 --> 01:42:08,480
shutter button down. And also, as a side
2545
01:42:08,480 --> 01:42:10,080
note, on these continuous burst ones,
2546
01:42:10,080 --> 01:42:12,239
you have to hold the shutter button
2547
01:42:12,239 --> 01:42:14,639
down. So, by default, we're going to
2548
01:42:14,639 --> 01:42:16,960
come into the menu. It's the red tab,
2549
01:42:16,960 --> 01:42:19,199
page six out of 10, and you're going to
2550
01:42:19,199 --> 01:42:23,840
scroll down here to shutter mode. If by
2551
01:42:23,840 --> 01:42:25,679
default, it should be set to something
2552
01:42:25,679 --> 01:42:27,440
like this. Electronic first shutter
2553
01:42:27,440 --> 01:42:29,920
curtain. Listen to the mechanics of the
2554
01:42:29,920 --> 01:42:33,520
shutter um closing.
2555
01:42:33,520 --> 01:42:36,560
So we can actually hear it.
2556
01:42:36,560 --> 01:42:39,520
If you want to hear a full mechanical,
2557
01:42:39,520 --> 01:42:43,119
basically the same.
2558
01:42:43,119 --> 01:42:44,480
Listen to what we get when we get
2559
01:42:44,480 --> 01:42:46,000
electronic shutter. So there's no
2560
01:42:46,000 --> 01:42:49,600
physical shutter opening and closing.
2561
01:42:49,600 --> 01:42:52,320
So it just really blitzes through them.
2562
01:42:52,320 --> 01:42:54,159
40 frames per second. I mean, we're
2563
01:42:54,159 --> 01:42:57,119
talking about that is awesome for a
2564
01:42:57,119 --> 01:42:58,719
camera in this price range. I think it
2565
01:42:58,719 --> 01:43:01,440
is. There are some limitations with it
2566
01:43:01,440 --> 01:43:03,920
in terms of if you're shooting in
2567
01:43:03,920 --> 01:43:05,840
certain lighting situations where we got
2568
01:43:05,840 --> 01:43:07,360
flickering lights, it could be a
2569
01:43:07,360 --> 01:43:09,600
problem, but suffice it to say, this is
2570
01:43:09,600 --> 01:43:12,000
really awesome feature to have in our
2571
01:43:12,000 --> 01:43:14,320
camera. Let's talk about the camera's
2572
01:43:14,320 --> 01:43:16,800
metering modes. This applies mostly to
2573
01:43:16,800 --> 01:43:18,639
still shooting, although the evaluative
2574
01:43:18,639 --> 01:43:20,960
metering does work in a movie mode.
2575
01:43:20,960 --> 01:43:22,880
There are four metering modes, and the
2576
01:43:22,880 --> 01:43:24,960
easiest way for me to explain this is to
2577
01:43:24,960 --> 01:43:28,239
talk about the spot metering mode first.
2578
01:43:28,239 --> 01:43:29,840
So, I'm going to change it to spot
2579
01:43:29,840 --> 01:43:31,600
metering mode. It's this little dot in
2580
01:43:31,600 --> 01:43:33,520
the middle. I usually don't leave it on
2581
01:43:33,520 --> 01:43:35,119
spot, but it has a time and place. And
2582
01:43:35,119 --> 01:43:36,480
I'm going to move the camera over here
2583
01:43:36,480 --> 01:43:38,560
to the right. You'll notice that we have
2584
01:43:38,560 --> 01:43:40,239
this little circle in the middle of the
2585
01:43:40,239 --> 01:43:43,199
screen now. And what this is telling us
2586
01:43:43,199 --> 01:43:46,000
is the camera is now measuring light
2587
01:43:46,000 --> 01:43:48,639
only in that little circle. So, I have a
2588
01:43:48,639 --> 01:43:50,880
headlamp turned on. And as I move that
2589
01:43:50,880 --> 01:43:52,560
circle over the headlamp, what you'll
2590
01:43:52,560 --> 01:43:55,040
notice is the camera will get very, very
2591
01:43:55,040 --> 01:43:56,719
dark. The camera is turning the
2592
01:43:56,719 --> 01:43:59,760
exposure, the automatic exposure of the
2593
01:43:59,760 --> 01:44:01,280
camera down because I'm in aperture
2594
01:44:01,280 --> 01:44:04,639
priority mode. I'm at f7.1,
2595
01:44:04,639 --> 01:44:07,360
but it's recognizing that this is, hey,
2596
01:44:07,360 --> 01:44:09,360
this is a really bright amount of light
2597
01:44:09,360 --> 01:44:11,679
coming in. So, what it does is it turns
2598
01:44:11,679 --> 01:44:14,480
down the shutter speed dramatically.
2599
01:44:14,480 --> 01:44:16,159
And at the moment I move it away from
2600
01:44:16,159 --> 01:44:18,159
that bright light, the shutter speed
2601
01:44:18,159 --> 01:44:19,840
changes because it says, "Hey, there's
2602
01:44:19,840 --> 01:44:22,560
not as much light here." and it slows
2603
01:44:22,560 --> 01:44:25,119
the shutter speed down to let a ton of
2604
01:44:25,119 --> 01:44:27,440
more light in. So this is what's
2605
01:44:27,440 --> 01:44:29,199
happening with the metering modes is
2606
01:44:29,199 --> 01:44:31,600
that we're telling the cam camera to
2607
01:44:31,600 --> 01:44:34,960
sample light in different parts of the
2608
01:44:34,960 --> 01:44:37,440
image. Now the next metering mode I want
2609
01:44:37,440 --> 01:44:40,159
to talk about if we come back here is
2610
01:44:40,159 --> 01:44:42,000
the partial metering mode. And what this
2611
01:44:42,000 --> 01:44:44,480
does is it just expands that circle to
2612
01:44:44,480 --> 01:44:46,719
be a little bit bigger. That's the only
2613
01:44:46,719 --> 01:44:49,360
difference really between the two. And
2614
01:44:49,360 --> 01:44:51,679
then there's the center weighted
2615
01:44:51,679 --> 01:44:55,920
metering mode. If I come over here,
2616
01:44:55,920 --> 01:44:57,520
this is kind of like a hybrid. It's a
2617
01:44:57,520 --> 01:44:59,119
little bit bigger area, but as I'm
2618
01:44:59,119 --> 01:45:00,719
scrolling,
2619
01:45:00,719 --> 01:45:03,360
see, it doesn't really get as dark as
2620
01:45:03,360 --> 01:45:05,520
quick. So, it's kind of a more of kind
2621
01:45:05,520 --> 01:45:08,800
of like a a hybrid between spot and what
2622
01:45:08,800 --> 01:45:11,280
the normal mode is, which is the
2623
01:45:11,280 --> 01:45:14,159
evaluated metering mode. By default, and
2624
01:45:14,159 --> 01:45:16,080
in most settings, you're going to be
2625
01:45:16,080 --> 01:45:18,719
using this. And what's happening here is
2626
01:45:18,719 --> 01:45:20,480
the camera is looking at the entire
2627
01:45:20,480 --> 01:45:22,960
exposure and it's disregarding this very
2628
01:45:22,960 --> 01:45:25,280
bright light as you know something it
2629
01:45:25,280 --> 01:45:26,560
should be setting the camera settings
2630
01:45:26,560 --> 01:45:29,760
on. It's kind of evaluating everything.
2631
01:45:29,760 --> 01:45:32,320
So for beginners, intermediate
2632
01:45:32,320 --> 01:45:34,719
photographers, I would say start here.
2633
01:45:34,719 --> 01:45:36,719
The new Maven mini ring light
2634
01:45:36,719 --> 01:45:38,239
magnetically connects to [music] your
2635
01:45:38,239 --> 01:45:40,239
lens and partners with all of our
2636
01:45:40,239 --> 01:45:41,920
magnetic filters, including the new
2637
01:45:41,920 --> 01:45:44,080
diopters. You get complete control over
2638
01:45:44,080 --> 01:45:46,400
your color temperature and brightness.
2639
01:45:46,400 --> 01:45:48,320
It is an insanely [music]
2640
01:45:48,320 --> 01:45:50,400
useful tool for any content creator,
2641
01:45:50,400 --> 01:45:52,880
including Zoom calls, FaceTime, [music]
2642
01:45:52,880 --> 01:45:55,760
and tabletop content creation. You can
2643
01:45:55,760 --> 01:45:59,560
get yours at mavenfilters.com.
2644
01:46:00,320 --> 01:46:03,119
Let's talk about the deep menu section.
2645
01:46:03,119 --> 01:46:05,199
What I want to do is to focus on the
2646
01:46:05,199 --> 01:46:07,280
most important items as a beginning and
2647
01:46:07,280 --> 01:46:08,719
intermediate photographer that you need
2648
01:46:08,719 --> 01:46:10,400
to know. Some of the items in the deep
2649
01:46:10,400 --> 01:46:12,560
menu are not useful. I will try to point
2650
01:46:12,560 --> 01:46:14,480
those out. Some of them require their
2651
01:46:14,480 --> 01:46:16,320
own lessons like the focusing bracketing
2652
01:46:16,320 --> 01:46:18,080
lesson I hope to make a separate video
2653
01:46:18,080 --> 01:46:20,400
for as we get into the deep menu system.
2654
01:46:20,400 --> 01:46:22,080
There's something critical I have to
2655
01:46:22,080 --> 01:46:24,239
note is that the mode that you are
2656
01:46:24,239 --> 01:46:26,800
shooting in determines what you will see
2657
01:46:26,800 --> 01:46:29,280
in here. I get a lot of questions. Hey,
2658
01:46:29,280 --> 01:46:31,360
I don't see what you see. If you are on
2659
01:46:31,360 --> 01:46:33,280
the dummy mode, for example, in a
2660
01:46:33,280 --> 01:46:35,600
stills, you notice some of these tabs
2661
01:46:35,600 --> 01:46:37,440
and some of the pages have disappeared.
2662
01:46:37,440 --> 01:46:40,080
I only get five pages here. Whereas, if
2663
01:46:40,080 --> 01:46:43,040
I'm on manual and I'm in the deep menu,
2664
01:46:43,040 --> 01:46:48,639
it's really P, TV, AV, M, B, F, V. All
2665
01:46:48,639 --> 01:46:50,159
of those modes are going going to show
2666
01:46:50,159 --> 01:46:53,520
you the same things, but dummy mode will
2667
01:46:53,520 --> 01:46:57,040
not. Also, keep in mind that there is a
2668
01:46:57,040 --> 01:46:59,199
different menu section for video. When I
2669
01:46:59,199 --> 01:47:01,040
flip over to the video mode, some of
2670
01:47:01,040 --> 01:47:04,320
these pages are also going to change.
2671
01:47:04,320 --> 01:47:06,080
There's a couple ways to navigate
2672
01:47:06,080 --> 01:47:08,960
through these pages. We have colored
2673
01:47:08,960 --> 01:47:11,440
tabs at the top. And we can navigate
2674
01:47:11,440 --> 01:47:14,239
through the colored tabs with our ISO
2675
01:47:14,239 --> 01:47:16,159
control wheel.
2676
01:47:16,159 --> 01:47:18,239
We also have different pages within each
2677
01:47:18,239 --> 01:47:20,320
tab. Here's two out of 10. We can
2678
01:47:20,320 --> 01:47:23,360
navigate those by rotating the primary
2679
01:47:23,360 --> 01:47:25,840
control wheel. And we can also go up and
2680
01:47:25,840 --> 01:47:28,880
down by rotating the secondary control
2681
01:47:28,880 --> 01:47:31,520
wheel. So each of the control wheels
2682
01:47:31,520 --> 01:47:33,280
changes different menu items. And of
2683
01:47:33,280 --> 01:47:34,880
course, you're probably going to love to
2684
01:47:34,880 --> 01:47:37,840
tap on the monitor. We get a little
2685
01:47:37,840 --> 01:47:40,639
definition of what that page is all
2686
01:47:40,639 --> 01:47:43,040
about. The page we're on out of total
2687
01:47:43,040 --> 01:47:44,560
pages.
2688
01:47:44,560 --> 01:47:46,880
You can use the corner of your finger to
2689
01:47:46,880 --> 01:47:48,719
touch on the pages, the tabs, or even
2690
01:47:48,719 --> 01:47:51,360
the item directly.
2691
01:47:51,360 --> 01:47:54,639
So, very easy to navigate. I really
2692
01:47:54,639 --> 01:47:57,199
think it's the red, the purple, the
2693
01:47:57,199 --> 01:47:58,800
yellow tabs. Those are the ones that I
2694
01:47:58,800 --> 01:48:00,560
use the most. There's tons of things in
2695
01:48:00,560 --> 01:48:02,320
here that deserve their own lesson, and
2696
01:48:02,320 --> 01:48:04,000
some of these things you'll never use.
2697
01:48:04,000 --> 01:48:06,000
Let's start off with the red tab. Image
2698
01:48:06,000 --> 01:48:08,480
quality deals with how the images are
2699
01:48:08,480 --> 01:48:10,800
being recorded to your memory card, how
2700
01:48:10,800 --> 01:48:12,880
the stills are being recorded. We have
2701
01:48:12,880 --> 01:48:16,080
the ability to record in RAW or JPEG.
2702
01:48:16,080 --> 01:48:18,880
RAW is the complete information as it is
2703
01:48:18,880 --> 01:48:22,560
captured by the sensor. These files are
2704
01:48:22,560 --> 01:48:24,960
much larger. They have a much greater
2705
01:48:24,960 --> 01:48:27,360
amount of processing ability. They have
2706
01:48:27,360 --> 01:48:29,360
greater dynamic range. They have better
2707
01:48:29,360 --> 01:48:32,000
color control. And we select this by
2708
01:48:32,000 --> 01:48:33,920
pressing RAW here. I'll just turn that
2709
01:48:33,920 --> 01:48:35,520
one on. I'm going to turn this one off.
2710
01:48:35,520 --> 01:48:38,639
Next, we see the number of megapixels,
2711
01:48:38,639 --> 01:48:41,600
which is simply multiplying the width
2712
01:48:41,600 --> 01:48:44,239
dimensions by the height dimensions. So,
2713
01:48:44,239 --> 01:48:47,840
6,960 wide by 4,640
2714
01:48:47,840 --> 01:48:50,320
tall. That gives us 32 million.5. And
2715
01:48:50,320 --> 01:48:51,840
then we have the number of shots
2716
01:48:51,840 --> 01:48:54,080
remaining in this bracket based on the
2717
01:48:54,080 --> 01:48:55,920
memory card in the file format that
2718
01:48:55,920 --> 01:48:58,000
we're shooting in.
2719
01:48:58,000 --> 01:48:59,760
You'll notice this little red box that
2720
01:48:59,760 --> 01:49:02,960
highlights what we want. So this raw is
2721
01:49:02,960 --> 01:49:05,600
completely uncompressed raw, very large
2722
01:49:05,600 --> 01:49:08,480
file sizes and then we have a compact
2723
01:49:08,480 --> 01:49:10,000
raw. You'll notice the number of shots
2724
01:49:10,000 --> 01:49:13,040
remaining increases dramatically. C raw
2725
01:49:13,040 --> 01:49:16,560
compresses in areas of high contrast. So
2726
01:49:16,560 --> 01:49:18,480
if you were an astrophotographer, I
2727
01:49:18,480 --> 01:49:19,840
would not recommend this. You'd see
2728
01:49:19,840 --> 01:49:22,480
these little blotches around your stars.
2729
01:49:22,480 --> 01:49:24,560
It's very difficult to see, but if you
2730
01:49:24,560 --> 01:49:26,639
zoom in and you've been doing this long
2731
01:49:26,639 --> 01:49:27,920
enough, you can see it. Sometimes
2732
01:49:27,920 --> 01:49:29,440
there's reasons to go with fully
2733
01:49:29,440 --> 01:49:30,960
uncompressed. If you have a very
2734
01:49:30,960 --> 01:49:32,639
high-end professional shoot, you're
2735
01:49:32,639 --> 01:49:34,400
being paid a lot of money, probably
2736
01:49:34,400 --> 01:49:36,400
going to be shooting on RAW. If you are
2737
01:49:36,400 --> 01:49:38,639
shooting more images, but you still want
2738
01:49:38,639 --> 01:49:41,040
most of the RAW processing control, you
2739
01:49:41,040 --> 01:49:43,280
would go for C RAW. Now, let's talk
2740
01:49:43,280 --> 01:49:46,639
about the JPEG and HY, high efficiency
2741
01:49:46,639 --> 01:49:48,880
image format. I typically still shoot in
2742
01:49:48,880 --> 01:49:51,280
JPEG, but HY is becoming more and more
2743
01:49:51,280 --> 01:49:53,679
popular, a little bit more efficient.
2744
01:49:53,679 --> 01:49:55,119
People are starting to love it. It's
2745
01:49:55,119 --> 01:49:56,480
being recognized by more and more
2746
01:49:56,480 --> 01:49:58,800
systems, but again, I like to stick to
2747
01:49:58,800 --> 01:50:00,480
JPEG. So you'll notice these letters
2748
01:50:00,480 --> 01:50:03,199
here L, M, and S. These deal with the
2749
01:50:03,199 --> 01:50:05,600
file sizes, the resolutions. So if we
2750
01:50:05,600 --> 01:50:07,119
select on these, you can see that we go
2751
01:50:07,119 --> 01:50:10,960
from our full L to a smaller file, which
2752
01:50:10,960 --> 01:50:14,159
is 15 megapixels. And then we have S,
2753
01:50:14,159 --> 01:50:16,719
which is a smaller 8.1,
2754
01:50:16,719 --> 01:50:19,440
and then we have a 3.8. The short answer
2755
01:50:19,440 --> 01:50:21,199
on this, this might surprise some
2756
01:50:21,199 --> 01:50:24,480
people. I usually recommend jagged L. It
2757
01:50:24,480 --> 01:50:26,320
is almost impossible to see the
2758
01:50:26,320 --> 01:50:27,920
difference with a naked eye between
2759
01:50:27,920 --> 01:50:30,000
smooth L and jagged L. And what is the
2760
01:50:30,000 --> 01:50:31,600
difference? The difference is the amount
2761
01:50:31,600 --> 01:50:35,199
of compression. Smooth L files are a
2762
01:50:35,199 --> 01:50:37,280
little bit more fine in the details. But
2763
01:50:37,280 --> 01:50:38,960
again, this is something that I have
2764
01:50:38,960 --> 01:50:40,719
tried over the years to see the
2765
01:50:40,719 --> 01:50:43,040
difference and it's almost impossible.
2766
01:50:43,040 --> 01:50:45,360
So when I was shooting weddings,
2767
01:50:45,360 --> 01:50:46,960
thousands and thousands of images for
2768
01:50:46,960 --> 01:50:49,760
the sake of post-processing and editing
2769
01:50:49,760 --> 01:50:52,480
speed, I would shoot on Jagged. I'm not
2770
01:50:52,480 --> 01:50:54,560
a huge fan of shooting in these smaller
2771
01:50:54,560 --> 01:50:56,480
sizes simply because it's harder to
2772
01:50:56,480 --> 01:50:58,639
upres. You can do it now with AI. It's
2773
01:50:58,639 --> 01:51:00,400
getting getting a lot easier. So, if you
2774
01:51:00,400 --> 01:51:01,920
got into a jam, you probably work
2775
01:51:01,920 --> 01:51:03,280
something out. But the short answer
2776
01:51:03,280 --> 01:51:06,480
here, Jagged L, JPEG. If you have an
2777
01:51:06,480 --> 01:51:07,760
important shoot, then you're going to
2778
01:51:07,760 --> 01:51:09,600
want to shoot RAW. Just remember, you're
2779
01:51:09,600 --> 01:51:12,639
going to need lots of memory, big hard
2780
01:51:12,639 --> 01:51:16,000
drives, lots of processing power. Jagged
2781
01:51:16,000 --> 01:51:17,840
L for beginners is where I think you
2782
01:51:17,840 --> 01:51:19,679
should start. Dual pixel raw is
2783
01:51:19,679 --> 01:51:21,040
something I just recommend not even
2784
01:51:21,040 --> 01:51:22,800
messing with. When it first came out,
2785
01:51:22,800 --> 01:51:25,199
the idea is that every pixel has two
2786
01:51:25,199 --> 01:51:28,159
parts. It can use this to kind of shift
2787
01:51:28,159 --> 01:51:29,920
the focus a little bit, but it was so
2788
01:51:29,920 --> 01:51:31,679
minimal for the amount of the size of
2789
01:51:31,679 --> 01:51:33,760
the file and the trouble, it just wasn't
2790
01:51:33,760 --> 01:51:37,360
worth it. Cropping aspect ratio. For the
2791
01:51:37,360 --> 01:51:39,040
most part, I recommend shooting in full
2792
01:51:39,040 --> 01:51:41,599
crop mode. If you want to shoot in a 1x
2793
01:51:41,599 --> 01:51:44,000
six, which is an APS-C size crop, you
2794
01:51:44,000 --> 01:51:45,360
can do this. Just know that you are
2795
01:51:45,360 --> 01:51:48,400
losing resolution. You can shoot square
2796
01:51:48,400 --> 01:51:51,440
and we do this. We get these frames here
2797
01:51:51,440 --> 01:51:52,719
on the sides. You can see. So if you
2798
01:51:52,719 --> 01:51:54,639
wanted to shoot for perfectly square
2799
01:51:54,639 --> 01:51:57,280
images, you can
2800
01:51:57,280 --> 01:51:59,520
we can shoot in a 4 to3 aspect ratio.
2801
01:51:59,520 --> 01:52:01,360
And we can also shoot in cinematic
2802
01:52:01,360 --> 01:52:03,920
aspect ratio. My dad actually loves to
2803
01:52:03,920 --> 01:52:08,199
shoot this way for stills.
2804
01:52:08,239 --> 01:52:10,480
Come in here and turn it back to full.
2805
01:52:10,480 --> 01:52:12,400
Digital teleconverter is not something
2806
01:52:12,400 --> 01:52:14,480
that I would recommend using. What this
2807
01:52:14,480 --> 01:52:17,280
does is it allows you to crop in to the
2808
01:52:17,280 --> 01:52:20,400
frame. It's doing an artificial zoom and
2809
01:52:20,400 --> 01:52:22,400
then it upreses it to the full
2810
01:52:22,400 --> 01:52:24,560
resolution. So, you're taking the same
2811
01:52:24,560 --> 01:52:27,599
size image at a larger resolution. So,
2812
01:52:27,599 --> 01:52:30,320
it's kind of a gimmick and I never use
2813
01:52:30,320 --> 01:52:32,880
it. Turn that off. I guess if you really
2814
01:52:32,880 --> 01:52:34,320
wanted to magnify something, you could
2815
01:52:34,320 --> 01:52:36,080
do it, but you could also use that using
2816
01:52:36,080 --> 01:52:38,719
magnifying glass. And then we're going
2817
01:52:38,719 --> 01:52:41,440
to go to page two. Auto exposure
2818
01:52:41,440 --> 01:52:45,280
compensation AE. This feature is useful
2819
01:52:45,280 --> 01:52:47,119
and it tells the camera to take
2820
01:52:47,119 --> 01:52:49,599
different exposures at intervals that
2821
01:52:49,599 --> 01:52:51,760
you want it to. So, we get the exposure
2822
01:52:51,760 --> 01:52:53,360
compensation bracket. We get these tick
2823
01:52:53,360 --> 01:52:55,920
marks. I'm rotating the primary control
2824
01:52:55,920 --> 01:52:59,280
wheel up here. And what we do when we
2825
01:52:59,280 --> 01:53:00,960
set this up is it's telling the camera
2826
01:53:00,960 --> 01:53:03,599
to underexpose by three stops, take an
2827
01:53:03,599 --> 01:53:05,760
even exposure, and then an overexposure.
2828
01:53:05,760 --> 01:53:07,920
So, when I hit okay,
2829
01:53:07,920 --> 01:53:10,719
got my blinds,
2830
01:53:10,719 --> 01:53:13,520
and I play those back,
2831
01:53:13,520 --> 01:53:15,199
you can see the different exposures.
2832
01:53:15,199 --> 01:53:17,360
There's an even exposure, here's an
2833
01:53:17,360 --> 01:53:18,719
underexposure, and here's an
2834
01:53:18,719 --> 01:53:22,000
overexposure. This is useful when you
2835
01:53:22,000 --> 01:53:24,639
are in high dynamic range conditions.
2836
01:53:24,639 --> 01:53:26,719
And when I say that, I mean lots of very
2837
01:53:26,719 --> 01:53:29,920
bright highlights and very dark shadows,
2838
01:53:29,920 --> 01:53:32,320
a cathedral of a church, for example, or
2839
01:53:32,320 --> 01:53:35,440
maybe even uh certain kinds of sunset
2840
01:53:35,440 --> 01:53:36,639
situations when you're dealing with the
2841
01:53:36,639 --> 01:53:39,440
sun and shadows and rocks. And
2842
01:53:39,440 --> 01:53:41,679
photographers will use this feature to
2843
01:53:41,679 --> 01:53:44,480
make sure they have exposures for the
2844
01:53:44,480 --> 01:53:46,719
subject matter that they can take back
2845
01:53:46,719 --> 01:53:49,280
into Photoshop and blend to make a high
2846
01:53:49,280 --> 01:53:52,320
dynamic range image. Now, this also
2847
01:53:52,320 --> 01:53:53,840
behaves a little differently between
2848
01:53:53,840 --> 01:53:55,920
manual mode, which I'm in right now,
2849
01:53:55,920 --> 01:53:58,159
this thing, AEB, autoexposure
2850
01:53:58,159 --> 01:54:00,080
bracketing. I can flip this over to AV
2851
01:54:00,080 --> 01:54:03,679
mode. Come back into the menu. And now
2852
01:54:03,679 --> 01:54:09,199
we get this bracketing shift with our
2853
01:54:09,199 --> 01:54:11,199
secondary control wheel. So, we can just
2854
01:54:11,199 --> 01:54:12,880
kind of jump it around. We don't see it
2855
01:54:12,880 --> 01:54:14,800
in manual because we can set our own
2856
01:54:14,800 --> 01:54:18,560
settings in manual, but in TV and AV, P
2857
01:54:18,560 --> 01:54:20,800
mode should all be there.
2858
01:54:20,800 --> 01:54:22,880
So, autoexposure bracketing is a way to
2859
01:54:22,880 --> 01:54:24,560
tell the camera to change the settings
2860
01:54:24,560 --> 01:54:26,719
between three shots. And then when we're
2861
01:54:26,719 --> 01:54:28,639
done, come in here, rot, rotate these
2862
01:54:28,639 --> 01:54:31,920
together until you see one tick mark.
2863
01:54:31,920 --> 01:54:33,920
The most useful thing about ISO speed
2864
01:54:33,920 --> 01:54:35,679
settings, if we come into this menu, we
2865
01:54:35,679 --> 01:54:37,440
get the basic setting that we're on
2866
01:54:37,440 --> 01:54:40,560
right now, we can also set the range if
2867
01:54:40,560 --> 01:54:44,159
we wanted a minimum or a maximum.
2868
01:54:44,159 --> 01:54:46,639
Low ISO 50.
2869
01:54:46,639 --> 01:54:50,159
Then we have our higher ISO 102400.
2870
01:54:50,159 --> 01:54:52,719
If you wanted to max this out, then we
2871
01:54:52,719 --> 01:54:54,560
have the ability to set the range when
2872
01:54:54,560 --> 01:54:57,920
we are in auto ISO. So if we did not
2873
01:54:57,920 --> 01:55:00,080
want to go over a certain amount, we
2874
01:55:00,080 --> 01:55:02,080
could limit it here. Same with the
2875
01:55:02,080 --> 01:55:04,400
minimum. Just basically setting limits
2876
01:55:04,400 --> 01:55:07,040
on what the camera can use for its ISO.
2877
01:55:07,040 --> 01:55:08,560
When we're talking about the minimum
2878
01:55:08,560 --> 01:55:11,040
shutter speed, this deals with when the
2879
01:55:11,040 --> 01:55:12,880
camera is changing our shutter speed for
2880
01:55:12,880 --> 01:55:15,040
us. In the demonstrations that I gave,
2881
01:55:15,040 --> 01:55:17,280
it was on auto, but if we wanted to
2882
01:55:17,280 --> 01:55:19,679
limit the minimum shutter speed, we
2883
01:55:19,679 --> 01:55:22,800
could come in here and say 1/60th of a
2884
01:55:22,800 --> 01:55:24,159
second. This way, we don't have to keep
2885
01:55:24,159 --> 01:55:26,960
sneaking that peak when we are handheld
2886
01:55:26,960 --> 01:55:29,280
shooting in aperture priority mode. So,
2887
01:55:29,280 --> 01:55:30,639
we're just basically telling the camera
2888
01:55:30,639 --> 01:55:32,480
you can't go slower than 1/60th of a
2889
01:55:32,480 --> 01:55:34,000
second.
2890
01:55:34,000 --> 01:55:36,239
We'll leave it on auto for now. And
2891
01:55:36,239 --> 01:55:38,239
you'll also notice on auto, we have the
2892
01:55:38,239 --> 01:55:40,639
ability to tweak things just a little
2893
01:55:40,639 --> 01:55:42,239
bit if you want a faster or slower
2894
01:55:42,239 --> 01:55:44,800
shutter speed.
2895
01:55:44,800 --> 01:55:46,400
I think that's kind of confusing. We're
2896
01:55:46,400 --> 01:55:47,679
going to hit okay for now and just leave
2897
01:55:47,679 --> 01:55:50,320
it on auto. Anti- flicker shooting. I'm
2898
01:55:50,320 --> 01:55:52,639
going to turn this off. These features
2899
01:55:52,639 --> 01:55:54,960
basically give the camera permission to
2900
01:55:54,960 --> 01:55:56,880
recognize when there's a flickering
2901
01:55:56,880 --> 01:55:58,800
light source and then if you're in a
2902
01:55:58,800 --> 01:56:01,199
burst mode, it will slow it down a
2903
01:56:01,199 --> 01:56:03,440
little bit. I have used this maybe once
2904
01:56:03,440 --> 01:56:06,719
or twice at a it was like at a car derby
2905
01:56:06,719 --> 01:56:08,080
kind of thing where we had all these
2906
01:56:08,080 --> 01:56:09,679
certain kinds of sodium lights that were
2907
01:56:09,679 --> 01:56:11,119
flashing and the color was changing
2908
01:56:11,119 --> 01:56:13,360
between each shots. I came into my anti-
2909
01:56:13,360 --> 01:56:16,800
flicker shooting, turned it on, and then
2910
01:56:16,800 --> 01:56:19,360
they became consistent. For most general
2911
01:56:19,360 --> 01:56:21,360
shooting situations, you're probably not
2912
01:56:21,360 --> 01:56:23,040
going to see it, but if you see a color
2913
01:56:23,040 --> 01:56:24,719
shift from image to image, this is where
2914
01:56:24,719 --> 01:56:26,320
you're going to want to come in and turn
2915
01:56:26,320 --> 01:56:29,599
this to enable. Detect priority AE wall
2916
01:56:29,599 --> 01:56:31,760
AF is a fancy way of saying that when
2917
01:56:31,760 --> 01:56:33,360
you have a focusing square, do you want
2918
01:56:33,360 --> 01:56:35,199
the camera to meter within that square?
2919
01:56:35,199 --> 01:56:37,840
Do you want it to measure light only
2920
01:56:37,840 --> 01:56:40,159
within the square? I actually really
2921
01:56:40,159 --> 01:56:42,239
like this. I find it quite useful, so I
2922
01:56:42,239 --> 01:56:45,679
leave it turned on. Page three. Most of
2923
01:56:45,679 --> 01:56:48,400
the items in here I don't really change.
2924
01:56:48,400 --> 01:56:50,880
We talked about the color mode. We
2925
01:56:50,880 --> 01:56:52,400
talked about picture styles. These are
2926
01:56:52,400 --> 01:56:54,400
the little recipes that we can change to
2927
01:56:54,400 --> 01:56:57,599
tweak our JPEG images.
2928
01:56:57,599 --> 01:57:00,000
you come back out. Color space, we're
2929
01:57:00,000 --> 01:57:02,239
going to want to leave on sRGB unless
2930
01:57:02,239 --> 01:57:04,480
there's a reason that you know about.
2931
01:57:04,480 --> 01:57:07,280
Typically magazine or print shooters are
2932
01:57:07,280 --> 01:57:10,480
in Adobe RGB. Clarity, I would leave it
2933
01:57:10,480 --> 01:57:12,719
for here. This is an internal setting to
2934
01:57:12,719 --> 01:57:16,000
shift the clarity one way or another.
2935
01:57:16,000 --> 01:57:18,639
These two guys, HDR shooting PQ and the
2936
01:57:18,639 --> 01:57:21,280
HDR mode internal.
2937
01:57:21,280 --> 01:57:23,040
I, you know, I played with this. I
2938
01:57:23,040 --> 01:57:25,040
didn't get amazing results from it. But
2939
01:57:25,040 --> 01:57:27,599
the idea is if you turn this on now,
2940
01:57:27,599 --> 01:57:31,199
your JPEGs are going to be hy files,
2941
01:57:31,199 --> 01:57:34,239
which can cram in what appears to be
2942
01:57:34,239 --> 01:57:36,560
more dynamic range into the file. Some
2943
01:57:36,560 --> 01:57:38,800
people swear by it. I have a hard time
2944
01:57:38,800 --> 01:57:40,080
seeing it. If I'm going with great
2945
01:57:40,080 --> 01:57:41,760
dynamic range, there's other techniques
2946
01:57:41,760 --> 01:57:44,719
that I use like using filters. Um, even
2947
01:57:44,719 --> 01:57:46,719
the built-in HDR, I think, is a little
2948
01:57:46,719 --> 01:57:48,719
bit better than this feature, but it's
2949
01:57:48,719 --> 01:57:50,639
there if you want it. I would consider
2950
01:57:50,639 --> 01:57:53,360
this more of an advanced feature.
2951
01:57:53,360 --> 01:57:55,599
HDR mode. If you're shooting in a very
2952
01:57:55,599 --> 01:57:57,840
high dynamic range situation, like
2953
01:57:57,840 --> 01:57:59,280
sometimes when I go to the beach and I'm
2954
01:57:59,280 --> 01:58:01,679
shooting into the rocks in the sunset,
2955
01:58:01,679 --> 01:58:03,440
this is a good feature to know about. I
2956
01:58:03,440 --> 01:58:06,239
typically select this bottom one and it
2957
01:58:06,239 --> 01:58:09,599
will essentially take an image. We can
2958
01:58:09,599 --> 01:58:12,800
change the number of stops between the
2959
01:58:12,800 --> 01:58:14,960
dynamic range.
2960
01:58:14,960 --> 01:58:17,199
It can take all of the images and it can
2961
01:58:17,199 --> 01:58:20,000
also merge them together in a single HDR
2962
01:58:20,000 --> 01:58:21,679
image. It's pretty cool if you just want
2963
01:58:21,679 --> 01:58:23,440
to stack it in camera and see what it
2964
01:58:23,440 --> 01:58:24,639
looks like while you're still out there
2965
01:58:24,639 --> 01:58:27,520
shooting.
2966
01:58:27,520 --> 01:58:29,679
There's also a newer version of this for
2967
01:58:29,679 --> 01:58:31,280
moving subject matter. You're just
2968
01:58:31,280 --> 01:58:32,560
telling the camera, hey, we might have
2969
01:58:32,560 --> 01:58:34,400
some waves or some trees moving in this
2970
01:58:34,400 --> 01:58:37,199
image. This would be a good follow-up
2971
01:58:37,199 --> 01:58:41,480
lesson to demonstrate how it works.
2972
01:58:41,920 --> 01:58:44,000
Auto lighting optimizer. Again, this
2973
01:58:44,000 --> 01:58:47,599
applies mostly to RP TV or AV modes.
2974
01:58:47,599 --> 01:58:49,440
This gives us a little bit of shift of
2975
01:58:49,440 --> 01:58:52,719
contrast and I leave it on auto most of
2976
01:58:52,719 --> 01:58:54,880
the time. If you want to turn it off,
2977
01:58:54,880 --> 01:58:56,880
let's see here.
2978
01:58:56,880 --> 01:59:00,320
AV mode, is it on? Yeah, just a low
2979
01:59:00,320 --> 01:59:02,080
amount of auto light optimizer.
2980
01:59:02,080 --> 01:59:03,760
Highlight tone priority I usually leave
2981
01:59:03,760 --> 01:59:05,840
turned off. This deals with overexposed
2982
01:59:05,840 --> 01:59:07,760
parts of the image. I am typically
2983
01:59:07,760 --> 01:59:10,239
looking for this anyway in adjusting my
2984
01:59:10,239 --> 01:59:12,719
shutter speed or my aperture to expose
2985
01:59:12,719 --> 01:59:14,800
properly. I might look at my histogram.
2986
01:59:14,800 --> 01:59:16,719
This gives the camera permission to help
2987
01:59:16,719 --> 01:59:19,119
us out with overexposure in those
2988
01:59:19,119 --> 01:59:20,639
highlights.
2989
01:59:20,639 --> 01:59:23,360
Page four at the very top. This is our
2990
01:59:23,360 --> 01:59:25,360
white balance setting. Uh we talked
2991
01:59:25,360 --> 01:59:26,880
about white balance already. Again, when
2992
01:59:26,880 --> 01:59:28,320
I shoot video, it's almost always
2993
01:59:28,320 --> 01:59:30,239
customized. A custom white balance or a
2994
01:59:30,239 --> 01:59:32,080
Kelvin white balance and then I tweak
2995
01:59:32,080 --> 01:59:33,920
it.
2996
01:59:33,920 --> 01:59:35,920
Custom white balance is if you're in a
2997
01:59:35,920 --> 01:59:38,320
mixed lighting situation and you want to
2998
01:59:38,320 --> 01:59:41,199
tell the camera, hey, this is white. You
2999
01:59:41,199 --> 01:59:43,440
can come in and select that image. It's
3000
01:59:43,440 --> 01:59:45,760
a little underexposed.
3001
01:59:45,760 --> 01:59:48,719
And then I would come in and say I'm
3002
01:59:48,719 --> 01:59:52,159
doing custom white balance.
3003
01:59:52,159 --> 01:59:54,239
Come out. Just want to make sure we got
3004
01:59:54,239 --> 01:59:57,599
that. There it is. So yeah, if you're
3005
01:59:57,599 --> 01:59:58,960
shooting in, let's say, fluorescent
3006
01:59:58,960 --> 02:00:00,800
light and tungsten light, you would do
3007
02:00:00,800 --> 02:00:02,719
that is where you would you can take an
3008
02:00:02,719 --> 02:00:04,480
image straight away and then you would
3009
02:00:04,480 --> 02:00:08,159
select that in this menu here
3010
02:00:08,159 --> 02:00:10,960
to tell it what is white. Did it a lot
3011
02:00:10,960 --> 02:00:12,719
with brides dresses, you know, when
3012
02:00:12,719 --> 02:00:13,840
we're shooting in mixed lighting
3013
02:00:13,840 --> 02:00:16,400
conditions at wedding uh receptions and
3014
02:00:16,400 --> 02:00:18,719
things of that nature. White balance,
3015
02:00:18,719 --> 02:00:20,080
shift, and bracket. We talked about this
3016
02:00:20,080 --> 02:00:21,599
a little bit. It allows you to shift the
3017
02:00:21,599 --> 02:00:23,679
white balance
3018
02:00:23,679 --> 02:00:27,599
into different colors.
3019
02:00:27,840 --> 02:00:31,199
Turn that back. Okay.
3020
02:00:31,199 --> 02:00:33,599
Lens aberration correction. Suffice it
3021
02:00:33,599 --> 02:00:35,599
to say that there are flaws with our
3022
02:00:35,599 --> 02:00:37,840
camera lenses that we don't see. We
3023
02:00:37,840 --> 02:00:40,159
never see them. And there's ways that we
3024
02:00:40,159 --> 02:00:42,080
can never see them unless we get this
3025
02:00:42,080 --> 02:00:43,920
off of the camera onto a different
3026
02:00:43,920 --> 02:00:46,159
sensor because there is communication
3027
02:00:46,159 --> 02:00:47,920
going on between the lens and the camera
3028
02:00:47,920 --> 02:00:50,320
body. And Canon has put software in
3029
02:00:50,320 --> 02:00:52,960
there to hide those flaws. Some of the
3030
02:00:52,960 --> 02:00:55,760
flaws we can tweak. And this is what
3031
02:00:55,760 --> 02:00:57,599
peripheral illumination correction is,
3032
02:00:57,599 --> 02:01:00,080
is that that deals with vignetting in
3033
02:01:00,080 --> 02:01:01,760
the corners. It's a darkening in the
3034
02:01:01,760 --> 02:01:03,679
corners that if you turn this off on
3035
02:01:03,679 --> 02:01:07,040
very wide angle lenses, you will see
3036
02:01:07,040 --> 02:01:10,159
this darkening. So, for the most part, I
3037
02:01:10,159 --> 02:01:12,159
definitely recommend leaving that turned
3038
02:01:12,159 --> 02:01:13,920
on. Yeah, I mean, there's some stuff
3039
02:01:13,920 --> 02:01:15,119
going on in the background we'll never
3040
02:01:15,119 --> 02:01:16,880
see. Suffice it to say, this mostly
3041
02:01:16,880 --> 02:01:20,080
applies to JPEGs. Distortion correction.
3042
02:01:20,080 --> 02:01:21,599
This is actually pretty good when you
3043
02:01:21,599 --> 02:01:25,119
get into wider angle lenses, especially
3044
02:01:25,119 --> 02:01:26,880
when you're shooting video. It's better
3045
02:01:26,880 --> 02:01:28,560
to have this turned on than to try to
3046
02:01:28,560 --> 02:01:30,000
fix it in post. So, I'm going to leave
3047
02:01:30,000 --> 02:01:32,159
that turned on. So, there's some other
3048
02:01:32,159 --> 02:01:34,080
defects in here that Canon can clean up.
3049
02:01:34,080 --> 02:01:35,599
Sort of like a loss of higher
3050
02:01:35,599 --> 02:01:37,280
resolution.
3051
02:01:37,280 --> 02:01:38,719
Just know that when you turn it on to
3052
02:01:38,719 --> 02:01:41,360
high, it takes more processing power and
3053
02:01:41,360 --> 02:01:43,440
it might slow things down. So, as we
3054
02:01:43,440 --> 02:01:45,840
have all these applications to JPEGs, it
3055
02:01:45,840 --> 02:01:47,840
may slow the camera down at some point.
3056
02:01:47,840 --> 02:01:50,080
So, if you're not getting the full 12 or
3057
02:01:50,080 --> 02:01:52,800
40 burst per images, this may have
3058
02:01:52,800 --> 02:01:55,199
something to do with it. So, just keep
3059
02:01:55,199 --> 02:01:56,560
that in mind. But for most of the
3060
02:01:56,560 --> 02:01:58,400
shooting that I do, yeah, I want the
3061
02:01:58,400 --> 02:02:00,320
correction for the lenses done in
3062
02:02:00,320 --> 02:02:02,320
camera. I usually leave them turned on.
3063
02:02:02,320 --> 02:02:04,159
This one, probably leave that one turned
3064
02:02:04,159 --> 02:02:05,760
off because I'm happy with the
3065
02:02:05,760 --> 02:02:09,119
resolution that I've seen so far.
3066
02:02:09,119 --> 02:02:11,040
Chromatic aberration correction deals
3067
02:02:11,040 --> 02:02:13,360
with a color fringing in areas of high
3068
02:02:13,360 --> 02:02:15,760
contrast. It's like a purple or a blue
3069
02:02:15,760 --> 02:02:18,639
or a yellow kind of line when you see
3070
02:02:18,639 --> 02:02:20,880
black line next to something very
3071
02:02:20,880 --> 02:02:23,679
bright. Many lenses have this especially
3072
02:02:23,679 --> 02:02:26,000
at wider apertures and this corrects it
3073
02:02:26,000 --> 02:02:28,159
in camera again for JPEGs. And then we
3074
02:02:28,159 --> 02:02:31,119
have defraction correction which deals
3075
02:02:31,119 --> 02:02:34,480
with a softening of the image as we get
3076
02:02:34,480 --> 02:02:37,040
into these higher apertures. May have
3077
02:02:37,040 --> 02:02:38,719
something to do with a lowass filter as
3078
02:02:38,719 --> 02:02:42,080
well. This is also on. So all of these
3079
02:02:42,080 --> 02:02:44,560
lens corrections are turned on in the
3080
02:02:44,560 --> 02:02:46,639
beginning. As you get more advanced, you
3081
02:02:46,639 --> 02:02:48,000
may want to come and turn some of them
3082
02:02:48,000 --> 02:02:51,360
off to understand what those things do.
3083
02:02:51,360 --> 02:02:53,199
Long exposure noise reduction tells the
3084
02:02:53,199 --> 02:02:56,320
camera to clean up any noise related to
3085
02:02:56,320 --> 02:02:59,599
taking images over 1 second. So if you
3086
02:02:59,599 --> 02:03:00,960
turn it on to auto, the camera will
3087
02:03:00,960 --> 02:03:02,800
automatically do this for any image over
3088
02:03:02,800 --> 02:03:05,199
one second. If it just enable it for
3089
02:03:05,199 --> 02:03:07,119
every picture, anything over another
3090
02:03:07,119 --> 02:03:09,119
certain point, camera's going to clean
3091
02:03:09,119 --> 02:03:10,320
it up.
3092
02:03:10,320 --> 02:03:12,400
High ISO speed noise reduction.
3093
02:03:12,400 --> 02:03:13,920
Definitely recommend this. It has
3094
02:03:13,920 --> 02:03:15,760
improved dramatically over the years and
3095
02:03:15,760 --> 02:03:17,360
this cleans up a lot of the noise that
3096
02:03:17,360 --> 02:03:20,960
we see in higher ISOs. Dust elite data.
3097
02:03:20,960 --> 02:03:22,719
Don't recommend messing with this. This
3098
02:03:22,719 --> 02:03:25,280
is a software way to clean up images. If
3099
02:03:25,280 --> 02:03:27,360
you have sensor dust on your images,
3100
02:03:27,360 --> 02:03:29,440
sensor dust can be easily seen by taking
3101
02:03:29,440 --> 02:03:34,080
a picture of the sky at f 111 or f20.
3102
02:03:34,080 --> 02:03:36,080
You're going to see it immediately. And
3103
02:03:36,080 --> 02:03:37,920
the way to handle this is to clean it up
3104
02:03:37,920 --> 02:03:40,000
with a sensor brush. That's what I
3105
02:03:40,000 --> 02:03:41,760
recommend. I don't recommend the gel
3106
02:03:41,760 --> 02:03:43,119
sticks because sometimes they
3107
02:03:43,119 --> 02:03:44,960
deteriorate, leave a residue, and now
3108
02:03:44,960 --> 02:03:46,560
you got to clean your sensor. So, I
3109
02:03:46,560 --> 02:03:49,040
always recommend just if you have an
3110
02:03:49,040 --> 02:03:51,199
important shoot, take a picture of the
3111
02:03:51,199 --> 02:03:54,560
sky at f20 and you will see it
3112
02:03:54,560 --> 02:03:56,159
immediately. It's like these little gray
3113
02:03:56,159 --> 02:03:59,040
specks. And then if you have that, go
3114
02:03:59,040 --> 02:04:01,119
into your sensor and using a clean
3115
02:04:01,119 --> 02:04:04,239
sensor brush, remove those dust specks.
3116
02:04:04,239 --> 02:04:05,920
That's page four.
3117
02:04:05,920 --> 02:04:07,760
Multiple exposure mode is kind of a
3118
02:04:07,760 --> 02:04:09,280
gimmick. I used to teach this on the
3119
02:04:09,280 --> 02:04:10,880
crash course that I would make for these
3120
02:04:10,880 --> 02:04:13,199
videos. It It's essentially multiple
3121
02:04:13,199 --> 02:04:15,679
exposures on top of each other. It's
3122
02:04:15,679 --> 02:04:18,080
kind of gimmicky. The way you make it
3123
02:04:18,080 --> 02:04:20,400
work is you take a portrait of a person
3124
02:04:20,400 --> 02:04:22,159
with a bright background and then you
3125
02:04:22,159 --> 02:04:24,239
take another picture of something like
3126
02:04:24,239 --> 02:04:26,239
vegetation and it kind of creates this
3127
02:04:26,239 --> 02:04:29,280
blend of a person with plants. Kind of
3128
02:04:29,280 --> 02:04:31,599
cool a few times, but it's kind of like
3129
02:04:31,599 --> 02:04:33,679
a one-trick pony and it doesn't always
3130
02:04:33,679 --> 02:04:36,639
work. But this other thing here, focus
3131
02:04:36,639 --> 02:04:38,560
bracketing, this is a home run winner.
3132
02:04:38,560 --> 02:04:40,800
I'm going to make a separate video about
3133
02:04:40,800 --> 02:04:44,159
this because I use it so much in my
3134
02:04:44,159 --> 02:04:46,639
shooting uh for products and filters and
3135
02:04:46,639 --> 02:04:50,239
stuff like that. Extremely useful. Focus
3136
02:04:50,239 --> 02:04:53,360
bracketing basically shifts the focus
3137
02:04:53,360 --> 02:04:55,599
across multiple images and lets you
3138
02:04:55,599 --> 02:04:57,280
stack it in camera so you don't have to
3139
02:04:57,280 --> 02:04:59,360
do it in Photoshop to give you a very
3140
02:04:59,360 --> 02:05:01,040
deep depth of field. If you're
3141
02:05:01,040 --> 02:05:02,400
subscribed to the channel, you'll see
3142
02:05:02,400 --> 02:05:04,320
that video when it posts and I'll talk
3143
02:05:04,320 --> 02:05:05,440
about it and hopefully I'll have other
3144
02:05:05,440 --> 02:05:07,199
videos specifically for the R six Mark
3145
02:05:07,199 --> 02:05:10,320
III. That is one of them.
3146
02:05:10,320 --> 02:05:12,159
Top of the page deals with our drive
3147
02:05:12,159 --> 02:05:13,679
modes. We talked about this. This is
3148
02:05:13,679 --> 02:05:15,119
what happens after we push the shutter
3149
02:05:15,119 --> 02:05:17,360
button down all the way. Burst modes,
3150
02:05:17,360 --> 02:05:20,639
slower burst modes, timers.
3151
02:05:20,639 --> 02:05:22,080
Then we have a really great feature
3152
02:05:22,080 --> 02:05:24,159
called preontinuous shooting. Let's turn
3153
02:05:24,159 --> 02:05:26,080
this on real quick and I can talk you
3154
02:05:26,080 --> 02:05:28,639
through what's basically happening.
3155
02:05:28,639 --> 02:05:30,000
So you see when I push the shutter
3156
02:05:30,000 --> 02:05:31,360
button halfway down, we get this
3157
02:05:31,360 --> 02:05:33,280
pre-timer
3158
02:05:33,280 --> 02:05:34,719
little clock thing. And you'll notice
3159
02:05:34,719 --> 02:05:36,239
the number of shots remaining in the
3160
02:05:36,239 --> 02:05:38,719
buffer is decreasing even though I'm not
3161
02:05:38,719 --> 02:05:41,360
taking a picture. So what this is, it's
3162
02:05:41,360 --> 02:05:44,080
a pre-buffer. Imagine your son's playing
3163
02:05:44,080 --> 02:05:45,920
softball. It's his first time. He's
3164
02:05:45,920 --> 02:05:47,440
about to get a hit. Here comes the
3165
02:05:47,440 --> 02:05:50,639
pitch. I turn my pre-buffer on as the
3166
02:05:50,639 --> 02:05:52,320
pitcher pitches the ball because I want
3167
02:05:52,320 --> 02:05:55,520
to capture the exact moment that ball
3168
02:05:55,520 --> 02:05:57,520
hits the bat, right? So instead of
3169
02:05:57,520 --> 02:05:59,599
trying to time it up or using a burst
3170
02:05:59,599 --> 02:06:03,199
mode, this will pre-buffer those shots
3171
02:06:03,199 --> 02:06:04,800
and then when we push a shutter button
3172
02:06:04,800 --> 02:06:07,520
down all the way, it will record the
3173
02:06:07,520 --> 02:06:10,320
pre-buffered shots. So it gives you
3174
02:06:10,320 --> 02:06:13,280
maybe a second or two right before the
3175
02:06:13,280 --> 02:06:15,840
bat hits the ball. That's what's
3176
02:06:15,840 --> 02:06:18,719
happening. Very useful for certain kinds
3177
02:06:18,719 --> 02:06:20,880
of sports shooting. It really deserves
3178
02:06:20,880 --> 02:06:22,960
its own little lesson. Come back in
3179
02:06:22,960 --> 02:06:26,800
here. Turn this to off. Interval timer.
3180
02:06:26,800 --> 02:06:28,239
This is another lesson that I would
3181
02:06:28,239 --> 02:06:30,800
cover in like a sunset shoot. If I
3182
02:06:30,800 --> 02:06:32,880
wanted to tell the camera to take
3183
02:06:32,880 --> 02:06:34,800
pictures at different intervals, we can
3184
02:06:34,800 --> 02:06:38,239
come in here, program it every 10
3185
02:06:38,239 --> 02:06:41,199
seconds, we want an image to be taken.
3186
02:06:41,199 --> 02:06:42,960
If we have it on unlimited, it'll just
3187
02:06:42,960 --> 02:06:45,040
take as many as it can or we'll have 10.
3188
02:06:45,040 --> 02:06:47,679
So, this is a built-in intervvelometer.
3189
02:06:47,679 --> 02:06:52,040
Once it's set up and we hit okay,
3190
02:06:55,040 --> 02:06:56,400
you can see the timer. It's already
3191
02:06:56,400 --> 02:06:59,040
starting to count. So every 10 seconds
3192
02:06:59,040 --> 02:07:01,199
this will take an image. So if you
3193
02:07:01,199 --> 02:07:03,760
wanted to do a time lapse of a sunset,
3194
02:07:03,760 --> 02:07:05,920
for example, we could program the camera
3195
02:07:05,920 --> 02:07:07,520
to take a picture every 10 seconds and
3196
02:07:07,520 --> 02:07:09,040
then we'd have all the images that we
3197
02:07:09,040 --> 02:07:11,199
could put together to make a video. And
3198
02:07:11,199 --> 02:07:13,119
if I remember correctly, if if we look
3199
02:07:13,119 --> 02:07:18,519
at this in the video shooting mode,
3200
02:07:18,639 --> 02:07:20,480
pre-timelapse
3201
02:07:20,480 --> 02:07:23,280
movie. Let's turn this on. And so the
3202
02:07:23,280 --> 02:07:24,639
difference here is it would actually
3203
02:07:24,639 --> 02:07:26,800
take those images and make it into a
3204
02:07:26,800 --> 02:07:28,480
video.
3205
02:07:28,480 --> 02:07:34,119
Go back out to our stills menu
3206
02:07:34,719 --> 02:07:36,400
and come in here and turn this to off
3207
02:07:36,400 --> 02:07:39,280
for now. Bulb timer requires that we're
3208
02:07:39,280 --> 02:07:43,199
on the bulb mode. What this does is in
3209
02:07:43,199 --> 02:07:44,880
regular bulb mode, we have to push and
3210
02:07:44,880 --> 02:07:46,239
hold the shutter button down for the
3211
02:07:46,239 --> 02:07:48,960
exposure. This just allows us to tell a
3212
02:07:48,960 --> 02:07:53,760
time to take. Come into the info.
3213
02:07:53,760 --> 02:07:56,719
Select this. Very important that once
3214
02:07:56,719 --> 02:07:58,719
it's selected, you hit okay, or else it
3215
02:07:58,719 --> 02:08:00,639
won't remember it. Tapping the shutter
3216
02:08:00,639 --> 02:08:03,040
button, coming out to bold mode. And now
3217
02:08:03,040 --> 02:08:04,800
the camera will automatically have a
3218
02:08:04,800 --> 02:08:06,800
built-in timer. So, if you wanted to do
3219
02:08:06,800 --> 02:08:09,199
a long exposure and not touch the
3220
02:08:09,199 --> 02:08:11,280
camera, you know, because you get some
3221
02:08:11,280 --> 02:08:14,000
shake, you could even come into your
3222
02:08:14,000 --> 02:08:16,320
drive mode. Let's just demonstrate this
3223
02:08:16,320 --> 02:08:19,280
real quick. Two second timer with bulb
3224
02:08:19,280 --> 02:08:20,800
mode. Now, the camera is not going to
3225
02:08:20,800 --> 02:08:23,440
shake.
3226
02:08:23,440 --> 02:08:25,520
Boom.
3227
02:08:25,520 --> 02:08:29,000
It's very nice.
3228
02:08:29,199 --> 02:08:30,560
Modern cameras have all the bells and
3229
02:08:30,560 --> 02:08:34,239
whistles these days. Pull timer.
3230
02:08:34,239 --> 02:08:37,280
disable this silent shutter function.
3231
02:08:37,280 --> 02:08:39,199
Anytime our shutter makes a noise, a
3232
02:08:39,199 --> 02:08:41,199
beep, anything like that. If you want to
3233
02:08:41,199 --> 02:08:43,599
turn it off, this is where you do it.
3234
02:08:43,599 --> 02:08:45,199
Very handy when you're shooting in
3235
02:08:45,199 --> 02:08:47,920
certain places. Certain museums don't
3236
02:08:47,920 --> 02:08:50,639
like you making a lot of noise. Shutter
3237
02:08:50,639 --> 02:08:52,000
mode. By default, the camera is going to
3238
02:08:52,000 --> 02:08:53,520
come on electronic first shutter
3239
02:08:53,520 --> 02:08:55,360
curtain. There is a mechanical.
3240
02:08:55,360 --> 02:08:57,599
Basically, there are two curtains on the
3241
02:08:57,599 --> 02:09:00,560
shutter. There's one that raises and
3242
02:09:00,560 --> 02:09:03,520
then the one that closes and they reset.
3243
02:09:03,520 --> 02:09:05,920
This deals with an electronic first
3244
02:09:05,920 --> 02:09:07,520
curtain, which means the camera
3245
02:09:07,520 --> 02:09:09,440
basically stays open. And so when the
3246
02:09:09,440 --> 02:09:10,880
exposure happens, we just get this
3247
02:09:10,880 --> 02:09:12,800
second shutter closing. And then we have
3248
02:09:12,800 --> 02:09:15,280
a full electronic curtain, which means
3249
02:09:15,280 --> 02:09:16,880
that there's no mechanical. And because
3250
02:09:16,880 --> 02:09:19,199
these are not physically moving, we can
3251
02:09:19,199 --> 02:09:21,599
get a much higher frames per second just
3252
02:09:21,599 --> 02:09:23,199
because the sensor is just capturing
3253
02:09:23,199 --> 02:09:25,440
images of of the as the lights hitting
3254
02:09:25,440 --> 02:09:27,040
it. That's how we can get the the 40
3255
02:09:27,040 --> 02:09:29,360
frames per second. By default, your
3256
02:09:29,360 --> 02:09:31,040
camera is going to be on electronic
3257
02:09:31,040 --> 02:09:33,280
first curtain. For the most cases, it's
3258
02:09:33,280 --> 02:09:35,119
going to be great.
3259
02:09:35,119 --> 02:09:36,560
Sometimes you get the question, why
3260
02:09:36,560 --> 02:09:38,800
would we want to use mechanical? It's
3261
02:09:38,800 --> 02:09:40,159
because when you're dealing with
3262
02:09:40,159 --> 02:09:43,280
physical shutters that close the sensor
3263
02:09:43,280 --> 02:09:45,280
from being exposed, the images don't
3264
02:09:45,280 --> 02:09:47,840
have this jello effect that we sometimes
3265
02:09:47,840 --> 02:09:50,159
see with fastmoving subjects as we're
3266
02:09:50,159 --> 02:09:52,480
panning. So, the image may look a little
3267
02:09:52,480 --> 02:09:55,119
bit more natural and you'll see it in
3268
02:09:55,119 --> 02:09:57,280
certain kinds of sporting or panning
3269
02:09:57,280 --> 02:10:00,159
situations, the defects with electronic
3270
02:10:00,159 --> 02:10:02,239
shutter. I think first curtain is fine
3271
02:10:02,239 --> 02:10:05,280
if you're just getting started.
3272
02:10:05,280 --> 02:10:06,960
Lastly, we have this release shutter
3273
02:10:06,960 --> 02:10:09,520
without card. It's turned on. Might be a
3274
02:10:09,520 --> 02:10:11,280
good idea to turn it off. There was a
3275
02:10:11,280 --> 02:10:13,119
couple who emailed me years ago and
3276
02:10:13,119 --> 02:10:14,639
said, "Hey, you know, we shot with this
3277
02:10:14,639 --> 02:10:17,040
feature. It was turned on and we can't
3278
02:10:17,040 --> 02:10:19,599
find our images." So, they they believed
3279
02:10:19,599 --> 02:10:21,280
that there was an internal memory
3280
02:10:21,280 --> 02:10:22,719
writing when they were capturing the
3281
02:10:22,719 --> 02:10:24,159
images and their whole vacation was
3282
02:10:24,159 --> 02:10:26,000
gone. So, if you have this, you won't be
3283
02:10:26,000 --> 02:10:27,360
able to take a picture without putting a
3284
02:10:27,360 --> 02:10:28,560
card in there. It's a nice little
3285
02:10:28,560 --> 02:10:30,320
reminder of, hey, put a memory card in
3286
02:10:30,320 --> 02:10:34,239
here because there's no internal memory.
3287
02:10:34,239 --> 02:10:36,639
Page seven out of 10. Image stabilizer
3288
02:10:36,639 --> 02:10:38,480
mode. I would recommend staying away
3289
02:10:38,480 --> 02:10:40,480
from this. This is really designed for a
3290
02:10:40,480 --> 02:10:43,040
video mode. And what it does is the
3291
02:10:43,040 --> 02:10:45,599
camera will crop in on the image to
3292
02:10:45,599 --> 02:10:47,679
stabilize the image. If you needed to do
3293
02:10:47,679 --> 02:10:51,119
it in camera, you would do it here by
3294
02:10:51,119 --> 02:10:53,679
turning this on. And the idea is that if
3295
02:10:53,679 --> 02:10:55,520
you have a moving video where you're
3296
02:10:55,520 --> 02:10:56,800
walking around with the camera and you
3297
02:10:56,800 --> 02:10:58,000
want it to be a little bit more
3298
02:10:58,000 --> 02:11:00,400
stabilized, you can turn this on, but it
3299
02:11:00,400 --> 02:11:02,639
will do so at the cost of resolution.
3300
02:11:02,639 --> 02:11:05,199
It'll punch in. And sometimes it's not
3301
02:11:05,199 --> 02:11:07,440
the best. The way to do this is with a
3302
02:11:07,440 --> 02:11:09,679
gimbal, which is a handheld device that
3303
02:11:09,679 --> 02:11:11,840
we use to help keep things steady. That
3304
02:11:11,840 --> 02:11:14,480
way you keep your resolution and
3305
02:11:14,480 --> 02:11:17,199
everything is super smooth. The metering
3306
02:11:17,199 --> 02:11:19,599
timer. All this does is ask you how long
3307
02:11:19,599 --> 02:11:21,119
do you want to display your shutter
3308
02:11:21,119 --> 02:11:23,760
speed and your aperture
3309
02:11:23,760 --> 02:11:25,920
when you are in a situation where it's
3310
02:11:25,920 --> 02:11:28,159
disappearing after a while. I usually
3311
02:11:28,159 --> 02:11:31,440
have mine for 10 seconds. Image review.
3312
02:11:31,440 --> 02:11:33,280
How long do you want the image to
3313
02:11:33,280 --> 02:11:35,280
review? You can have it in the
3314
02:11:35,280 --> 02:11:39,360
viewfinder enable. You can turn it off
3315
02:11:39,360 --> 02:11:41,679
completely. And this is the automatic
3316
02:11:41,679 --> 02:11:43,199
review. So you'll see that I take the
3317
02:11:43,199 --> 02:11:46,000
picture here now. Nothing happens when
3318
02:11:46,000 --> 02:11:49,360
we turn it on. 2 seconds. I'll take a
3319
02:11:49,360 --> 02:11:51,119
picture.
3320
02:11:51,119 --> 02:11:54,159
Camera will show us the image that we
3321
02:11:54,159 --> 02:11:57,520
just took. So, it's automatic playback.
3322
02:11:57,520 --> 02:12:00,159
Think of it that way.
3323
02:12:00,159 --> 02:12:03,599
High-speed display. If this is grayed
3324
02:12:03,599 --> 02:12:07,920
out, it is because high burst plus will
3325
02:12:07,920 --> 02:12:10,800
make this disappear in the menu.
3326
02:12:10,800 --> 02:12:13,520
So if you want this option, we have to
3327
02:12:13,520 --> 02:12:17,599
go to H without the plus
3328
02:12:17,599 --> 02:12:19,440
and then we can come back in and it's
3329
02:12:19,440 --> 02:12:22,560
available. This gives you a high-speed
3330
02:12:22,560 --> 02:12:24,639
display as you are shooting through the
3331
02:12:24,639 --> 02:12:26,159
viewfinder. If you're doing a lot of
3332
02:12:26,159 --> 02:12:28,560
sports, it may be worth trying. Just
3333
02:12:28,560 --> 02:12:30,800
keep in mind it doesn't work on the
3334
02:12:30,800 --> 02:12:33,520
highest setting.
3335
02:12:33,520 --> 02:12:36,159
Display simulation definitely recommend
3336
02:12:36,159 --> 02:12:39,119
the exposure is turned on. This gives
3337
02:12:39,119 --> 02:12:41,119
you an exposure preview of what it is
3338
02:12:41,119 --> 02:12:43,119
we're about to take a picture of. This
3339
02:12:43,119 --> 02:12:44,960
will give you feedback about how bright
3340
02:12:44,960 --> 02:12:47,119
things are and what we should change.
3341
02:12:47,119 --> 02:12:49,599
There are some other options to only
3342
02:12:49,599 --> 02:12:51,280
have it active when we press the depth
3343
02:12:51,280 --> 02:12:54,239
of field button. And it can also stop
3344
02:12:54,239 --> 02:12:57,280
down our lens blades to give us a sense
3345
02:12:57,280 --> 02:12:59,679
of the depth of field. I think this is
3346
02:12:59,679 --> 02:13:01,920
the easiest way to go. This next guy,
3347
02:13:01,920 --> 02:13:05,440
OVF optical viewfinder simulation view
3348
02:13:05,440 --> 02:13:08,239
assist. It's kind of a funny name. Think
3349
02:13:08,239 --> 02:13:11,280
of this as studio strobe shooting
3350
02:13:11,280 --> 02:13:14,880
exposure turn off. Basically, this is
3351
02:13:14,880 --> 02:13:17,360
designed to mimic an optical viewfinder
3352
02:13:17,360 --> 02:13:19,280
looking through the lens. Why would you
3353
02:13:19,280 --> 02:13:21,599
want to do this? Well, when you're in
3354
02:13:21,599 --> 02:13:23,040
studio shooting and you're using
3355
02:13:23,040 --> 02:13:24,719
strobes, sometimes it's a little bit
3356
02:13:24,719 --> 02:13:27,119
darker, right? So, the camera will try
3357
02:13:27,119 --> 02:13:29,440
to help by, you know, changing your
3358
02:13:29,440 --> 02:13:30,719
exposure settings and all kinds of
3359
02:13:30,719 --> 02:13:33,199
stuff. It's hard to focus in these
3360
02:13:33,199 --> 02:13:35,440
darker environments. So, this basically
3361
02:13:35,440 --> 02:13:39,840
lets us see what we're focusing on, the
3362
02:13:39,840 --> 02:13:41,840
subject matter, the composition, and
3363
02:13:41,840 --> 02:13:44,880
then when we fire the strobes, then we
3364
02:13:44,880 --> 02:13:47,599
get the actual image. And there were
3365
02:13:47,599 --> 02:13:49,520
some problems with this in earlier Canon
3366
02:13:49,520 --> 02:13:51,199
cameras is that when you put a speed
3367
02:13:51,199 --> 02:13:54,000
light on here, we couldn't easily turn
3368
02:13:54,000 --> 02:13:55,840
it off. you couldn't turn off this
3369
02:13:55,840 --> 02:13:58,320
exposure prediction because as you're
3370
02:13:58,320 --> 02:14:00,239
adding strobes and flash, it's
3371
02:14:00,239 --> 02:14:02,000
completely different ball game than the
3372
02:14:02,000 --> 02:14:04,320
ambient light that you're shooting in.
3373
02:14:04,320 --> 02:14:05,760
Suffice it to say, if you're in a
3374
02:14:05,760 --> 02:14:08,320
studio, you need the ability to focus
3375
02:14:08,320 --> 02:14:10,560
and compose. You know, while you're
3376
02:14:10,560 --> 02:14:12,400
setting up these, you're going going to
3377
02:14:12,400 --> 02:14:14,480
want to come in and turn this to on. It
3378
02:14:14,480 --> 02:14:16,880
will turn the viewfinder to behave as if
3379
02:14:16,880 --> 02:14:19,119
there is no exposure simulation when
3380
02:14:19,119 --> 02:14:21,280
it's on. Just to show you, I'm on
3381
02:14:21,280 --> 02:14:24,480
manual. Look, I'm changing my settings.
3382
02:14:24,480 --> 02:14:27,599
all over the place and the viewfinder or
3383
02:14:27,599 --> 02:14:30,880
the display is not changing its exposure
3384
02:14:30,880 --> 02:14:34,480
when we turn it off. Come in and then we
3385
02:14:34,480 --> 02:14:39,360
have it very handy for strobe shooting.
3386
02:14:39,360 --> 02:14:42,079
This down here deals with HDR in our log
3387
02:14:42,079 --> 02:14:44,719
view assist. If we want to get that kind
3388
02:14:44,719 --> 02:14:47,040
of look in our viewfinder on our back
3389
02:14:47,040 --> 02:14:49,840
monitor, we turn it on here. or if we
3390
02:14:49,840 --> 02:14:53,360
wanted it to be through our HDMI out for
3391
02:14:53,360 --> 02:14:55,840
output. So, when we're shooting in those
3392
02:14:55,840 --> 02:14:59,440
HDR or log modes, this will give us a
3393
02:14:59,440 --> 02:15:01,840
better preview of what's going on. For
3394
02:15:01,840 --> 02:15:03,360
now, you're going to want to turn these
3395
02:15:03,360 --> 02:15:05,040
off.
3396
02:15:05,040 --> 02:15:06,719
Page 8 deals with the types of
3397
02:15:06,719 --> 02:15:08,000
information that we see in our
3398
02:15:08,000 --> 02:15:09,679
viewfinder as we're shooting. There's
3399
02:15:09,679 --> 02:15:11,840
some customization options. In the
3400
02:15:11,840 --> 02:15:13,599
beginning of the video, I had you toggle
3401
02:15:13,599 --> 02:15:15,599
the info screen by pushing it over and
3402
02:15:15,599 --> 02:15:17,760
over and over again. Shooting info
3403
02:15:17,760 --> 02:15:21,119
display allows us to determine which of
3404
02:15:21,119 --> 02:15:23,679
those screens will be available for
3405
02:15:23,679 --> 02:15:25,520
toggling. If you didn't want to see them
3406
02:15:25,520 --> 02:15:28,400
all, we could turn them off. I don't
3407
02:15:28,400 --> 02:15:30,480
recommend that, at least yet. At some
3408
02:15:30,480 --> 02:15:32,079
point, you may want to turn them off.
3409
02:15:32,079 --> 02:15:34,239
And if we go into those screens as it's
3410
02:15:34,239 --> 02:15:38,079
highlighted and hit edit, we can also
3411
02:15:38,079 --> 02:15:41,040
determine what kinds of information we
3412
02:15:41,040 --> 02:15:46,000
will see on those specific screens.
3413
02:15:46,000 --> 02:15:48,960
So, it's a way to customize what we are
3414
02:15:48,960 --> 02:15:52,159
seeing. Pretty cool because we couldn't
3415
02:15:52,159 --> 02:15:54,800
do this in the beginning. It wouldn't
3416
02:15:54,800 --> 02:15:56,960
let us.
3417
02:15:56,960 --> 02:16:00,000
The VF also stands for the viewfinder to
3418
02:16:00,000 --> 02:16:01,760
toggle their information settings as
3419
02:16:01,760 --> 02:16:03,599
we're looking in here. Think of this as
3420
02:16:03,599 --> 02:16:05,599
a way to tweak a lot of the information
3421
02:16:05,599 --> 02:16:07,440
that you're seeing. Earlier when we were
3422
02:16:07,440 --> 02:16:09,119
talking about focusing and manual focus,
3423
02:16:09,119 --> 02:16:10,800
if you wanted to see it in feet, here it
3424
02:16:10,800 --> 02:16:13,440
is.
3425
02:16:13,440 --> 02:16:14,880
When do you want to see the focus
3426
02:16:14,880 --> 02:16:17,040
distance? In manual mode only. When
3427
02:16:17,040 --> 02:16:19,199
focusing, always. You can disable it. I
3428
02:16:19,199 --> 02:16:21,920
think manual mode makes sense. Lots of
3429
02:16:21,920 --> 02:16:24,320
great ways to customize your shooting
3430
02:16:24,320 --> 02:16:26,239
information. Quick control
3431
02:16:26,239 --> 02:16:28,719
customization. Remember this Q guy here?
3432
02:16:28,719 --> 02:16:30,880
When we push this, this allows us to
3433
02:16:30,880 --> 02:16:33,359
customize which options we have up here.
3434
02:16:33,359 --> 02:16:35,519
We have our autofocus
3435
02:16:35,519 --> 02:16:38,799
right here areas or clusters. So, we
3436
02:16:38,799 --> 02:16:40,478
come in here and want to edit the
3437
02:16:40,478 --> 02:16:42,718
layout.
3438
02:16:42,718 --> 02:16:46,799
It would allow us to choose what we want
3439
02:16:46,799 --> 02:16:50,799
to have lined up.
3440
02:16:50,799 --> 02:16:52,959
I wouldn't recommend changing this until
3441
02:16:52,959 --> 02:16:54,799
you're very familiar with your camera
3442
02:16:54,799 --> 02:16:57,040
and you know exactly what options you
3443
02:16:57,040 --> 02:17:00,478
want to see in your Q menu. You hit to
3444
02:17:00,478 --> 02:17:02,959
rearrange.
3445
02:17:02,959 --> 02:17:05,200
You can touch and drag. If I wanted this
3446
02:17:05,200 --> 02:17:06,558
guy over here, I don't want to mess it
3447
02:17:06,558 --> 02:17:09,359
up because otherwise it may be confusing
3448
02:17:09,359 --> 02:17:11,439
as I'm teaching.
3449
02:17:11,439 --> 02:17:13,200
Suffice it to say, this is completely
3450
02:17:13,200 --> 02:17:15,200
customizable in terms of the layout and
3451
02:17:15,200 --> 02:17:16,959
where buttons are where. So once you get
3452
02:17:16,959 --> 02:17:18,318
a hang of the camera and how it
3453
02:17:18,318 --> 02:17:20,398
operates, you may want to come in here
3454
02:17:20,398 --> 02:17:24,638
and tweak that a little bit. Very cool.
3455
02:17:24,638 --> 02:17:28,518
Exit without saving.
3456
02:17:29,760 --> 02:17:31,920
Display frame rate set. Suffice it to
3457
02:17:31,920 --> 02:17:34,398
say, power saving the default. it's
3458
02:17:34,398 --> 02:17:37,840
going to be kinder to your battery.
3459
02:17:37,840 --> 02:17:40,160
If you are in a low light situation and
3460
02:17:40,160 --> 02:17:43,120
you want to suppress this smooth uh
3461
02:17:43,120 --> 02:17:45,200
setting, you would hit the info.
3462
02:17:45,200 --> 02:17:46,799
Sometimes when you get into very low
3463
02:17:46,799 --> 02:17:48,718
light situations, you'll see kind of a
3464
02:17:48,718 --> 02:17:51,439
laggy view on your monitor and this
3465
02:17:51,439 --> 02:17:53,760
would suppress that. In most instances,
3466
02:17:53,760 --> 02:17:57,359
we're going to keep it here.
3467
02:17:57,359 --> 02:17:59,120
Viewfinder display. This is looking
3468
02:17:59,120 --> 02:18:01,120
through the viewfinder. I I recommend
3469
02:18:01,120 --> 02:18:03,280
display one,
3470
02:18:03,280 --> 02:18:04,799
but if you want to see everything within
3471
02:18:04,799 --> 02:18:08,160
the frame, you would go to display two.
3472
02:18:08,160 --> 02:18:11,040
Reverse display, I recommend leaving on.
3473
02:18:11,040 --> 02:18:12,318
This means that when you flip the
3474
02:18:12,318 --> 02:18:14,240
monitor around and you're, you know,
3475
02:18:14,240 --> 02:18:17,599
shooting recording video, it will invert
3476
02:18:17,599 --> 02:18:19,280
the screen so it looks more like a
3477
02:18:19,280 --> 02:18:22,240
mirror versus what the camera shooting
3478
02:18:22,240 --> 02:18:23,840
from the camera side would see. It's
3479
02:18:23,840 --> 02:18:25,760
very useful.
3480
02:18:25,760 --> 02:18:28,398
Auto power temperature off. There's a
3481
02:18:28,398 --> 02:18:30,240
standard and a high setting. This
3482
02:18:30,240 --> 02:18:31,599
basically means that when we put it to
3483
02:18:31,599 --> 02:18:33,040
high, we're going to let the camera get
3484
02:18:33,040 --> 02:18:35,120
even a little hotter. Gives you some
3485
02:18:35,120 --> 02:18:37,120
warnings. Leave it here for now.
3486
02:18:37,120 --> 02:18:38,718
Especially when you're recording like 7K
3487
02:18:38,718 --> 02:18:41,280
raw, higher frame rate, things of that
3488
02:18:41,280 --> 02:18:44,558
nature. Camera's going to get hot.
3489
02:18:44,558 --> 02:18:47,200
Page nine, video record size. We are in
3490
02:18:47,200 --> 02:18:48,959
a still shooting mode, but it wants to
3491
02:18:48,959 --> 02:18:51,599
know what setup do you want. If you just
3492
02:18:51,599 --> 02:18:53,359
hit the video record button, if you
3493
02:18:53,359 --> 02:18:55,200
forgot to hit this, what do you want to
3494
02:18:55,200 --> 02:18:57,599
record at? Again, we are dealing with
3495
02:18:57,599 --> 02:19:00,879
resolution. Full HD 1920 x 1080 at 30
3496
02:19:00,879 --> 02:19:02,959
frames per second. So, it wants the
3497
02:19:02,959 --> 02:19:06,080
resolution. It wants the frame rate.
3498
02:19:06,080 --> 02:19:07,679
Can't choose anything other than long
3499
02:19:07,679 --> 02:19:09,599
group of pictures. That's a great
3500
02:19:09,599 --> 02:19:11,519
discussion on terms of what that is and
3501
02:19:11,519 --> 02:19:14,318
how that compression works. The long
3502
02:19:14,318 --> 02:19:16,558
story short here is that the camera is
3503
02:19:16,558 --> 02:19:19,439
looking at the previous and the next
3504
02:19:19,439 --> 02:19:22,879
frames to decide what hasn't changed in
3505
02:19:22,879 --> 02:19:25,120
order to save file space. This allows us
3506
02:19:25,120 --> 02:19:28,478
to record in smaller video files, but
3507
02:19:28,478 --> 02:19:31,120
suffice it to say, do you want 4K, HD,
3508
02:19:31,120 --> 02:19:33,760
and what frame rate do you want? Let's
3509
02:19:33,760 --> 02:19:36,799
go 4K here. And then we have a bunch of
3510
02:19:36,799 --> 02:19:39,760
other options. Oops. So, what format?
3511
02:19:39,760 --> 02:19:41,439
Unless you know what bit depth is, for
3512
02:19:41,439 --> 02:19:43,040
the most part, you're going to leave it
3513
02:19:43,040 --> 02:19:45,679
here until you get more familiar with
3514
02:19:45,679 --> 02:19:47,679
video shooting. These other guys here
3515
02:19:47,679 --> 02:19:50,720
where you see 42:2 10 bit or 42010 bit.
3516
02:19:50,720 --> 02:19:52,560
Like me personally, I wouldn't shoot 10
3517
02:19:52,560 --> 02:19:54,399
bit without the 422. This has to deal
3518
02:19:54,399 --> 02:19:57,200
with how much color information we have
3519
02:19:57,200 --> 02:19:59,520
in the file. Again, this is kind of a
3520
02:19:59,520 --> 02:20:01,840
more high-end kind of thing. If you're
3521
02:20:01,840 --> 02:20:04,000
doing color grading, you want more
3522
02:20:04,000 --> 02:20:06,000
information in your video file.
3523
02:20:06,000 --> 02:20:08,319
Completely different animal than, you
3524
02:20:08,319 --> 02:20:09,760
know, just learning how to use the
3525
02:20:09,760 --> 02:20:12,240
camera. But the fact that it's in here
3526
02:20:12,240 --> 02:20:14,080
and you have that as an option is very
3527
02:20:14,080 --> 02:20:16,880
powerful. We shot a movie at 42:210 bit
3528
02:20:16,880 --> 02:20:18,240
and color graded. We didn't shoot in
3529
02:20:18,240 --> 02:20:20,640
RAW. 42:210 bit. Great learning
3530
02:20:20,640 --> 02:20:22,319
experience.
3531
02:20:22,319 --> 02:20:23,840
Sound recording. Obviously, we want to
3532
02:20:23,840 --> 02:20:25,760
record sound anytime we're doing video
3533
02:20:25,760 --> 02:20:27,840
whenever we can. The fast and slow
3534
02:20:27,840 --> 02:20:29,920
rates, we do lose audio recording. It's
3535
02:20:29,920 --> 02:20:32,160
just because the camera can't record the
3536
02:20:32,160 --> 02:20:34,479
audio and the video at the same time.
3537
02:20:34,479 --> 02:20:36,000
There are some other tricks you can do
3538
02:20:36,000 --> 02:20:40,240
to get that audio recorded.
3539
02:20:40,240 --> 02:20:41,840
For the most part, in the beginning,
3540
02:20:41,840 --> 02:20:43,200
you're going to want to leave your audio
3541
02:20:43,200 --> 02:20:46,960
format to 16bit, two channel. Most
3542
02:20:46,960 --> 02:20:49,680
cameras like the Canon R six Mark III
3543
02:20:49,680 --> 02:20:52,640
and others only can record into two
3544
02:20:52,640 --> 02:20:56,080
channels. So what is this 4 channel
3545
02:20:56,080 --> 02:21:00,240
24bit LPCM? When I saw this initially I
3546
02:21:00,240 --> 02:21:02,240
was very excited and we'll come in here
3547
02:21:02,240 --> 02:21:04,479
and look at this because
3548
02:21:04,479 --> 02:21:06,640
come out here talked about that. Let's
3549
02:21:06,640 --> 02:21:09,280
go to audio status. I see four channels
3550
02:21:09,280 --> 02:21:11,200
in here which you know makes me really
3551
02:21:11,200 --> 02:21:14,240
excited because every channel is a
3552
02:21:14,240 --> 02:21:16,399
different track of audio. This is
3553
02:21:16,399 --> 02:21:18,160
extremely useful when you're
3554
02:21:18,160 --> 02:21:20,560
interviewing people who have different
3555
02:21:20,560 --> 02:21:24,000
microphones. In a perfect world, each of
3556
02:21:24,000 --> 02:21:26,479
these would edit separately, meaning
3557
02:21:26,479 --> 02:21:28,640
that you could edit your channel one
3558
02:21:28,640 --> 02:21:30,479
separate from channel 2, separate from
3559
02:21:30,479 --> 02:21:32,960
channel 3, have greater control over the
3560
02:21:32,960 --> 02:21:35,439
audio coming into your camera. That's
3561
02:21:35,439 --> 02:21:37,120
not quite how it works on the R six Mark
3562
02:21:37,120 --> 02:21:39,840
III. We have to have an adapter and to
3563
02:21:39,840 --> 02:21:42,080
feed four microphones into the camera.
3564
02:21:42,080 --> 02:21:43,680
We can definitely do that, but what's
3565
02:21:43,680 --> 02:21:46,800
going to happen is it will combine the
3566
02:21:46,800 --> 02:21:48,880
left and the right into channel one and
3567
02:21:48,880 --> 02:21:50,720
and so on and so forth. So, you're only
3568
02:21:50,720 --> 02:21:53,200
getting two recorded audio tracks. But
3569
02:21:53,200 --> 02:21:54,800
if you were in a situation where you
3570
02:21:54,800 --> 02:21:57,600
wanted multiple audio inputs, including
3571
02:21:57,600 --> 02:21:59,520
the ambient microphones or microphones
3572
02:21:59,520 --> 02:22:03,040
being fed in through a specific adapter,
3573
02:22:03,040 --> 02:22:05,040
same thing with the 32-bit float, which
3574
02:22:05,040 --> 02:22:07,920
is think of it as a raw format of audio.
3575
02:22:07,920 --> 02:22:10,240
It's more forgiving, captures a greater
3576
02:22:10,240 --> 02:22:12,880
dynamic range of of sound. So, we get
3577
02:22:12,880 --> 02:22:15,520
some really incredible audio support.
3578
02:22:15,520 --> 02:22:17,040
Definitely a big step in the right
3579
02:22:17,040 --> 02:22:20,720
direction, but it's still saving to two
3580
02:22:20,720 --> 02:22:22,399
channels. So, if you wanted to record
3581
02:22:22,399 --> 02:22:23,840
four different microphones, you would
3582
02:22:23,840 --> 02:22:26,399
have to have an external recorder.
3583
02:22:26,399 --> 02:22:28,080
Very long-winded to say for the most
3584
02:22:28,080 --> 02:22:29,600
part, if you're just getting started,
3585
02:22:29,600 --> 02:22:32,720
just leave it here for now. But amazing
3586
02:22:32,720 --> 02:22:34,640
to see that there's room to grow into
3587
02:22:34,640 --> 02:22:37,120
this camera as you become more and more
3588
02:22:37,120 --> 02:22:40,080
familiar with video recording. The audio
3589
02:22:40,080 --> 02:22:41,520
settings we talked about a little bit.
3590
02:22:41,520 --> 02:22:43,600
We have it set up so we have our manual
3591
02:22:43,600 --> 02:22:45,280
audio controls on. Again, we want to
3592
02:22:45,280 --> 02:22:47,920
stay in this yellow to orange. Red is
3593
02:22:47,920 --> 02:22:50,000
bad.
3594
02:22:50,000 --> 02:22:52,479
And we have it set up so we can tweak
3595
02:22:52,479 --> 02:22:55,040
the gain to determine how loud or how
3596
02:22:55,040 --> 02:22:57,359
soft it is. If we leave it on auto, the
3597
02:22:57,359 --> 02:22:59,120
camera will make these corrections and
3598
02:22:59,120 --> 02:23:01,120
fluctuations on its own, and it's a lot
3599
02:23:01,120 --> 02:23:03,680
harder to fix. Your wind filter and your
3600
02:23:03,680 --> 02:23:04,880
noise reduction. I think those are fine
3601
02:23:04,880 --> 02:23:07,280
to leave turned on. Good sounding audio
3602
02:23:07,280 --> 02:23:10,160
is very important to your video. I know
3603
02:23:10,160 --> 02:23:11,439
a lot of people will turn these off
3604
02:23:11,439 --> 02:23:13,120
because they don't want the camera
3605
02:23:13,120 --> 02:23:14,960
messing with the sound before they get
3606
02:23:14,960 --> 02:23:16,720
to it. But in the beginning, I'd say
3607
02:23:16,720 --> 02:23:20,720
sure, leave them on and enable.
3608
02:23:20,720 --> 02:23:22,560
And then our audio status. We already
3609
02:23:22,560 --> 02:23:24,000
took a look at this. This is how we can
3610
02:23:24,000 --> 02:23:26,720
see the audio coming in, what would be
3611
02:23:26,720 --> 02:23:29,359
potentially recorded.
3612
02:23:29,359 --> 02:23:31,280
On this last tab, I usually leave these
3613
02:23:31,280 --> 02:23:34,399
turned off because ISO and my shutter
3614
02:23:34,399 --> 02:23:36,560
speed, those are all typically dialed in
3615
02:23:36,560 --> 02:23:38,240
manually and it's something that I would
3616
02:23:38,240 --> 02:23:40,160
recommend to learn as quick as possible
3617
02:23:40,160 --> 02:23:42,640
when you're shooting video. There's also
3618
02:23:42,640 --> 02:23:45,280
an auto level. Mine is turned off. I
3619
02:23:45,280 --> 02:23:46,880
just set the camera up a little bit more
3620
02:23:46,880 --> 02:23:48,560
level. And that, ladies and gentlemen,
3621
02:23:48,560 --> 02:23:51,200
is the red tab in the stills mode.
3622
02:23:51,200 --> 02:23:53,439
Reveal the deep red glow of celestial
3623
02:23:53,439 --> 02:23:56,160
nebula [music] using the new Halpha
3624
02:23:56,160 --> 02:23:58,640
filter from Maven, which isolates
3625
02:23:58,640 --> 02:24:02,080
wavelengths of 656 nanometers and the
3626
02:24:02,080 --> 02:24:06,000
magnetic ring glows in the dark. You can
3627
02:24:06,000 --> 02:24:09,720
get yours at mavenfilters.com.
3628
02:24:13,200 --> 02:24:15,600
Purple tab, page one of seven. A lot of
3629
02:24:15,600 --> 02:24:17,200
these you're already familiar with. This
3630
02:24:17,200 --> 02:24:20,640
is a deep menu way to access them. This
3631
02:24:20,640 --> 02:24:22,479
is the when of focusing that we talked
3632
02:24:22,479 --> 02:24:24,960
about in our focusing lesson. This is
3633
02:24:24,960 --> 02:24:27,680
the where or the focusing clusters. We
3634
02:24:27,680 --> 02:24:29,200
have a dedicated button for that right
3635
02:24:29,200 --> 02:24:32,640
here. Whole area tracking. By the way,
3636
02:24:32,640 --> 02:24:36,000
if you if you don't have your whole area
3637
02:24:36,000 --> 02:24:37,760
focusing cluster, some of these items
3638
02:24:37,760 --> 02:24:40,240
may not appear in the menu. This allows
3639
02:24:40,240 --> 02:24:42,240
us to use the tracking mode. It's those
3640
02:24:42,240 --> 02:24:44,479
four corner uh double cornered boxes
3641
02:24:44,479 --> 02:24:46,160
that will try to follow a subject
3642
02:24:46,160 --> 02:24:47,680
around. This is where we can turn it on
3643
02:24:47,680 --> 02:24:49,520
or off.
3644
02:24:49,520 --> 02:24:51,200
focusing mode that's grayed out. This
3645
02:24:51,200 --> 02:24:53,280
deals with lenses that don't have an
3646
02:24:53,280 --> 02:24:55,760
autofocus to manual focus switch. And
3647
02:24:55,760 --> 02:24:56,960
this is where we could come in and
3648
02:24:56,960 --> 02:24:58,800
change it. That's why when you select
3649
02:24:58,800 --> 02:25:00,160
this, it's saying, "Hey, just use the
3650
02:25:00,160 --> 02:25:02,960
switch on the on the lens."
3651
02:25:02,960 --> 02:25:06,080
And then we can turn our movie servo
3652
02:25:06,080 --> 02:25:09,520
autofocus on or off here.
3653
02:25:09,520 --> 02:25:12,319
Page two, we talked about subject
3654
02:25:12,319 --> 02:25:13,840
detection. This is where we can choose
3655
02:25:13,840 --> 02:25:16,319
whether we want the camera's algorithm
3656
02:25:16,319 --> 02:25:19,040
to help us focus on people or animals or
3657
02:25:19,040 --> 02:25:23,040
vehicles or not at all. Eye detection we
3658
02:25:23,040 --> 02:25:25,359
talked about in the focusing lesson.
3659
02:25:25,359 --> 02:25:27,359
This is where we can determine whether
3660
02:25:27,359 --> 02:25:29,200
it's turned on. But we can also choose
3661
02:25:29,200 --> 02:25:31,600
the left eye or the right eye. And then
3662
02:25:31,600 --> 02:25:34,800
we can register people if we we've
3663
02:25:34,800 --> 02:25:36,720
already done this is where we could turn
3664
02:25:36,720 --> 02:25:39,359
that on or off.
3665
02:25:39,359 --> 02:25:41,200
Talked about this in the focusing lesson
3666
02:25:41,200 --> 02:25:45,040
as well. Page three. This is when we
3667
02:25:45,040 --> 02:25:47,600
start getting into tweaking how our
3668
02:25:47,600 --> 02:25:51,439
autofocus servo is working. I think for
3669
02:25:51,439 --> 02:25:52,319
beginning and intermediate
3670
02:25:52,319 --> 02:25:54,160
photographers, just leave this on auto
3671
02:25:54,160 --> 02:25:56,640
for now. But if you're curious as to
3672
02:25:56,640 --> 02:25:59,120
what this looks like, this is where we
3673
02:25:59,120 --> 02:26:01,840
can come in and actually start tweaking
3674
02:26:01,840 --> 02:26:03,760
how. See, it says the color button.
3675
02:26:03,760 --> 02:26:06,160
Press the color button here. We can
3676
02:26:06,160 --> 02:26:09,760
change the sensitivity of how responsive
3677
02:26:09,760 --> 02:26:13,120
or how locked on our focusing systems
3678
02:26:13,120 --> 02:26:15,840
will be and whether it should be more
3679
02:26:15,840 --> 02:26:18,960
accelerating or decelerating tracking.
3680
02:26:18,960 --> 02:26:20,960
Probably a little bit more information
3681
02:26:20,960 --> 02:26:23,359
than you want, but as you become more
3682
02:26:23,359 --> 02:26:25,520
advanced in your shooting different
3683
02:26:25,520 --> 02:26:28,399
kinds of sports, this is where you're
3684
02:26:28,399 --> 02:26:30,240
going to come in and start tweaking some
3685
02:26:30,240 --> 02:26:32,240
of these things.
3686
02:26:32,240 --> 02:26:34,880
Come back out. For now, I would say
3687
02:26:34,880 --> 02:26:37,760
leave it on auto. Page four in the
3688
02:26:37,760 --> 02:26:40,080
purple tab. This first item is basically
3689
02:26:40,080 --> 02:26:42,720
saying when you are in a servo mode and
3690
02:26:42,720 --> 02:26:45,359
you take your first image, do you want
3691
02:26:45,359 --> 02:26:48,399
it to be more about releasing the frame
3692
02:26:48,399 --> 02:26:49,680
or do you want it to be more about
3693
02:26:49,680 --> 02:26:52,160
focusing? Default I think is fine for
3694
02:26:52,160 --> 02:26:54,240
now. Some sport shooters will be more
3695
02:26:54,240 --> 02:26:56,160
about the release. Some will be more
3696
02:26:56,160 --> 02:26:58,160
about the focus.
3697
02:26:58,160 --> 02:27:00,399
Again, we have the same option for a
3698
02:27:00,399 --> 02:27:02,240
single oneshot.
3699
02:27:02,240 --> 02:27:04,240
Preview autofocus is something I
3700
02:27:04,240 --> 02:27:06,800
recommend turning off. If this is turned
3701
02:27:06,800 --> 02:27:08,960
on, what your camera will be doing is
3702
02:27:08,960 --> 02:27:11,280
constantly prefocusing. It'll be
3703
02:27:11,280 --> 02:27:13,120
constantly trying to get locked onto
3704
02:27:13,120 --> 02:27:14,640
things. I think it's a battery drain.
3705
02:27:14,640 --> 02:27:17,680
So, I just leave it turned off.
3706
02:27:17,680 --> 02:27:20,000
Lens drive when autofocus impossible
3707
02:27:20,000 --> 02:27:21,439
basically means when our camera can't
3708
02:27:21,439 --> 02:27:23,359
find an area of contrast and it's
3709
02:27:23,359 --> 02:27:25,280
searching, what do you want it to do? Do
3710
02:27:25,280 --> 02:27:26,960
you want it to continue the focus
3711
02:27:26,960 --> 02:27:28,880
search, which I have turned on, or do
3712
02:27:28,880 --> 02:27:31,439
you want it to stop?
3713
02:27:31,439 --> 02:27:34,640
Autofocused beam firing is when we're
3714
02:27:34,640 --> 02:27:37,520
using a speed light. Do we want this to
3715
02:27:37,520 --> 02:27:40,160
be active? Typically, it's very useful,
3716
02:27:40,160 --> 02:27:41,920
especially in low light situations. And
3717
02:27:41,920 --> 02:27:45,120
I leave this turned on as well. Page
3718
02:27:45,120 --> 02:27:47,760
five in the purple tab, limit audio
3719
02:27:47,760 --> 02:27:49,920
focus areas or the clusters. This is
3720
02:27:49,920 --> 02:27:51,840
something that I actually do configure.
3721
02:27:51,840 --> 02:27:53,200
So, just to demonstrate this real quick,
3722
02:27:53,200 --> 02:27:57,319
let me turn a couple of these off
3723
02:27:57,439 --> 02:27:58,960
just so you can see. I like whole area
3724
02:27:58,960 --> 02:28:02,319
F. I like my customizable one. I do like
3725
02:28:02,319 --> 02:28:03,600
the spot one, too. I'm just going to
3726
02:28:03,600 --> 02:28:07,479
turn off these other ones here.
3727
02:28:10,800 --> 02:28:13,680
So, I now only have three clusters and
3728
02:28:13,680 --> 02:28:15,520
I'm going make sure you hit okay or
3729
02:28:15,520 --> 02:28:17,439
won't won't save it. You can see that
3730
02:28:17,439 --> 02:28:18,880
the star button means something in here
3731
02:28:18,880 --> 02:28:22,000
has changed as a reminder. So when I
3732
02:28:22,000 --> 02:28:24,720
press my cluster button, I'm only given
3733
02:28:24,720 --> 02:28:27,680
three options. The spot,
3734
02:28:27,680 --> 02:28:30,080
we have the flexible zone, and the whole
3735
02:28:30,080 --> 02:28:33,280
area. The reason I do this is because
3736
02:28:33,280 --> 02:28:35,520
when I'm shooting birds, for example,
3737
02:28:35,520 --> 02:28:38,240
and they land, you know, it's different
3738
02:28:38,240 --> 02:28:39,520
between when they're flying and when
3739
02:28:39,520 --> 02:28:41,840
they land. And I've set up my depth of
3740
02:28:41,840 --> 02:28:43,840
field preview button to cycle through
3741
02:28:43,840 --> 02:28:45,280
the clusters. It's kind of hard to see.
3742
02:28:45,280 --> 02:28:47,040
Let me turn this exposure down so you
3743
02:28:47,040 --> 02:28:49,920
can see the button. and I'm pressing my
3744
02:28:49,920 --> 02:28:51,600
depth of field preview button in the
3745
02:28:51,600 --> 02:28:53,600
front. I can cycle through those three
3746
02:28:53,600 --> 02:28:56,560
clusters for that kind of shooting very
3747
02:28:56,560 --> 02:28:59,120
fast. Now, if I only wanted to limit
3748
02:28:59,120 --> 02:29:03,040
that in bird shooting, I would also come
3749
02:29:03,040 --> 02:29:07,600
in and save it to a C1 or a C2 or a C3.
3750
02:29:07,600 --> 02:29:09,520
But this is how we can get very
3751
02:29:09,520 --> 02:29:12,800
efficient with our focusing clusters if
3752
02:29:12,800 --> 02:29:14,560
we wanted to. I'm going to come back and
3753
02:29:14,560 --> 02:29:16,960
turn a couple of these back on. I would
3754
02:29:16,960 --> 02:29:19,680
never use spot with tracking. Maybe
3755
02:29:19,680 --> 02:29:23,120
these guys. Sure. Hit. Okay. Something
3756
02:29:23,120 --> 02:29:26,080
to keep in mind. Orientation linked
3757
02:29:26,080 --> 02:29:28,640
autofocus point. Basically, what this is
3758
02:29:28,640 --> 02:29:31,040
telling us is, do we want to have the
3759
02:29:31,040 --> 02:29:33,520
same focusing point when we're jumping
3760
02:29:33,520 --> 02:29:36,160
back and forth between a landscape
3761
02:29:36,160 --> 02:29:38,479
orientation or when we're rotating the
3762
02:29:38,479 --> 02:29:41,200
camera into a portrait orientation. Same
3763
02:29:41,200 --> 02:29:43,600
for both. Leaves that focusing square
3764
02:29:43,600 --> 02:29:45,840
the same. But I will say that when
3765
02:29:45,840 --> 02:29:48,240
you're shooting certain types of
3766
02:29:48,240 --> 02:29:51,200
subjects, let's say if you really wanted
3767
02:29:51,200 --> 02:29:54,160
to dial in, you know, focus on an eye of
3768
02:29:54,160 --> 02:29:56,560
a person, you're changing the focusing
3769
02:29:56,560 --> 02:29:58,240
point as you move the camera up and
3770
02:29:58,240 --> 02:30:02,479
down. So, this will allow you to tell
3771
02:30:02,479 --> 02:30:05,439
the camera to change the cluster in the
3772
02:30:05,439 --> 02:30:07,680
point or just the point when you're
3773
02:30:07,680 --> 02:30:09,439
jumping back and forth between these
3774
02:30:09,439 --> 02:30:13,760
two. the camera will remember and detect
3775
02:30:13,760 --> 02:30:15,439
when you're moving between those two
3776
02:30:15,439 --> 02:30:17,439
orientations. For now, I just leave it
3777
02:30:17,439 --> 02:30:20,000
here. We also have the ability to limit
3778
02:30:20,000 --> 02:30:22,640
our subject detection from those
3779
02:30:22,640 --> 02:30:26,160
algorithm options that we had discussed.
3780
02:30:26,160 --> 02:30:28,160
And then we talked about the different
3781
02:30:28,160 --> 02:30:32,039
kinds of eye detection.
3782
02:30:32,240 --> 02:30:35,359
Coming into our focus peaking settings.
3783
02:30:35,359 --> 02:30:36,880
This is the color overlay that we
3784
02:30:36,880 --> 02:30:38,720
demonstrated when we're in manual focus
3785
02:30:38,720 --> 02:30:40,560
to see where the camera is focusing.
3786
02:30:40,560 --> 02:30:42,880
It's turned off for now. We can select
3787
02:30:42,880 --> 02:30:46,319
the intensity as well as the color. The
3788
02:30:46,319 --> 02:30:48,160
focusing guide we gave a demonstration
3789
02:30:48,160 --> 02:30:51,520
earlier in the video.
3790
02:30:51,520 --> 02:30:54,560
Lens electronic manual focus deals with
3791
02:30:54,560 --> 02:30:58,479
essentially any lens that focuses by
3792
02:30:58,479 --> 02:31:00,240
electronic means, which is most of the
3793
02:31:00,240 --> 02:31:02,319
RF lenses. When do you want that
3794
02:31:02,319 --> 02:31:05,280
focusing ring to be available? There are
3795
02:31:05,280 --> 02:31:08,640
some very handy things in here. The
3796
02:31:08,640 --> 02:31:10,399
first one, disabled, just turns it off
3797
02:31:10,399 --> 02:31:13,280
completely. And then we can disable it
3798
02:31:13,280 --> 02:31:16,479
after one shot, but the ones that are
3799
02:31:16,479 --> 02:31:18,560
interesting are one shot enabled. Let me
3800
02:31:18,560 --> 02:31:20,720
demonstrate this. So, we'll tap shutter
3801
02:31:20,720 --> 02:31:22,960
button. Change my exposure settings so
3802
02:31:22,960 --> 02:31:25,280
we can see what's going on. I'm going to
3803
02:31:25,280 --> 02:31:27,520
jump into one shot. I'm going to push
3804
02:31:27,520 --> 02:31:29,200
the shutter button halfway down and hold
3805
02:31:29,200 --> 02:31:31,840
it down. And then I am going to rotate
3806
02:31:31,840 --> 02:31:35,760
the manual focus ring on my lens.
3807
02:31:35,760 --> 02:31:38,080
So what this means is that if I engage
3808
02:31:38,080 --> 02:31:41,359
one shot, I can focus as long as I'm
3809
02:31:41,359 --> 02:31:43,439
holding that down. If we want to take
3810
02:31:43,439 --> 02:31:45,520
this a step further, we can go to one
3811
02:31:45,520 --> 02:31:47,920
shot magnify enabled. Again, halfway
3812
02:31:47,920 --> 02:31:50,000
shutter button depression. I'm rotating
3813
02:31:50,000 --> 02:31:52,880
it and it's jumping in so I can get a
3814
02:31:52,880 --> 02:31:55,760
preview. If you do product photography,
3815
02:31:55,760 --> 02:31:58,640
that's definitely the way to go,
3816
02:31:58,640 --> 02:32:00,080
you know, because you're shooting in a
3817
02:32:00,080 --> 02:32:01,920
studio setting or on a table and you're
3818
02:32:01,920 --> 02:32:04,800
constantly refocusing on these products.
3819
02:32:04,800 --> 02:32:06,960
A lot of fun.
3820
02:32:06,960 --> 02:32:08,880
There are also ways to make this
3821
02:32:08,880 --> 02:32:10,960
available all the time without doing a
3822
02:32:10,960 --> 02:32:12,640
halfway shutter button depression on one
3823
02:32:12,640 --> 02:32:15,120
shot if you have it on enable the actual
3824
02:32:15,120 --> 02:32:17,439
size and the oneshot magnify. This
3825
02:32:17,439 --> 02:32:20,319
depends on the lens that you're using as
3826
02:32:20,319 --> 02:32:23,040
well as the setup. But for now, disable
3827
02:32:23,040 --> 02:32:24,960
after one shot's great. I also like this
3828
02:32:24,960 --> 02:32:28,679
when I'm doing product photography.
3829
02:32:28,960 --> 02:32:31,280
Demonstrated this feature in the manual
3830
02:32:31,280 --> 02:32:34,560
zoom option is basically when we are
3831
02:32:34,560 --> 02:32:36,560
using the magnifying glass. If we tap
3832
02:32:36,560 --> 02:32:38,880
the shutter button,
3833
02:32:38,880 --> 02:32:42,000
oh, in manual mode. See here, tap the
3834
02:32:42,000 --> 02:32:45,200
shutter button, it jumps us out.
3835
02:32:45,200 --> 02:32:47,040
Back in.
3836
02:32:47,040 --> 02:32:50,000
And that is page six. Coming into page
3837
02:32:50,000 --> 02:32:52,319
seven, we can register all of those
3838
02:32:52,319 --> 02:32:54,479
focusing settings
3839
02:32:54,479 --> 02:32:56,240
by coming in here and naming them
3840
02:32:56,240 --> 02:32:58,160
different sets depending on if we do
3841
02:32:58,160 --> 02:33:00,160
different types of sports shooting, for
3842
02:33:00,160 --> 02:33:01,760
example, and we want to tweak them to
3843
02:33:01,760 --> 02:33:04,000
taste. Beginning and intermediate
3844
02:33:04,000 --> 02:33:05,120
photographers, don't worry about this
3845
02:33:05,120 --> 02:33:06,560
for now. But if you get more advanced,
3846
02:33:06,560 --> 02:33:08,000
just know that your camera has this
3847
02:33:08,000 --> 02:33:12,240
ability. That is the purple tab. talking
3848
02:33:12,240 --> 02:33:14,000
about the blue tab which deals with a
3849
02:33:14,000 --> 02:33:16,880
lot of playback editing, how we see
3850
02:33:16,880 --> 02:33:19,520
images or different marks on our images.
3851
02:33:19,520 --> 02:33:22,000
I use some of these in the end that I'll
3852
02:33:22,000 --> 02:33:23,760
demonstrate, but for the most part, if
3853
02:33:23,760 --> 02:33:25,760
you're going to be editing your images
3854
02:33:25,760 --> 02:33:28,399
or cropping your images, it's best to do
3855
02:33:28,399 --> 02:33:30,640
it on a computer after you have backed
3856
02:33:30,640 --> 02:33:33,120
them up. I don't recommend tweaking
3857
02:33:33,120 --> 02:33:35,040
images in camera or deleting a lot of
3858
02:33:35,040 --> 02:33:36,640
images in camera because sometimes it
3859
02:33:36,640 --> 02:33:40,279
can get a little messy.
3860
02:33:40,800 --> 02:33:42,960
Protecting images means that we can
3861
02:33:42,960 --> 02:33:45,600
select an image and tag it with a mark
3862
02:33:45,600 --> 02:33:48,479
that will not be erased. This is not
3863
02:33:48,479 --> 02:33:50,160
dealing with formatting the card. If you
3864
02:33:50,160 --> 02:33:52,080
format your card, they're gone. But you
3865
02:33:52,080 --> 02:33:54,080
put a little icon on an image. You
3866
02:33:54,080 --> 02:33:56,000
select it, put the little key icon on
3867
02:33:56,000 --> 02:33:58,720
it. There it is. And that key icon will
3868
02:33:58,720 --> 02:34:00,720
stay on there for the life of that
3869
02:34:00,720 --> 02:34:02,560
image. So when you move it into your
3870
02:34:02,560 --> 02:34:03,840
computer, you'll have this protected
3871
02:34:03,840 --> 02:34:06,080
image. Those files are very tricky to
3872
02:34:06,080 --> 02:34:07,920
delete. People do this when they run out
3873
02:34:07,920 --> 02:34:10,160
of memory space and they're trying to
3874
02:34:10,160 --> 02:34:12,080
delete images off their card. They're
3875
02:34:12,080 --> 02:34:14,000
trying to free up some space and so they
3876
02:34:14,000 --> 02:34:16,720
may tag a couple of these and erase all
3877
02:34:16,720 --> 02:34:19,200
the other images. I don't recommend
3878
02:34:19,200 --> 02:34:21,520
doing that. You can select a range. You
3879
02:34:21,520 --> 02:34:24,399
can do it by folder. You can protect all
3880
02:34:24,399 --> 02:34:27,840
of them or unprotect all of them. And
3881
02:34:27,840 --> 02:34:30,399
this erase images almost never use this
3882
02:34:30,399 --> 02:34:32,319
feature. If I delete an image, it's
3883
02:34:32,319 --> 02:34:34,240
typically right after I took it and I
3884
02:34:34,240 --> 02:34:37,200
know it's bad. But this is like group
3885
02:34:37,200 --> 02:34:39,359
erasing images. So let's say you're on
3886
02:34:39,359 --> 02:34:40,720
vacation and you've maxed out your
3887
02:34:40,720 --> 02:34:42,240
memory card and you're far away from
3888
02:34:42,240 --> 02:34:43,840
your computer and you have some images
3889
02:34:43,840 --> 02:34:45,359
you want to keep and some you want to
3890
02:34:45,359 --> 02:34:48,080
erase. You would put the key icon on the
3891
02:34:48,080 --> 02:34:49,840
ones you wanted to keep. And then you
3892
02:34:49,840 --> 02:34:52,560
would erase everything else to try to
3893
02:34:52,560 --> 02:34:54,240
free up that space. Anything you didn't
3894
02:34:54,240 --> 02:34:57,359
want, you can select and erase specific
3895
02:34:57,359 --> 02:34:59,359
images. You can do it by range, folder,
3896
02:34:59,359 --> 02:35:01,120
or card. And the way it's supposed to
3897
02:35:01,120 --> 02:35:03,280
work is that protected images would be
3898
02:35:03,280 --> 02:35:04,880
intact.
3899
02:35:04,880 --> 02:35:07,040
I have been in these situations. I don't
3900
02:35:07,040 --> 02:35:09,600
like them and I have learned since just
3901
02:35:09,600 --> 02:35:12,000
to make sure that I always bring far
3902
02:35:12,000 --> 02:35:15,120
more memory than I possibly need. But
3903
02:35:15,120 --> 02:35:16,960
this is how you erase images. We can
3904
02:35:16,960 --> 02:35:19,120
rotate stills. If we come in here and we
3905
02:35:19,120 --> 02:35:21,760
want to manually rotate by pushing on
3906
02:35:21,760 --> 02:35:24,000
the set button.
3907
02:35:24,000 --> 02:35:26,560
We go.
3908
02:35:26,560 --> 02:35:29,680
We can also change the movie orientation
3909
02:35:29,680 --> 02:35:33,439
mark depending on how we want horizontal
3910
02:35:33,439 --> 02:35:35,439
movies to be rotated vertically for
3911
02:35:35,439 --> 02:35:37,760
smartphones. This is where you'd come in
3912
02:35:37,760 --> 02:35:39,840
and you again press a set button to
3913
02:35:39,840 --> 02:35:43,399
rotate through these.
3914
02:35:44,479 --> 02:35:48,199
See this little arrow?
3915
02:35:49,600 --> 02:35:51,200
We have a rating system where we can
3916
02:35:51,200 --> 02:35:54,479
select images and rate them from one
3917
02:35:54,479 --> 02:35:56,479
stars all the way up to five. We also
3918
02:35:56,479 --> 02:35:58,000
have a dedicated button that can do
3919
02:35:58,000 --> 02:36:00,960
this. Occasionally I will use this and
3920
02:36:00,960 --> 02:36:04,438
I'll just mark
3921
02:36:04,960 --> 02:36:06,560
and we have that option. The other way
3922
02:36:06,560 --> 02:36:09,280
to do it is to take a picture. Anything
3923
02:36:09,280 --> 02:36:12,000
in blue only works during playback. I
3924
02:36:12,000 --> 02:36:14,000
press the rate button and you can see I
3925
02:36:14,000 --> 02:36:16,240
get these little stars. So when we
3926
02:36:16,240 --> 02:36:18,240
import this to Lightroom or Photoshop
3927
02:36:18,240 --> 02:36:20,720
Bridge, those star ratings should still
3928
02:36:20,720 --> 02:36:23,520
be applied. I definitely do ratings, but
3929
02:36:23,520 --> 02:36:25,280
I usually do them on the computer. If I
3930
02:36:25,280 --> 02:36:27,040
know I have a banger and it's a long
3931
02:36:27,040 --> 02:36:28,640
shoot, I'll come in here and mark it
3932
02:36:28,640 --> 02:36:30,640
with five stars. Otherwise, I don't
3933
02:36:30,640 --> 02:36:34,000
really use this feature a whole lot.
3934
02:36:34,000 --> 02:36:35,520
Obviously, this last one is that when
3935
02:36:35,520 --> 02:36:37,040
you rate something, it automatically
3936
02:36:37,040 --> 02:36:39,600
protects it. Coming into page two, image
3937
02:36:39,600 --> 02:36:43,600
copy from one card to another. This can
3938
02:36:43,600 --> 02:36:45,359
happen sometimes if you accidentally set
3939
02:36:45,359 --> 02:36:47,120
up your memory cards the wrong way or
3940
02:36:47,120 --> 02:36:48,800
you fill up one card and you want to
3941
02:36:48,800 --> 02:36:50,880
erase it. This allows you to select an
3942
02:36:50,880 --> 02:36:53,600
image, arrange a folder or all the
3943
02:36:53,600 --> 02:36:55,840
images from your source, in this case my
3944
02:36:55,840 --> 02:36:58,800
SD memory card, and transfer it to the
3945
02:36:58,800 --> 02:37:02,160
free space memory card, copying it in
3946
02:37:02,160 --> 02:37:04,240
camera without taking the cards out of
3947
02:37:04,240 --> 02:37:06,720
the camera. So, if I just wanted to do
3948
02:37:06,720 --> 02:37:08,479
this, I could come in here, I would
3949
02:37:08,479 --> 02:37:12,399
select this image, hit okay, copy to
3950
02:37:12,399 --> 02:37:15,120
card one.
3951
02:37:15,120 --> 02:37:19,240
We can even create another folder.
3952
02:37:19,520 --> 02:37:21,439
Okay,
3953
02:37:21,439 --> 02:37:23,600
copy images. And there it goes. Pretty
3954
02:37:23,600 --> 02:37:25,920
straightforward. Very handy if you run
3955
02:37:25,920 --> 02:37:27,760
into a situation like you don't have a
3956
02:37:27,760 --> 02:37:30,399
card reader for a specific card type.
3957
02:37:30,399 --> 02:37:32,080
But again, most of my copying and
3958
02:37:32,080 --> 02:37:34,160
backing up and all this stuff happens on
3959
02:37:34,160 --> 02:37:37,120
my laptop computer. Print order allows
3960
02:37:37,120 --> 02:37:39,520
you to come in and designate which order
3961
02:37:39,520 --> 02:37:41,680
of images you want to print first. I
3962
02:37:41,680 --> 02:37:43,840
have, in my 20 years of shooting, I have
3963
02:37:43,840 --> 02:37:45,520
never printed from the back of the
3964
02:37:45,520 --> 02:37:47,280
camera. typically importing them into my
3965
02:37:47,280 --> 02:37:49,200
computer and then dealing with it from
3966
02:37:49,200 --> 02:37:51,439
there.
3967
02:37:51,439 --> 02:37:55,520
Page three, I don't recommend processing
3968
02:37:55,520 --> 02:37:58,240
raw images in camera because it's very
3969
02:37:58,240 --> 02:38:01,280
limited in terms of the types of editing
3970
02:38:01,280 --> 02:38:04,319
that you can make. But if we select it,
3971
02:38:04,319 --> 02:38:06,640
hit the Q button to get into the
3972
02:38:06,640 --> 02:38:08,240
processing,
3973
02:38:08,240 --> 02:38:10,640
we can use the shot settings. We can set
3974
02:38:10,640 --> 02:38:14,160
up processing to go from RAW to JPEGs or
3975
02:38:14,160 --> 02:38:16,319
let's just select one to show you. And
3976
02:38:16,319 --> 02:38:19,359
it gives us these little options here to
3977
02:38:19,359 --> 02:38:21,120
the right. So, we can tweak our RAW
3978
02:38:21,120 --> 02:38:24,560
files a little bit in camera and then
3979
02:38:24,560 --> 02:38:26,960
save them or export them as JPEGs or
3980
02:38:26,960 --> 02:38:28,560
hives or we can just use the shot
3981
02:38:28,560 --> 02:38:31,200
settings. And this basically takes the
3982
02:38:31,200 --> 02:38:32,960
raw image and turns it into those
3983
02:38:32,960 --> 02:38:35,600
smaller file sizes. We can also apply it
3984
02:38:35,600 --> 02:38:38,640
to a range of images.
3985
02:38:38,640 --> 02:38:41,280
Creative assist.
3986
02:38:41,280 --> 02:38:44,160
Press the set button. These are these
3987
02:38:44,160 --> 02:38:47,880
little kind of gimmicky
3988
02:38:50,560 --> 02:38:54,399
little filters that we can apply.
3989
02:38:54,399 --> 02:38:57,600
Coming back out. And then the quick
3990
02:38:57,600 --> 02:38:59,760
control raw processing. If I remember
3991
02:38:59,760 --> 02:39:01,840
correctly, this is asking if you have it
3992
02:39:01,840 --> 02:39:04,319
available in the quick screen, the Q
3993
02:39:04,319 --> 02:39:06,880
screen, do you want it to be either
3994
02:39:06,880 --> 02:39:08,800
creative assist, those filters, or the
3995
02:39:08,800 --> 02:39:11,439
raw processing that we just took a look
3996
02:39:11,439 --> 02:39:16,080
at. We can resize our image by selecting
3997
02:39:16,080 --> 02:39:18,319
it and exporting it in different sizes.
3998
02:39:18,319 --> 02:39:20,399
You want medium, small. Again, this is
3999
02:39:20,399 --> 02:39:22,560
something I typically do on a large
4000
02:39:22,560 --> 02:39:25,600
computer. If I'm exporting a JPEG for
4001
02:39:25,600 --> 02:39:28,240
the internet, I'll crop it or resize it.
4002
02:39:28,240 --> 02:39:30,080
The cropping feature, again, not
4003
02:39:30,080 --> 02:39:32,160
something I typically do. You would come
4004
02:39:32,160 --> 02:39:35,040
in here, and it's not super intuitive,
4005
02:39:35,040 --> 02:39:36,880
but we have the different options on the
4006
02:39:36,880 --> 02:39:40,720
top. If you want to level it, if you
4007
02:39:40,720 --> 02:39:42,560
want different, let's say, aspect
4008
02:39:42,560 --> 02:39:45,920
ratios, gives us a prompt here using the
4009
02:39:45,920 --> 02:39:48,160
ISO control wheel that I call. You can
4010
02:39:48,160 --> 02:39:50,000
change the size of it. You could come
4011
02:39:50,000 --> 02:39:54,640
in, select an area,
4012
02:39:54,640 --> 02:39:56,640
you can save it as a new file. So
4013
02:39:56,640 --> 02:39:59,040
there's different ways to crop. I don't
4014
02:39:59,040 --> 02:40:01,680
again really use this in camera. And
4015
02:40:01,680 --> 02:40:03,760
then we have our hy to JPEG conversion.
4016
02:40:03,760 --> 02:40:05,439
If you shot a h file and you want to
4017
02:40:05,439 --> 02:40:07,200
turn it into a JPEG because it's not
4018
02:40:07,200 --> 02:40:08,720
compatible, this is where you could do
4019
02:40:08,720 --> 02:40:11,520
that. Slideshow. Used to do this at
4020
02:40:11,520 --> 02:40:13,280
weddings is that we would shoot the
4021
02:40:13,280 --> 02:40:16,560
ceremony, rush to the reception hall,
4022
02:40:16,560 --> 02:40:18,960
plug our camera in, and as the couple
4023
02:40:18,960 --> 02:40:20,720
and their guests would arrive, we'd have
4024
02:40:20,720 --> 02:40:23,920
a slideshow playing on a big TV. This is
4025
02:40:23,920 --> 02:40:26,319
this was way back in like 200
4026
02:40:26,319 --> 02:40:28,720
like six, 2007
4027
02:40:28,720 --> 02:40:30,160
and they would see their images from the
4028
02:40:30,160 --> 02:40:32,080
reception. They loved it. So, don't
4029
02:40:32,080 --> 02:40:34,720
typically do it. You have an HDMI cable
4030
02:40:34,720 --> 02:40:36,800
out to a TV monitor. This is where you
4031
02:40:36,800 --> 02:40:38,880
set it up. We would display the images
4032
02:40:38,880 --> 02:40:42,000
for 3 to 5 seconds. And then we would
4033
02:40:42,000 --> 02:40:45,880
come down to start.
4034
02:40:46,640 --> 02:40:48,800
Set image search conditions essentially
4035
02:40:48,800 --> 02:40:52,319
turns our playback into a search bar. So
4036
02:40:52,319 --> 02:40:53,760
we can come in and you can kind of see
4037
02:40:53,760 --> 02:40:55,520
the images in the background kind of
4038
02:40:55,520 --> 02:40:58,560
queuing up. But the idea on this is that
4039
02:40:58,560 --> 02:41:01,600
we can select different categories or
4040
02:41:01,600 --> 02:41:04,479
different types of criteria that we want
4041
02:41:04,479 --> 02:41:07,760
to search for. Let's say we wanted to do
4042
02:41:07,760 --> 02:41:10,800
it by a star rating. Going to come in.
4043
02:41:10,800 --> 02:41:12,960
I'm going to hit info button to check
4044
02:41:12,960 --> 02:41:14,880
that.
4045
02:41:14,880 --> 02:41:19,200
I'm going to hit okay to set it and tap
4046
02:41:19,200 --> 02:41:21,439
the shutter button. So now when I play
4047
02:41:21,439 --> 02:41:24,720
back, it's only going to show me those
4048
02:41:24,720 --> 02:41:28,080
five star images and nothing else. If I
4049
02:41:28,080 --> 02:41:30,080
scroll through, if I swipe, there's
4050
02:41:30,080 --> 02:41:31,680
nothing else available. It's giving me
4051
02:41:31,680 --> 02:41:34,160
this yellow border that's telling me,
4052
02:41:34,160 --> 02:41:35,920
hey, you have search conditions enabled.
4053
02:41:35,920 --> 02:41:37,520
That's why you're not seeing the rest.
4054
02:41:37,520 --> 02:41:38,880
So if you're on vacation and you take
4055
02:41:38,880 --> 02:41:41,280
10,000 images and you've five starred
4056
02:41:41,280 --> 02:41:43,920
two of them, this would be a very fast
4057
02:41:43,920 --> 02:41:46,720
way to find them instead of searching
4058
02:41:46,720 --> 02:41:49,600
through everything. And we can select
4059
02:41:49,600 --> 02:41:53,040
other criteria including the date, when
4060
02:41:53,040 --> 02:41:55,439
those pictures were taken, a folder,
4061
02:41:55,439 --> 02:41:57,760
whether they were protected, the type of
4062
02:41:57,760 --> 02:41:59,280
file.
4063
02:41:59,280 --> 02:42:00,960
Pretty handy if you need to search for
4064
02:42:00,960 --> 02:42:02,479
something. I need to come in and turn
4065
02:42:02,479 --> 02:42:04,240
that off.
4066
02:42:04,240 --> 02:42:07,439
Hit okay to save it.
4067
02:42:07,439 --> 02:42:10,399
View from last scene. I kind of like
4068
02:42:10,399 --> 02:42:12,960
this. It basically when you play your
4069
02:42:12,960 --> 02:42:14,720
images back, it will show you the last
4070
02:42:14,720 --> 02:42:18,000
one that you looked at. If you disable
4071
02:42:18,000 --> 02:42:20,319
this, it will show you the one that you
4072
02:42:20,319 --> 02:42:23,040
took last, not the one that you viewed.
4073
02:42:23,040 --> 02:42:25,359
And then we have magnification settings
4074
02:42:25,359 --> 02:42:28,000
when we're viewing. When we zoom in, do
4075
02:42:28,000 --> 02:42:30,960
you want it to magnify at 2, 4, 8, 10?
4076
02:42:30,960 --> 02:42:33,359
The actual size or the same as last
4077
02:42:33,359 --> 02:42:37,760
time. So if it's 2x, press play
4078
02:42:37,760 --> 02:42:39,840
and I come in and press zoom. You can
4079
02:42:39,840 --> 02:42:43,200
see kind of jumping in. Let's do it with
4080
02:42:43,200 --> 02:42:46,720
a 10x.
4081
02:42:46,720 --> 02:42:50,880
Tap shutter button. Play and I zoom. Far
4082
02:42:50,880 --> 02:42:54,199
greater magnification.
4083
02:42:55,680 --> 02:42:59,720
Turn this back to two.
4084
02:42:59,840 --> 02:43:01,680
Coming into page five. There's actually
4085
02:43:01,680 --> 02:43:03,840
some good stuff in here. Playback
4086
02:43:03,840 --> 02:43:06,240
information display allows us to select
4087
02:43:06,240 --> 02:43:09,120
what types of information we're going to
4088
02:43:09,120 --> 02:43:12,640
see on the different info screens during
4089
02:43:12,640 --> 02:43:15,280
playback. So, when I press play and then
4090
02:43:15,280 --> 02:43:17,280
info,
4091
02:43:17,280 --> 02:43:19,040
you can see that I'm toggling through
4092
02:43:19,040 --> 02:43:21,680
different sets of information. I can
4093
02:43:21,680 --> 02:43:24,000
scroll up and down, see all kinds of
4094
02:43:24,000 --> 02:43:27,680
stuff. So, this feature allows us to
4095
02:43:27,680 --> 02:43:30,960
determine whether or not we want to see
4096
02:43:30,960 --> 02:43:35,640
certain screens as we're playing back.
4097
02:43:36,960 --> 02:43:39,520
Highlight alert can be very useful if
4098
02:43:39,520 --> 02:43:41,600
you're shooting in conditions that are
4099
02:43:41,600 --> 02:43:43,520
blown out. See if I can make it happen
4100
02:43:43,520 --> 02:43:45,439
real quick.
4101
02:43:45,439 --> 02:43:49,200
Basically, anything white on playback,
4102
02:43:49,200 --> 02:43:51,600
it's going going to flash black and
4103
02:43:51,600 --> 02:43:54,000
white.
4104
02:43:54,000 --> 02:43:56,399
This is what you would see. See how it's
4105
02:43:56,399 --> 02:43:58,720
blinking and flashing? Very useful when
4106
02:43:58,720 --> 02:44:00,080
you're looking for things that are
4107
02:44:00,080 --> 02:44:03,080
overexposed.
4108
02:44:03,200 --> 02:44:05,279
I leave it turned off most of the time.
4109
02:44:05,279 --> 02:44:08,000
Autofocus point display. If I enable
4110
02:44:08,000 --> 02:44:11,200
this and come back and see if we can
4111
02:44:11,200 --> 02:44:13,760
kind of hard to see this red box that
4112
02:44:13,760 --> 02:44:16,720
will show up where you were focusing.
4113
02:44:16,720 --> 02:44:18,479
Sometimes when you're troubleshooting
4114
02:44:18,479 --> 02:44:20,080
images and you're out of focus, this can
4115
02:44:20,080 --> 02:44:21,680
be really handy to find out. Maybe my
4116
02:44:21,680 --> 02:44:24,080
lens switch was turned off. Let's see
4117
02:44:24,080 --> 02:44:28,120
what happens when we do that.
4118
02:44:28,399 --> 02:44:30,160
What will it do? Doesn't show anything
4119
02:44:30,160 --> 02:44:33,840
when we have that turned on. So very
4120
02:44:33,840 --> 02:44:36,240
useful when troubleshooting focusing
4121
02:44:36,240 --> 02:44:38,560
problems. We can have a playback grid,
4122
02:44:38,560 --> 02:44:42,319
whether it's the rule of thirds 6x4.
4123
02:44:42,319 --> 02:44:44,160
If you want to see what that looks like,
4124
02:44:44,160 --> 02:44:48,240
playback and we get this grid overlay.
4125
02:44:48,240 --> 02:44:50,080
This final setting is movie play count.
4126
02:44:50,080 --> 02:44:51,439
Do you want it to display as record
4127
02:44:51,439 --> 02:44:52,960
time, which is what I have by default,
4128
02:44:52,960 --> 02:44:54,240
but if you would like for it to display
4129
02:44:54,240 --> 02:44:55,920
time code, you can select it here as
4130
02:44:55,920 --> 02:44:58,720
well. And that is the blue tab. Deep
4131
02:44:58,720 --> 02:45:01,120
purple tab deals with wireless
4132
02:45:01,120 --> 02:45:03,200
connections. There's tons of different
4133
02:45:03,200 --> 02:45:05,120
ways to connect our camera to things
4134
02:45:05,120 --> 02:45:07,439
like a smartphone or a tablet to use
4135
02:45:07,439 --> 02:45:10,640
wireless remote shooting. Very handy.
4136
02:45:10,640 --> 02:45:12,479
each deserving of their own individual
4137
02:45:12,479 --> 02:45:14,240
lessons. And for the sake of time, I'm
4138
02:45:14,240 --> 02:45:16,479
going to skip over these for now. If I
4139
02:45:16,479 --> 02:45:18,479
get enough requests wanting this kind of
4140
02:45:18,479 --> 02:45:20,720
a video, I'm definitely open to showing
4141
02:45:20,720 --> 02:45:22,319
you how to connect to your smartphone.
4142
02:45:22,319 --> 02:45:24,160
So, just keep this in mind that the deep
4143
02:45:24,160 --> 02:45:26,000
purple tab is to connect to different
4144
02:45:26,000 --> 02:45:28,720
types of devices. Talking about the
4145
02:45:28,720 --> 02:45:31,120
yellow tab, I like to call this camera
4146
02:45:31,120 --> 02:45:33,840
setup tab. Very important stuff in this
4147
02:45:33,840 --> 02:45:35,840
first item because this is how we can
4148
02:45:35,840 --> 02:45:38,640
configure how videos and stills are
4149
02:45:38,640 --> 02:45:40,560
recorded onto our different memory
4150
02:45:40,560 --> 02:45:42,960
cards. Remember we have a CFB card and
4151
02:45:42,960 --> 02:45:45,200
we also have an SD memory card. So if we
4152
02:45:45,200 --> 02:45:47,840
wanted to separate stills, this camera
4153
02:45:47,840 --> 02:45:50,000
icon is stills. This video camera is
4154
02:45:50,000 --> 02:45:51,840
video. We come in here and we hit
4155
02:45:51,840 --> 02:45:53,279
enable. What we're doing is we're
4156
02:45:53,279 --> 02:45:54,800
telling the camera to record those
4157
02:45:54,800 --> 02:45:57,600
different file types to different cards.
4158
02:45:57,600 --> 02:45:59,439
Any stills you take will end up on your
4159
02:45:59,439 --> 02:46:02,000
SD card. any video you take will end up
4160
02:46:02,000 --> 02:46:05,040
on your CFB card. You can see most of
4161
02:46:05,040 --> 02:46:08,399
these menu items turn off once we select
4162
02:46:08,399 --> 02:46:10,640
this.
4163
02:46:10,640 --> 02:46:12,720
Now they do it this way because the
4164
02:46:12,720 --> 02:46:14,640
video files typically that sustained
4165
02:46:14,640 --> 02:46:17,359
right speed especially in 7K raw
4166
02:46:17,359 --> 02:46:19,359
obviously takes uh higher greater
4167
02:46:19,359 --> 02:46:22,560
performance card. So by default stills
4168
02:46:22,560 --> 02:46:24,240
are going going to go to the SD memory
4169
02:46:24,240 --> 02:46:27,200
card. So when we are shooting stills
4170
02:46:27,200 --> 02:46:30,399
only what is happening standard means
4171
02:46:30,399 --> 02:46:32,479
it's written to the memory card that
4172
02:46:32,479 --> 02:46:34,560
we're selected.
4173
02:46:34,560 --> 02:46:36,640
Auto switch means that once that memory
4174
02:46:36,640 --> 02:46:38,560
card fills up it is going to start
4175
02:46:38,560 --> 02:46:42,080
writing on the next memory card.
4176
02:46:42,080 --> 02:46:45,760
Record separately means that different
4177
02:46:45,760 --> 02:46:48,000
file formats are going to go to
4178
02:46:48,000 --> 02:46:50,240
different cards. So if you're shooting
4179
02:46:50,240 --> 02:46:52,960
raw images that's going to go onto your
4180
02:46:52,960 --> 02:46:54,960
CFB card. And if you're shooting JPEGs,
4181
02:46:54,960 --> 02:46:57,359
that's going to go onto our SD memory
4182
02:46:57,359 --> 02:47:01,120
card. And then record to multiple means
4183
02:47:01,120 --> 02:47:04,479
that the same image type will go to both
4184
02:47:04,479 --> 02:47:06,479
cards. If you're wedding photographer
4185
02:47:06,479 --> 02:47:08,560
and you need backups, you want both
4186
02:47:08,560 --> 02:47:10,080
memory cards written at the same time,
4187
02:47:10,080 --> 02:47:12,080
this is what you're going to select. So
4188
02:47:12,080 --> 02:47:14,160
multiple options. If I'm casually
4189
02:47:14,160 --> 02:47:15,520
shooting and it's not an important
4190
02:47:15,520 --> 02:47:18,240
shoot, I go with auto switch card. You
4191
02:47:18,240 --> 02:47:19,359
can do the same if you're a pure
4192
02:47:19,359 --> 02:47:21,279
beginner and just learning. There are
4193
02:47:21,279 --> 02:47:24,000
reasons to sometimes shoot RAWs and
4194
02:47:24,000 --> 02:47:26,160
JPEGs separately. So, if you're shooting
4195
02:47:26,160 --> 02:47:28,080
RAWs and those are much larger file
4196
02:47:28,080 --> 02:47:30,000
sizes, then this is probably your best
4197
02:47:30,000 --> 02:47:32,080
option because those take longer to
4198
02:47:32,080 --> 02:47:33,439
write and there's a little more memory
4199
02:47:33,439 --> 02:47:35,279
involved. And then if you're shooting
4200
02:47:35,279 --> 02:47:37,359
dual JPEGs, this is typically where I'm
4201
02:47:37,359 --> 02:47:39,359
at for now. Auto switch card should be
4202
02:47:39,359 --> 02:47:41,040
fine. So, when we're talking about
4203
02:47:41,040 --> 02:47:43,600
recording options for video, again,
4204
02:47:43,600 --> 02:47:45,120
standard means it's just recording to
4205
02:47:45,120 --> 02:47:48,800
one of the cards. Relay recording means
4206
02:47:48,800 --> 02:47:52,080
that once one card fills up, you're
4207
02:47:52,080 --> 02:47:53,439
going to start writing onto the next
4208
02:47:53,439 --> 02:47:56,399
card. And then recording to multiple
4209
02:47:56,399 --> 02:47:58,160
cards means you're recording the same
4210
02:47:58,160 --> 02:48:00,560
video file at the same time to two
4211
02:48:00,560 --> 02:48:02,160
different cards. And there's some
4212
02:48:02,160 --> 02:48:03,840
options in here that we'll select in
4213
02:48:03,840 --> 02:48:07,600
just a moment. Select that. Okay. Still
4214
02:48:07,600 --> 02:48:09,520
image. The record and play. Mine's set
4215
02:48:09,520 --> 02:48:12,800
up right now to our SD memory card for
4216
02:48:12,800 --> 02:48:15,840
video shooting. I am on my CFB card. A
4217
02:48:15,840 --> 02:48:17,279
lot of people are worried about memory
4218
02:48:17,279 --> 02:48:19,680
card failures. It's extremely rare, but
4219
02:48:19,680 --> 02:48:21,279
it does happen. So, this is why on
4220
02:48:21,279 --> 02:48:22,640
professional shoots, they're typically
4221
02:48:22,640 --> 02:48:25,439
making backups onto separate cards. To
4222
02:48:25,439 --> 02:48:27,040
make this a little bit more confusing,
4223
02:48:27,040 --> 02:48:29,840
we are in the stills menu. And remember
4224
02:48:29,840 --> 02:48:32,000
that the menus change depending on
4225
02:48:32,000 --> 02:48:33,600
whether we're in stills and video. And I
4226
02:48:33,600 --> 02:48:35,359
want to point something pretty important
4227
02:48:35,359 --> 02:48:36,720
right now. I'm going to flip this over
4228
02:48:36,720 --> 02:48:38,880
to video mode. Press the deep menu
4229
02:48:38,880 --> 02:48:41,200
button again. So, you won't see this in
4230
02:48:41,200 --> 02:48:43,040
the stills menu. We're going to come
4231
02:48:43,040 --> 02:48:45,520
down to video record options. And you
4232
02:48:45,520 --> 02:48:47,359
can see that we have some additional
4233
02:48:47,359 --> 02:48:49,359
items in here. There's actually a fifth
4234
02:48:49,359 --> 02:48:52,000
one. Record to multiple. Probably a
4235
02:48:52,000 --> 02:48:53,279
little bit too much information, but
4236
02:48:53,279 --> 02:48:55,439
just a quick overview is standard means
4237
02:48:55,439 --> 02:48:57,840
that we're just recording video to a
4238
02:48:57,840 --> 02:49:00,240
memory card. Relay recording. Again,
4239
02:49:00,240 --> 02:49:02,000
once the first card fills up, then it
4240
02:49:02,000 --> 02:49:05,920
goes to the second card. CFB card is our
4241
02:49:05,920 --> 02:49:08,640
main video and SD card is our proxy.
4242
02:49:08,640 --> 02:49:10,880
Anytime you see the word proxy, it it is
4243
02:49:10,880 --> 02:49:13,279
a smaller video file. So we would record
4244
02:49:13,279 --> 02:49:17,120
in a larger resolution with a smaller
4245
02:49:17,120 --> 02:49:20,399
size resolution images. This is done for
4246
02:49:20,399 --> 02:49:23,680
video workflow. Both files are imported.
4247
02:49:23,680 --> 02:49:26,160
Video editors edit the proxy files and
4248
02:49:26,160 --> 02:49:27,600
then when they export, they give
4249
02:49:27,600 --> 02:49:29,359
instructions to their video editor to
4250
02:49:29,359 --> 02:49:32,479
take the larger resolution images on the
4251
02:49:32,479 --> 02:49:34,800
export. They do this for speed and
4252
02:49:34,800 --> 02:49:36,560
dealing with those video files as
4253
02:49:36,560 --> 02:49:39,760
they're editing them.
4254
02:49:39,920 --> 02:49:41,760
These last two, main and record to
4255
02:49:41,760 --> 02:49:44,160
multiple, they're sort of similar, but
4256
02:49:44,160 --> 02:49:45,760
they're kind of confusing. Obviously,
4257
02:49:45,760 --> 02:49:48,080
CFB is the main video record and then
4258
02:49:48,080 --> 02:49:51,200
the sub is supposed to be the same
4259
02:49:51,200 --> 02:49:53,520
resolution. In the case of RAW,
4260
02:49:53,520 --> 02:49:55,680
obviously RAW video is very large,
4261
02:49:55,680 --> 02:49:58,240
requires a lot of space. Uh we can't
4262
02:49:58,240 --> 02:50:00,160
really write that onto an SD memory
4263
02:50:00,160 --> 02:50:02,479
card. So, in those cases, those files
4264
02:50:02,479 --> 02:50:05,359
would be a little bit different.
4265
02:50:05,359 --> 02:50:08,319
You can record in only one card when
4266
02:50:08,319 --> 02:50:09,680
this is set up this way. So if you
4267
02:50:09,680 --> 02:50:11,200
didn't have your CFB card and you just
4268
02:50:11,200 --> 02:50:12,640
had your SD card and it would still
4269
02:50:12,640 --> 02:50:16,080
record and vice versa.
4270
02:50:16,080 --> 02:50:19,359
Record to multiple locks this setting in
4271
02:50:19,359 --> 02:50:21,200
such a way that when one of the memory
4272
02:50:21,200 --> 02:50:23,359
cards fills up, the camera will stop
4273
02:50:23,359 --> 02:50:24,800
recording. So that's the main difference
4274
02:50:24,800 --> 02:50:27,920
between record to multiple and sub. Lots
4275
02:50:27,920 --> 02:50:30,160
of information there. I typically, if
4276
02:50:30,160 --> 02:50:32,000
you're just getting started, relay
4277
02:50:32,000 --> 02:50:33,840
recording is probably plenty for now.
4278
02:50:33,840 --> 02:50:35,279
when you're in the video mode. I'm going
4279
02:50:35,279 --> 02:50:38,080
to flip this back to the stills mode.
4280
02:50:38,080 --> 02:50:41,439
Jump into the yellow menu
4281
02:50:41,439 --> 02:50:43,200
because we've turned off multiple
4282
02:50:43,200 --> 02:50:44,560
recordings. The way I have this set up
4283
02:50:44,560 --> 02:50:47,200
now is that my stills are going to my SD
4284
02:50:47,200 --> 02:50:49,120
memory card and my video is going to my
4285
02:50:49,120 --> 02:50:52,240
CFB card. We can also come in and create
4286
02:50:52,240 --> 02:50:55,760
new folders for stills automatically.
4287
02:50:55,760 --> 02:50:58,080
I'm going to come back out. Meet the new
4288
02:50:58,080 --> 02:51:00,479
Maven Dreamoft filter. Create dreamy
4289
02:51:00,479 --> 02:51:02,720
soft focus shots with sharp centers and
4290
02:51:02,720 --> 02:51:05,359
blurred edges. Perfect for portraits,
4291
02:51:05,359 --> 02:51:08,720
landscapes, and even astrophotography.
4292
02:51:08,720 --> 02:51:12,760
You can get yours at vavenfilters.com.
4293
02:51:17,040 --> 02:51:19,359
On the file numbering, I typically have
4294
02:51:19,359 --> 02:51:21,279
this set to continuous. This simply
4295
02:51:21,279 --> 02:51:22,800
means is that when we take out a memory
4296
02:51:22,800 --> 02:51:25,120
card and we put a new one in, the file
4297
02:51:25,120 --> 02:51:27,040
numbers will continue. So, if you pull
4298
02:51:27,040 --> 02:51:29,359
your card out on 50 and you put the card
4299
02:51:29,359 --> 02:51:31,840
back in, the next file will be 51. This
4300
02:51:31,840 --> 02:51:34,720
is the same for both stills and video.
4301
02:51:34,720 --> 02:51:37,840
We can come in, change the recorded file
4302
02:51:37,840 --> 02:51:39,680
name if we want to. When you turn this
4303
02:51:39,680 --> 02:51:41,520
on the first time, it's just going to
4304
02:51:41,520 --> 02:51:43,359
give you some something kind of generic
4305
02:51:43,359 --> 02:51:45,439
little code, or you can just have it say
4306
02:51:45,439 --> 02:51:47,920
image or image size. I kind of like the
4307
02:51:47,920 --> 02:51:49,840
codes because it differentiates from all
4308
02:51:49,840 --> 02:51:51,680
the other image files that you may
4309
02:51:51,680 --> 02:51:53,520
already have on your computer. We may
4310
02:51:53,520 --> 02:51:55,680
even go with something a little bit more
4311
02:51:55,680 --> 02:51:59,479
unique. If I did
4312
02:51:59,760 --> 02:52:01,279
mm
4313
02:52:01,279 --> 02:52:03,520
and then we have this space bar here.
4314
02:52:03,520 --> 02:52:05,680
Hit okay.
4315
02:52:05,680 --> 02:52:08,560
Then I can come up and select my custom
4316
02:52:08,560 --> 02:52:11,120
mm file. So that is how you can custom
4317
02:52:11,120 --> 02:52:14,080
change how your stills are named. Same
4318
02:52:14,080 --> 02:52:17,279
basic idea applies to movies. So the
4319
02:52:17,279 --> 02:52:19,760
movie files, the names of them are much
4320
02:52:19,760 --> 02:52:22,240
longer than what we see when we do a
4321
02:52:22,240 --> 02:52:24,399
playback for example. But you can see we
4322
02:52:24,399 --> 02:52:26,000
have real number, clip number. We can
4323
02:52:26,000 --> 02:52:28,080
change those numbers.
4324
02:52:28,080 --> 02:52:29,840
Let me just demonstrate. I'll play back
4325
02:52:29,840 --> 02:52:32,000
a video. Here's a video file. So we can
4326
02:52:32,000 --> 02:52:35,600
see a lot of this up here. Clip numbers.
4327
02:52:35,600 --> 02:52:39,120
See how we have 001 0. This is actually
4328
02:52:39,120 --> 02:52:41,520
Yeah. First letter C 0. So, we get a
4329
02:52:41,520 --> 02:52:43,680
little abbreviated here, but essentially
4330
02:52:43,680 --> 02:52:46,000
it gives you the ability to customize
4331
02:52:46,000 --> 02:52:47,920
what number you're on or the letters
4332
02:52:47,920 --> 02:52:50,240
you're shooting in if you wanted to
4333
02:52:50,240 --> 02:52:52,000
change that.
4334
02:52:52,000 --> 02:52:54,080
Format memory card. You're going to be
4335
02:52:54,080 --> 02:52:57,040
using this one a lot. Be very careful
4336
02:52:57,040 --> 02:52:59,040
when you use this because it will wipe
4337
02:52:59,040 --> 02:53:01,760
your memory card clean and you will not
4338
02:53:01,760 --> 02:53:03,359
see them on your camera or your
4339
02:53:03,359 --> 02:53:05,120
computer. There are ways to recover them
4340
02:53:05,120 --> 02:53:07,120
if you accidentally do this. Now, the
4341
02:53:07,120 --> 02:53:09,279
workflow that I recommend is to always
4342
02:53:09,279 --> 02:53:11,840
have at least two copies of everything
4343
02:53:11,840 --> 02:53:13,200
important that you're shooting. If
4344
02:53:13,200 --> 02:53:14,640
you're if you're just having fun and
4345
02:53:14,640 --> 02:53:16,800
you're shooting only one set of video or
4346
02:53:16,800 --> 02:53:18,880
still photos, for example, on a memory
4347
02:53:18,880 --> 02:53:21,120
card, back them up on your computer and
4348
02:53:21,120 --> 02:53:23,439
then once they're on your computer, make
4349
02:53:23,439 --> 02:53:26,319
sure that they're in two places. Maybe
4350
02:53:26,319 --> 02:53:28,000
you'll put them on the cloud in a hard
4351
02:53:28,000 --> 02:53:29,279
drive. Maybe you'll have two hard
4352
02:53:29,279 --> 02:53:30,800
drives. In a perfect world, they would
4353
02:53:30,800 --> 02:53:32,560
be in separate places. You would be
4354
02:53:32,560 --> 02:53:35,520
surprised how often HD drives go bad
4355
02:53:35,520 --> 02:53:37,120
over time. There is such thing as
4356
02:53:37,120 --> 02:53:38,960
digital rot. So it does make sense to
4357
02:53:38,960 --> 02:53:40,399
have some kind of a cloud service
4358
02:53:40,399 --> 02:53:42,319
depending on how serious you are. If not
4359
02:53:42,319 --> 02:53:45,760
always back them up into two separate
4360
02:53:45,760 --> 02:53:49,840
places. I even do this with hard drives
4361
02:53:49,840 --> 02:53:53,279
after around six, seven years. I start
4362
02:53:53,279 --> 02:53:55,200
taking all those hard drives and backing
4363
02:53:55,200 --> 02:53:57,040
them up to new hard drives. So hard
4364
02:53:57,040 --> 02:54:00,080
drives can fail over time. Always make
4365
02:54:00,080 --> 02:54:03,040
sure that when you format your memory
4366
02:54:03,040 --> 02:54:06,240
card that you have backups in two other
4367
02:54:06,240 --> 02:54:09,279
places. I stress this a lot because
4368
02:54:09,279 --> 02:54:10,646
sometimes people don't listen to me.
4369
02:54:10,646 --> 02:54:12,560
[laughter] They they format their memory
4370
02:54:12,560 --> 02:54:13,920
cards and they erase everything they
4371
02:54:13,920 --> 02:54:15,359
have on them. You know, their vacation
4372
02:54:15,359 --> 02:54:17,040
or their trip or whatever. So, just keep
4373
02:54:17,040 --> 02:54:19,439
that in mind. At the time that you wipe
4374
02:54:19,439 --> 02:54:21,359
this clean, you're going to have three
4375
02:54:21,359 --> 02:54:23,600
copies. One on the card and then two on
4376
02:54:23,600 --> 02:54:26,479
the computer or hard drive cloud. Hard
4377
02:54:26,479 --> 02:54:29,200
drive. Hard drive. Always follow that
4378
02:54:29,200 --> 02:54:31,040
rule and you'll be in good shape. Once
4379
02:54:31,040 --> 02:54:32,720
you know you have the two backups, then
4380
02:54:32,720 --> 02:54:35,200
you can come in, select this. It's going
4381
02:54:35,200 --> 02:54:37,680
to tell you, are you sure? You're going
4382
02:54:37,680 --> 02:54:39,760
to say select yes. I had somebody watch
4383
02:54:39,760 --> 02:54:42,720
a video and they accused me of not
4384
02:54:42,720 --> 02:54:44,800
warning them about the wipe. So yeah,
4385
02:54:44,800 --> 02:54:46,960
this is this is serious. Cards will be
4386
02:54:46,960 --> 02:54:49,040
wiped clean. There are some recovery
4387
02:54:49,040 --> 02:54:50,720
softwares you can also use to try to go
4388
02:54:50,720 --> 02:54:52,319
in and save them, but they're not
4389
02:54:52,319 --> 02:54:53,760
optimal and sometimes you'll still lose
4390
02:54:53,760 --> 02:54:55,040
them. So don't count on it. This is why
4391
02:54:55,040 --> 02:54:57,200
we have to be very careful. Make sure
4392
02:54:57,200 --> 02:54:59,439
two backups before you wipe your memory
4393
02:54:59,439 --> 02:55:02,160
card. Auto rotate. Leave this to on.
4394
02:55:02,160 --> 02:55:03,520
This just means that when we tilt the
4395
02:55:03,520 --> 02:55:05,359
camera into a portrait orientation,
4396
02:55:05,359 --> 02:55:07,760
portrait is up and down. This is this is
4397
02:55:07,760 --> 02:55:10,240
horizontal or landscape orientation. So
4398
02:55:10,240 --> 02:55:11,760
when we take the camera and we rotate it
4399
02:55:11,760 --> 02:55:14,080
and we're shooting sideways, do you want
4400
02:55:14,080 --> 02:55:15,920
the images to be auto rotated when we
4401
02:55:15,920 --> 02:55:18,800
play back? Yes, we do.
4402
02:55:18,800 --> 02:55:20,399
Basically, this puts a little tag of
4403
02:55:20,399 --> 02:55:22,399
information into the video file if it's
4404
02:55:22,399 --> 02:55:23,840
recorded up and down. So when you play
4405
02:55:23,840 --> 02:55:25,120
it back on a smartphone, it's
4406
02:55:25,120 --> 02:55:27,120
automatically recorded. Seems to make
4407
02:55:27,120 --> 02:55:28,960
sense.
4408
02:55:28,960 --> 02:55:30,800
Okay. So that's the first out of eight
4409
02:55:30,800 --> 02:55:33,120
pages. Page two. Many of these are
4410
02:55:33,120 --> 02:55:34,640
pretty straightforward. This is setting
4411
02:55:34,640 --> 02:55:38,000
up your date and time.
4412
02:55:38,000 --> 02:55:40,399
Pretty straightforward.
4413
02:55:40,399 --> 02:55:43,200
Cancel. Depending on what your primary
4414
02:55:43,200 --> 02:55:45,200
language is, you can you can select that
4415
02:55:45,200 --> 02:55:47,680
and have it in your language and you can
4416
02:55:47,680 --> 02:55:50,000
see it.
4417
02:55:50,000 --> 02:55:52,160
System frequency. This deals with the
4418
02:55:52,160 --> 02:55:54,560
playback of the video. In the United
4419
02:55:54,560 --> 02:55:56,240
States, it's 60 frames per second. In
4420
02:55:56,240 --> 02:55:57,520
Europe and other places, if you know
4421
02:55:57,520 --> 02:55:59,520
what PAL is and and if that is your
4422
02:55:59,520 --> 02:56:00,960
country's video standard, you would
4423
02:56:00,960 --> 02:56:03,359
select PAL.
4424
02:56:03,359 --> 02:56:06,160
The help text, we can make it larger
4425
02:56:06,160 --> 02:56:08,080
when there is a problem. Sometimes
4426
02:56:08,080 --> 02:56:09,600
you'll see these little question marks
4427
02:56:09,600 --> 02:56:11,040
where we can press the info button for
4428
02:56:11,040 --> 02:56:13,840
larger language. And the feature guide
4429
02:56:13,840 --> 02:56:15,680
gives us a little prompt when we're
4430
02:56:15,680 --> 02:56:17,200
walking through different menu items
4431
02:56:17,200 --> 02:56:18,880
like the quick screen. We turned this
4432
02:56:18,880 --> 02:56:20,880
off when we were talking about that.
4433
02:56:20,880 --> 02:56:24,319
Page three, camera beep settings.
4434
02:56:24,319 --> 02:56:26,240
We wanted to turn that off. We'd come in
4435
02:56:26,240 --> 02:56:30,000
here, disable it, and we lose that
4436
02:56:30,000 --> 02:56:34,240
little beep when we're focusing.
4437
02:56:34,240 --> 02:56:36,960
We can change the volume of how
4438
02:56:36,960 --> 02:56:39,359
artificial noise is. Sometimes, like if
4439
02:56:39,359 --> 02:56:40,880
we're shooting in electronic mode, for
4440
02:56:40,880 --> 02:56:43,439
example, the camera is producing an
4441
02:56:43,439 --> 02:56:45,200
artificial noise to let you know it's
4442
02:56:45,200 --> 02:56:47,760
taking pictures. So, we can change a lot
4443
02:56:47,760 --> 02:56:50,080
of the volumes of the different noises
4444
02:56:50,080 --> 02:56:52,560
that we use on the camera. This is where
4445
02:56:52,560 --> 02:56:55,120
you do it.
4446
02:56:55,120 --> 02:56:57,359
Where do you want to listen to audio? Do
4447
02:56:57,359 --> 02:56:59,200
you want it from the headphone jack or
4448
02:56:59,200 --> 02:57:01,439
do you want it to go through the HDMI?
4449
02:57:01,439 --> 02:57:03,920
HDMI is a video cable that connects to a
4450
02:57:03,920 --> 02:57:06,399
monitor. And if we're using this for
4451
02:57:06,399 --> 02:57:08,720
high-end, let's say, video shooting, we
4452
02:57:08,720 --> 02:57:10,240
may want the audio going through that
4453
02:57:10,240 --> 02:57:12,319
monitor cable instead.
4454
02:57:12,319 --> 02:57:14,479
When we select our headphones, we can
4455
02:57:14,479 --> 02:57:16,880
change we can change our headphone
4456
02:57:16,880 --> 02:57:19,880
volume.
4457
02:57:20,720 --> 02:57:22,240
We can do it in real time, which is what
4458
02:57:22,240 --> 02:57:24,240
I recommend.
4459
02:57:24,240 --> 02:57:27,680
And then we have the different channels.
4460
02:57:27,680 --> 02:57:29,439
Again, we talked about this earlier.
4461
02:57:29,439 --> 02:57:31,680
Typically, cameras are recording two
4462
02:57:31,680 --> 02:57:33,680
channels to a video file. We have the
4463
02:57:33,680 --> 02:57:36,319
ability to record four microphones onto
4464
02:57:36,319 --> 02:57:38,880
those two channels through an XLR
4465
02:57:38,880 --> 02:57:41,040
adapter that we'd have to buy and use
4466
02:57:41,040 --> 02:57:42,560
separately.
4467
02:57:42,560 --> 02:57:44,800
But when you're shooting, do you want it
4468
02:57:44,800 --> 02:57:46,800
to go from channel one to channel one,
4469
02:57:46,800 --> 02:57:49,279
channel one to channel two? This is how
4470
02:57:49,279 --> 02:57:51,439
we divide up which channel is being
4471
02:57:51,439 --> 02:57:55,359
recorded to which channel on the file.
4472
02:57:55,359 --> 02:57:56,640
So right now it's channel one and
4473
02:57:56,640 --> 02:57:58,880
channel two, which is left and right. Do
4474
02:57:58,880 --> 02:58:00,160
you just want your channel one written
4475
02:58:00,160 --> 02:58:01,520
on both? Do you want your channel two
4476
02:58:01,520 --> 02:58:04,240
written on both? or do you want to have
4477
02:58:04,240 --> 02:58:06,479
copies of each channel on each separate
4478
02:58:06,479 --> 02:58:08,560
channel? And we get additional channel
4479
02:58:08,560 --> 02:58:11,439
options when we use that accessory. For
4480
02:58:11,439 --> 02:58:12,399
now, we're just going to leave it on
4481
02:58:12,399 --> 02:58:15,359
channel one and channel two.
4482
02:58:15,359 --> 02:58:17,680
And then the same rules apply apply for
4483
02:58:17,680 --> 02:58:20,080
playback. Probably a bit more advanced
4484
02:58:20,080 --> 02:58:23,200
feature if you are a video shooter. Come
4485
02:58:23,200 --> 02:58:25,279
back out.
4486
02:58:25,279 --> 02:58:27,279
And that's page three of the yellow tab.
4487
02:58:27,279 --> 02:58:28,080
A lot of these are pretty
4488
02:58:28,080 --> 02:58:29,439
straightforward. So you can change your
4489
02:58:29,439 --> 02:58:32,880
screen brightness. If it's too dark, if
4490
02:58:32,880 --> 02:58:34,000
you're shooting outside, you want to
4491
02:58:34,000 --> 02:58:35,600
bump it up. This is where this this
4492
02:58:35,600 --> 02:58:38,840
would happen.
4493
02:58:40,560 --> 02:58:43,439
Viewfinder brightness. So in here, do
4494
02:58:43,439 --> 02:58:45,120
you want it to auto adjust? If you
4495
02:58:45,120 --> 02:58:46,640
don't, you can come in and you can
4496
02:58:46,640 --> 02:58:50,000
adjust it manually depending on how
4497
02:58:50,000 --> 02:58:53,520
bright you want it.
4498
02:58:53,520 --> 02:58:56,479
Screen and viewfinder tone. So we can
4499
02:58:56,479 --> 02:58:58,080
shift the color tone a little bit. I
4500
02:58:58,080 --> 02:58:59,920
don't really recommend doing this for
4501
02:58:59,920 --> 02:59:02,399
now. I have it on three. Then we can
4502
02:59:02,399 --> 02:59:07,520
fine-tune the viewfinder color.
4503
02:59:07,520 --> 02:59:09,439
Page five,
4504
02:59:09,439 --> 02:59:11,200
screen and viewfinder display. We talked
4505
02:59:11,200 --> 02:59:13,439
about this earlier. So this is the
4506
02:59:13,439 --> 02:59:16,160
screen. This is the viewfinder. And this
4507
02:59:16,160 --> 02:59:17,840
deals with the management of this little
4508
02:59:17,840 --> 02:59:20,240
eye sensor here. So, if we're shooting
4509
02:59:20,240 --> 02:59:22,160
on a gimbal, for example, a little
4510
02:59:22,160 --> 02:59:24,800
handheld motorized device to help
4511
02:59:24,800 --> 02:59:26,960
stabilize things. Sometimes the gimbal
4512
02:59:26,960 --> 02:59:28,560
will trigger this. We can just turn it
4513
02:59:28,560 --> 02:59:30,800
on to screen and you can see that it's
4514
02:59:30,800 --> 02:59:32,800
not triggering it anymore. Or we can
4515
02:59:32,800 --> 02:59:34,479
just tell the camera to use a viewfinder
4516
02:59:34,479 --> 02:59:37,040
only. And then this deals, these two
4517
02:59:37,040 --> 02:59:39,359
deal with how this little guy is
4518
02:59:39,359 --> 02:59:41,760
working. Basically, what it's saying is
4519
02:59:41,760 --> 02:59:44,800
that when the monitor is flipped out and
4520
02:59:44,800 --> 02:59:47,439
facing you, do you want to lock it so
4521
02:59:47,439 --> 02:59:48,960
it's only the screen or do you want it
4522
02:59:48,960 --> 02:59:50,960
to continue auto switching? If you leave
4523
02:59:50,960 --> 02:59:52,800
it on auto one or two, when it's closed,
4524
02:59:52,800 --> 02:59:56,000
you will always get this.
4525
02:59:56,000 --> 02:59:58,640
We have a UI magnification. When it's
4526
02:59:58,640 --> 03:00:00,880
enabled, a two-finger double tap will
4527
03:00:00,880 --> 03:00:05,680
magnify. Punch in. Very useful if you
4528
03:00:05,680 --> 03:00:07,840
have vision problems. You can see mine's
4529
03:00:07,840 --> 03:00:09,680
turned on, left on. And then we have our
4530
03:00:09,680 --> 03:00:12,960
HDMI resolution. You want it to auto
4531
03:00:12,960 --> 03:00:14,960
resolute, if that's a term, or do you
4532
03:00:14,960 --> 03:00:16,960
want to have it locked into 1080p or
4533
03:00:16,960 --> 03:00:19,600
1080i?
4534
03:00:19,600 --> 03:00:22,240
Page six is that when we turn the camera
4535
03:00:22,240 --> 03:00:24,560
off, do you want the shutter to close? I
4536
03:00:24,560 --> 03:00:26,880
typically have this closed because I
4537
03:00:26,880 --> 03:00:29,760
want to keep any sensor dust off of my
4538
03:00:29,760 --> 03:00:31,359
camera [snorts] as I'm changing lenses
4539
03:00:31,359 --> 03:00:34,319
or off of the sensor. Sensor cleaning.
4540
03:00:34,319 --> 03:00:36,560
There's a little vibrating membrane over
4541
03:00:36,560 --> 03:00:39,120
our sensor that we can tell it to clean
4542
03:00:39,120 --> 03:00:41,920
at any time. If we select this, we can
4543
03:00:41,920 --> 03:00:44,720
have it clean when we power off, power
4544
03:00:44,720 --> 03:00:46,319
on and off, or we can turn it off
4545
03:00:46,319 --> 03:00:48,160
completely.
4546
03:00:48,160 --> 03:00:49,600
And then when we clean our sensor
4547
03:00:49,600 --> 03:00:51,200
manually, if I have time, I'll create a
4548
03:00:51,200 --> 03:00:54,080
lesson to show you how this is done. We
4549
03:00:54,080 --> 03:00:55,600
would come in here and select this, and
4550
03:00:55,600 --> 03:00:58,800
it would open up the shutter, and then
4551
03:00:58,800 --> 03:01:00,720
you can get access to the sensor and
4552
03:01:00,720 --> 03:01:04,479
clean it. For now, we're just going to
4553
03:01:04,479 --> 03:01:06,960
jump back out. In the beginning, when we
4554
03:01:06,960 --> 03:01:08,960
got our camera, we set up the camera
4555
03:01:08,960 --> 03:01:12,880
with a password. If we wanted to require
4556
03:01:12,880 --> 03:01:16,160
the password to get into the camera,
4557
03:01:16,160 --> 03:01:18,319
what it's asking us is to enter that
4558
03:01:18,319 --> 03:01:20,800
password.
4559
03:01:20,800 --> 03:01:22,880
We can change that password or we can
4560
03:01:22,880 --> 03:01:24,640
clear that information if we forget.
4561
03:01:24,640 --> 03:01:26,160
Just make sure that you know what your
4562
03:01:26,160 --> 03:01:29,600
password is if you turn this on.
4563
03:01:29,600 --> 03:01:30,880
And then we have our different power
4564
03:01:30,880 --> 03:01:32,319
saving features. I've turned most of
4565
03:01:32,319 --> 03:01:34,319
these off as I'm teaching. In the real
4566
03:01:34,319 --> 03:01:36,160
world, I'll turn these on just to save
4567
03:01:36,160 --> 03:01:38,319
battery to have the camera auto disable
4568
03:01:38,319 --> 03:01:40,399
or auto turn off just in case I don't
4569
03:01:40,399 --> 03:01:42,560
remember to do so myself. And then when
4570
03:01:42,560 --> 03:01:44,399
you tap the shutter button, it can wake
4571
03:01:44,399 --> 03:01:46,160
back up. There's a screen dimmer. You
4572
03:01:46,160 --> 03:01:47,920
can turn the screen off. These different
4573
03:01:47,920 --> 03:01:49,680
timers depending on how long you want to
4574
03:01:49,680 --> 03:01:52,560
do it. Auto power off, maybe after 3
4575
03:01:52,560 --> 03:01:54,960
minutes, typically pretty normal. Same
4576
03:01:54,960 --> 03:01:56,399
with the viewfinder. We can turn that
4577
03:01:56,399 --> 03:01:59,520
off separately.
4578
03:01:59,520 --> 03:02:01,520
Page seven, if you want to reset the
4579
03:02:01,520 --> 03:02:04,399
camera as a factory set, everything is
4580
03:02:04,399 --> 03:02:06,560
off or your individual settings, this is
4581
03:02:06,560 --> 03:02:09,200
where you would do it. Sometimes I
4582
03:02:09,200 --> 03:02:10,479
remember once I lent my camera to
4583
03:02:10,479 --> 03:02:11,920
somebody and they changed so many
4584
03:02:11,920 --> 03:02:13,920
things, I just came in and just reset
4585
03:02:13,920 --> 03:02:15,760
the whole camera and then reset it back
4586
03:02:15,760 --> 03:02:18,560
up. We talked about the custom shooting
4587
03:02:18,560 --> 03:02:20,319
dial. It's on the top of the camera on
4588
03:02:20,319 --> 03:02:22,479
the mode dial. You'll see this C1, C2,
4589
03:02:22,479 --> 03:02:25,520
and C3. The way this works is we set the
4590
03:02:25,520 --> 03:02:27,520
camera up exactly the way we want it for
4591
03:02:27,520 --> 03:02:29,680
that shooting mode. Come in here,
4592
03:02:29,680 --> 03:02:32,240
register the setting, and the camera
4593
03:02:32,240 --> 03:02:35,120
will save that setting to any of those
4594
03:02:35,120 --> 03:02:38,960
slots. We can clear those settings. We
4595
03:02:38,960 --> 03:02:41,600
can also auto update if this is enabled,
4596
03:02:41,600 --> 03:02:43,760
meaning that if we're on C1, C2, C3, and
4597
03:02:43,760 --> 03:02:45,680
we're changing those settings as we're
4598
03:02:45,680 --> 03:02:49,040
shooting, the camera will update them. I
4599
03:02:49,040 --> 03:02:52,240
usually leave that turned off.
4600
03:02:52,240 --> 03:02:55,200
We can also save and load our custom
4601
03:02:55,200 --> 03:02:57,439
camera settings onto a memory card and
4602
03:02:57,439 --> 03:02:59,439
transfer them between cameras that
4603
03:02:59,439 --> 03:03:02,080
support this feature. This is where we
4604
03:03:02,080 --> 03:03:04,080
would do it. Save to a card. Load from a
4605
03:03:04,080 --> 03:03:05,760
card.
4606
03:03:05,760 --> 03:03:07,840
Finally, page eight of eight. Pretty
4607
03:03:07,840 --> 03:03:09,920
straightforward. Battery health. Your
4608
03:03:09,920 --> 03:03:12,479
battery will with time will become less
4609
03:03:12,479 --> 03:03:14,399
and less efficient. Eventually, it will
4610
03:03:14,399 --> 03:03:15,840
get to a point where you will fully
4611
03:03:15,840 --> 03:03:17,840
recharge the battery and within less
4612
03:03:17,840 --> 03:03:19,920
than an hour, 40 minutes, it's already
4613
03:03:19,920 --> 03:03:23,760
dead. When you see these losing squares
4614
03:03:23,760 --> 03:03:25,760
and only one of them is filled, you know
4615
03:03:25,760 --> 03:03:28,240
it's probably time to get a new battery.
4616
03:03:28,240 --> 03:03:29,680
So, we get some battery life
4617
03:03:29,680 --> 03:03:31,760
information.
4618
03:03:31,760 --> 03:03:34,080
Copyright information deals with XF
4619
03:03:34,080 --> 03:03:35,680
data, which is the data that's written
4620
03:03:35,680 --> 03:03:38,160
into the file of every image. So, if you
4621
03:03:38,160 --> 03:03:39,920
wanted to add your name or your
4622
03:03:39,920 --> 03:03:41,680
copyright information, you could come in
4623
03:03:41,680 --> 03:03:43,520
and type this in and then for every
4624
03:03:43,520 --> 03:03:44,880
image that you would took, it would be
4625
03:03:44,880 --> 03:03:47,279
written into that file kind of behind
4626
03:03:47,279 --> 03:03:50,080
the scenes. Okay.
4627
03:03:50,080 --> 03:03:52,000
Okay,
4628
03:03:52,000 --> 03:03:54,960
come back out.
4629
03:03:54,960 --> 03:03:57,120
Show log gives us information when the
4630
03:03:57,120 --> 03:03:58,800
password, for example, was updated. You
4631
03:03:58,800 --> 03:04:00,080
can come in and see when changes were
4632
03:04:00,080 --> 03:04:02,319
made to the camera.
4633
03:04:02,319 --> 03:04:04,880
Manual software. Here's a QR code if you
4634
03:04:04,880 --> 03:04:07,680
want to open it. The manual is 1150
4635
03:04:07,680 --> 03:04:10,479
pages long. So, you know what what I'm
4636
03:04:10,479 --> 03:04:12,399
trying to do with the video is to make a
4637
03:04:12,399 --> 03:04:14,479
video version of this to get you through
4638
03:04:14,479 --> 03:04:16,160
the you know, the most of it. There are
4639
03:04:16,160 --> 03:04:17,279
some people out there who would actually
4640
03:04:17,279 --> 03:04:18,560
like to sit down and just read that
4641
03:04:18,560 --> 03:04:20,240
manual. I am not one of them. I'm a
4642
03:04:20,240 --> 03:04:23,600
video visual learner. We have a
4643
03:04:23,600 --> 03:04:25,439
certification logo display. There's
4644
03:04:25,439 --> 03:04:28,319
nothing in here to change.
4645
03:04:28,319 --> 03:04:30,880
And then we have our firmware update.
4646
03:04:30,880 --> 03:04:33,279
With time, Canon will come out with
4647
03:04:33,279 --> 03:04:35,359
updates. This is software for the
4648
03:04:35,359 --> 03:04:36,800
camera. This is where we'd come in and
4649
03:04:36,800 --> 03:04:38,560
change it. The way this works is you
4650
03:04:38,560 --> 03:04:40,000
save it onto a memory card. You put the
4651
03:04:40,000 --> 03:04:42,319
memory card into the camera and then you
4652
03:04:42,319 --> 03:04:44,560
would hit okay, and it would recognize
4653
03:04:44,560 --> 03:04:46,160
that there's a new firmware, and it
4654
03:04:46,160 --> 03:04:48,560
would update it. We can change the
4655
03:04:48,560 --> 03:04:51,200
firmware of the camera or the lens
4656
03:04:51,200 --> 03:04:53,279
depending on what the current updates
4657
03:04:53,279 --> 03:04:56,960
are. I personally kind of wait a week or
4658
03:04:56,960 --> 03:04:58,880
two after firmware updates are issued
4659
03:04:58,880 --> 03:05:00,640
because sometimes there are problems
4660
03:05:00,640 --> 03:05:02,800
with the newer firmware. So I kind of
4661
03:05:02,800 --> 03:05:04,479
wait to make sure that everything's good
4662
03:05:04,479 --> 03:05:07,200
with it before doing so. And that is the
4663
03:05:07,200 --> 03:05:09,600
yellow tab. Coming into the olive green
4664
03:05:09,600 --> 03:05:11,840
tab. Some of these things we've seen
4665
03:05:11,840 --> 03:05:13,600
earlier in the video like customizing
4666
03:05:13,600 --> 03:05:15,040
our buttons for shooting. We talked
4667
03:05:15,040 --> 03:05:17,600
about this in the focusing lesson, but
4668
03:05:17,600 --> 03:05:20,319
this graphic here with the white little
4669
03:05:20,319 --> 03:05:23,920
overlays is telling us which buttons we
4670
03:05:23,920 --> 03:05:26,560
can customize.
4671
03:05:26,560 --> 03:05:28,560
I don't really recommend doing a lot of
4672
03:05:28,560 --> 03:05:30,000
this if you're a pure beginner because
4673
03:05:30,000 --> 03:05:31,120
when you come back and watch the
4674
03:05:31,120 --> 03:05:32,720
lessons, if the button controls are
4675
03:05:32,720 --> 03:05:34,800
different, it'll be really confusing.
4676
03:05:34,800 --> 03:05:36,319
But as you become more and more
4677
03:05:36,319 --> 03:05:38,479
advanced, you will likely want to
4678
03:05:38,479 --> 03:05:40,960
customize how you shoot the buttons,
4679
03:05:40,960 --> 03:05:42,960
which buttons do what. It's important to
4680
03:05:42,960 --> 03:05:45,040
learn the functions first and to feel
4681
03:05:45,040 --> 03:05:46,880
comfortable with them before we get into
4682
03:05:46,880 --> 03:05:49,040
the efficiencies of shooting. But we've
4683
03:05:49,040 --> 03:05:50,960
seen it before. This is the same menu
4684
03:05:50,960 --> 03:05:53,920
just in the deep menu. Shutter button
4685
03:05:53,920 --> 03:05:56,560
function for movies. So when you're in a
4686
03:05:56,560 --> 03:05:58,240
movie mode, what is this halfway shutter
4687
03:05:58,240 --> 03:06:01,200
button depression do? Currently I have
4688
03:06:01,200 --> 03:06:03,200
it so it meters only, but we can also
4689
03:06:03,200 --> 03:06:06,560
set it up to meter and trigger video
4690
03:06:06,560 --> 03:06:10,000
servo or oneshot autofocus. These are
4691
03:06:10,000 --> 03:06:11,600
both different focusing modes while
4692
03:06:11,600 --> 03:06:13,840
you're in video. Going to leave it on
4693
03:06:13,840 --> 03:06:16,080
metering only for now. Talking about the
4694
03:06:16,080 --> 03:06:18,720
dials and the control rings. Primary
4695
03:06:18,720 --> 03:06:21,520
selector, secondary selector, ISO
4696
03:06:21,520 --> 03:06:24,520
selector,
4697
03:06:25,439 --> 03:06:28,240
control ring. We can customize these as
4698
03:06:28,240 --> 03:06:29,920
well. If you're coming from a different
4699
03:06:29,920 --> 03:06:32,479
system in particular, some of these
4700
03:06:32,479 --> 03:06:34,319
primary and secondary settings are in
4701
03:06:34,319 --> 03:06:36,319
different places. Or maybe for whatever
4702
03:06:36,319 --> 03:06:38,319
reason you just want to change your
4703
03:06:38,319 --> 03:06:40,640
shutter speed with the secondary control
4704
03:06:40,640 --> 03:06:42,240
wheel. You can come in and customize
4705
03:06:42,240 --> 03:06:46,000
these as well. TV is time value. It's
4706
03:06:46,000 --> 03:06:48,640
your shutter speed. AV is your aperture.
4707
03:06:48,640 --> 03:06:50,399
This last one right here, we haven't
4708
03:06:50,399 --> 03:06:51,840
really talked about it, but most of the
4709
03:06:51,840 --> 03:06:54,960
Canon RF lenses have an additional ring
4710
03:06:54,960 --> 03:06:56,640
on them. It's not your zoom ring. It's
4711
03:06:56,640 --> 03:06:58,640
not your focus ring. It's called the
4712
03:06:58,640 --> 03:07:02,640
control ring. It is a specialized ring.
4713
03:07:02,640 --> 03:07:05,520
Usually, it's knurled and you can
4714
03:07:05,520 --> 03:07:07,760
program it to do different things. I
4715
03:07:07,760 --> 03:07:09,760
have a friend who uses it for tweaking
4716
03:07:09,760 --> 03:07:12,240
his white balance. It is set up to be
4717
03:07:12,240 --> 03:07:14,720
your exposure compensation
4718
03:07:14,720 --> 03:07:17,439
while you push and hold down the halfway
4719
03:07:17,439 --> 03:07:19,680
shutter button depression. So, there's
4720
03:07:19,680 --> 03:07:21,439
tons of different things we can come in
4721
03:07:21,439 --> 03:07:23,359
and select it to do different things.
4722
03:07:23,359 --> 03:07:25,840
Your ISO, know some people use it for
4723
03:07:25,840 --> 03:07:28,240
that. For now, I just leave it on
4724
03:07:28,240 --> 03:07:30,000
exposure compensation. Once you get a
4725
03:07:30,000 --> 03:07:32,000
hang of shooting and you know what you
4726
03:07:32,000 --> 03:07:33,359
want to customize it to, this is where
4727
03:07:33,359 --> 03:07:35,760
you'd come in and customize it. Yeah.
4728
03:07:35,760 --> 03:07:37,600
So, that symbol right there is the
4729
03:07:37,600 --> 03:07:41,520
control ring on our lenses.
4730
03:07:41,520 --> 03:07:44,000
We can also customize the direction
4731
03:07:44,000 --> 03:07:46,000
whether they increase or decrease the
4732
03:07:46,000 --> 03:07:48,560
setting. By default, it's decrease to
4733
03:07:48,560 --> 03:07:50,880
the left, increase to the right. If you
4734
03:07:50,880 --> 03:07:52,960
wanted it to go the opposite way, you
4735
03:07:52,960 --> 03:07:56,399
would select reverse direction.
4736
03:07:56,399 --> 03:07:58,560
controlling direction to set shutter
4737
03:07:58,560 --> 03:08:00,479
speed or aperture. It's the same basic
4738
03:08:00,479 --> 03:08:02,720
idea when you rotate it one direction or
4739
03:08:02,720 --> 03:08:06,679
do you want to invert that?
4740
03:08:07,520 --> 03:08:10,479
Switch your primary control wheel and
4741
03:08:10,479 --> 03:08:13,200
your thumb control wheel when shooting.
4742
03:08:13,200 --> 03:08:15,359
All this does is it inverts those two
4743
03:08:15,359 --> 03:08:18,240
controls. It switches them. Second page
4744
03:08:18,240 --> 03:08:20,399
here, touch shutter. I demonstrated this
4745
03:08:20,399 --> 03:08:22,000
in the focusing lesson. It allows us to
4746
03:08:22,000 --> 03:08:24,800
touch on the monitor to focus and take
4747
03:08:24,800 --> 03:08:27,279
the picture. I tend to bump it a lot, so
4748
03:08:27,279 --> 03:08:29,760
I leave it to disabled.
4749
03:08:29,760 --> 03:08:32,160
Up here, right next to our ISO control
4750
03:08:32,160 --> 03:08:35,359
ring, we have a mid position called the
4751
03:08:35,359 --> 03:08:38,080
lock position. That when that switch is
4752
03:08:38,080 --> 03:08:40,479
pointing to the lock, it will prevent
4753
03:08:40,479 --> 03:08:42,640
the controls from registering any
4754
03:08:42,640 --> 03:08:44,160
changes. So, you can bump them and move
4755
03:08:44,160 --> 03:08:46,960
them and nothing's going to happen. In
4756
03:08:46,960 --> 03:08:50,240
this menu item, we can select which
4757
03:08:50,240 --> 03:08:52,800
items will be locked when that switch is
4758
03:08:52,800 --> 03:08:55,760
pointed to lock. We can leave our
4759
03:08:55,760 --> 03:08:58,160
primary control wheel on or off. Anyway,
4760
03:08:58,160 --> 03:08:59,359
we just come in here and select these
4761
03:08:59,359 --> 03:09:00,720
different check marks depending on how
4762
03:09:00,720 --> 03:09:03,200
you want to shoot it. Primary selector,
4763
03:09:03,200 --> 03:09:05,920
ISO selector, secondary control, which
4764
03:09:05,920 --> 03:09:07,920
is your thumb button, what I call it.
4765
03:09:07,920 --> 03:09:10,160
Joystick, touchcreen, and then our
4766
03:09:10,160 --> 03:09:13,680
control ring. Hit cancel for now.
4767
03:09:13,680 --> 03:09:16,640
Third page. This one, touch and drag,
4768
03:09:16,640 --> 03:09:18,720
autofocus settings. It's actually pretty
4769
03:09:18,720 --> 03:09:21,040
awesome if you know what it is.
4770
03:09:21,040 --> 03:09:26,080
Essentially, it turns the back monitor
4771
03:09:26,080 --> 03:09:29,520
into a touchpad for focusing
4772
03:09:29,520 --> 03:09:31,840
as we look through the viewfinder. So,
4773
03:09:31,840 --> 03:09:33,200
first of all, we'd have to come in here
4774
03:09:33,200 --> 03:09:35,279
and turn this on.
4775
03:09:35,279 --> 03:09:37,520
And then this is ask asking do you want
4776
03:09:37,520 --> 03:09:39,520
to touch and drag on the entire screen
4777
03:09:39,520 --> 03:09:41,040
or do you want to touch and drag
4778
03:09:41,040 --> 03:09:43,040
relative to the entire screen on a
4779
03:09:43,040 --> 03:09:44,399
different part depending on where you
4780
03:09:44,399 --> 03:09:48,960
touch and move in a certain direction.
4781
03:09:48,960 --> 03:09:51,279
Just preference here.
4782
03:09:51,279 --> 03:09:53,760
And then this one depends on whether
4783
03:09:53,760 --> 03:09:56,319
you're right eye dominant or left eye
4784
03:09:56,319 --> 03:09:58,800
dominant because when you're looking
4785
03:09:58,800 --> 03:10:01,600
through the viewfinder, your nose is
4786
03:10:01,600 --> 03:10:03,920
also going to be somewhere around the
4787
03:10:03,920 --> 03:10:06,080
screen. I am left eye dominant, which
4788
03:10:06,080 --> 03:10:09,120
means my nose is right here. Right eye
4789
03:10:09,120 --> 03:10:11,920
dominant shooters, 66% of you are right
4790
03:10:11,920 --> 03:10:13,920
eye dominant. Your nose is going going
4791
03:10:13,920 --> 03:10:17,600
to be over here, which means you want to
4792
03:10:17,600 --> 03:10:19,920
be able to control where this touch
4793
03:10:19,920 --> 03:10:22,720
sensitivity happens. In this case, come
4794
03:10:22,720 --> 03:10:24,560
in here. You can see anything in white
4795
03:10:24,560 --> 03:10:26,399
is where the touch monitor will be
4796
03:10:26,399 --> 03:10:27,760
sensitive as you're looking through the
4797
03:10:27,760 --> 03:10:29,520
viewfinder.
4798
03:10:29,520 --> 03:10:32,319
So bottom right, if you are a right eye
4799
03:10:32,319 --> 03:10:34,880
shooter, your nose is here. This area
4800
03:10:34,880 --> 03:10:37,600
right here as you're shooting,
4801
03:10:37,600 --> 03:10:39,600
you would come in. It's I can't really
4802
03:10:39,600 --> 03:10:40,560
show it because you have to be looking
4803
03:10:40,560 --> 03:10:42,319
through the viewfinder, but you would
4804
03:10:42,319 --> 03:10:45,439
touch here and be able to focus or
4805
03:10:45,439 --> 03:10:48,560
change where your focusing square is,
4806
03:10:48,560 --> 03:10:50,560
especially if you're on relative
4807
03:10:50,560 --> 03:10:52,960
position. I would definitely recommend
4808
03:10:52,960 --> 03:10:56,080
testing this out. Some people don't like
4809
03:10:56,080 --> 03:10:58,080
the joystick as they're shooting or they
4810
03:10:58,080 --> 03:10:59,680
want a faster option to be able to just
4811
03:10:59,680 --> 03:11:01,040
touch on the screen as they're looking
4812
03:11:01,040 --> 03:11:02,640
through the viewfinder. Left eye
4813
03:11:02,640 --> 03:11:03,920
dominant is a little bit trickier
4814
03:11:03,920 --> 03:11:06,399
because your nose's here. I typically
4815
03:11:06,399 --> 03:11:08,640
activate this top right area, this
4816
03:11:08,640 --> 03:11:11,840
little gap right in here. I don't feel
4817
03:11:11,840 --> 03:11:13,680
like it's super feasible to do it with
4818
03:11:13,680 --> 03:11:15,279
our left thumb because typically my left
4819
03:11:15,279 --> 03:11:17,600
hand is under the lens. It's usually my
4820
03:11:17,600 --> 03:11:19,120
thumb. So, it's usually in this position
4821
03:11:19,120 --> 03:11:20,880
up here.
4822
03:11:20,880 --> 03:11:23,439
Hit okay. And then we can change how
4823
03:11:23,439 --> 03:11:26,399
sensitive that touching is. Make it more
4824
03:11:26,399 --> 03:11:28,960
or less sensitive. It's a pretty cool
4825
03:11:28,960 --> 03:11:31,040
feature.
4826
03:11:31,040 --> 03:11:33,600
This guy is asking, "How do we select
4827
03:11:33,600 --> 03:11:36,319
the clusters after pressing the cluster
4828
03:11:36,319 --> 03:11:39,040
button?" The way it's set up by default
4829
03:11:39,040 --> 03:11:41,439
is to be the multi-function button by
4830
03:11:41,439 --> 03:11:43,520
toggling it. We can also do it by the
4831
03:11:43,520 --> 03:11:44,800
main dial. I'll just demonstrate what
4832
03:11:44,800 --> 03:11:46,720
this looks like real quick. Got all our
4833
03:11:46,720 --> 03:11:49,200
info here. Here's the clusters and I'm
4834
03:11:49,200 --> 03:11:53,520
toggling with the multi-function button.
4835
03:11:53,520 --> 03:11:55,600
I prefer the depth of field preview
4836
03:11:55,600 --> 03:11:57,200
selection method. Kind of hard to see
4837
03:11:57,200 --> 03:12:00,640
there. Dial this in. So, I'm hitting my
4838
03:12:00,640 --> 03:12:02,080
depth of field preview button. We
4839
03:12:02,080 --> 03:12:05,520
customized that already.
4840
03:12:05,520 --> 03:12:07,279
We can change the sensitivity of the
4841
03:12:07,279 --> 03:12:09,760
joystick. That's what that symbol means.
4842
03:12:09,760 --> 03:12:12,720
Make it more or less.
4843
03:12:12,720 --> 03:12:14,800
Our focusing ring. We can change the
4844
03:12:14,800 --> 03:12:18,560
direction in which it focuses.
4845
03:12:18,560 --> 03:12:22,080
We can change the sensitivity of when we
4846
03:12:22,080 --> 03:12:25,040
are in manual focusing. How sensitive is
4847
03:12:25,040 --> 03:12:27,279
the focusing ring? We can make it vary
4848
03:12:27,279 --> 03:12:30,560
with rotational speed or we can have it
4849
03:12:30,560 --> 03:12:35,359
change by how much we're rotating it.
4850
03:12:35,359 --> 03:12:37,200
Page four, customize buttons for
4851
03:12:37,200 --> 03:12:40,160
playback.
4852
03:12:40,160 --> 03:12:41,359
Now, to make this a little bit more
4853
03:12:41,359 --> 03:12:43,040
confusing, we also have our regular
4854
03:12:43,040 --> 03:12:44,800
button customization in this menu. It's
4855
03:12:44,800 --> 03:12:46,399
the same as we've already seen. It's the
4856
03:12:46,399 --> 03:12:48,319
same on the other tab. So, this is
4857
03:12:48,319 --> 03:12:50,960
mainly for playback.
4858
03:12:50,960 --> 03:12:53,040
When we're playing back images, we can
4859
03:12:53,040 --> 03:12:54,720
jump through them by rotating the
4860
03:12:54,720 --> 03:12:56,800
primary selector wheel. And this is
4861
03:12:56,800 --> 03:12:59,680
asking, do you want to jump by 1, 10, a
4862
03:12:59,680 --> 03:13:02,160
designated number that you can make up
4863
03:13:02,160 --> 03:13:04,640
down here on the bottom by 30? We can
4864
03:13:04,640 --> 03:13:08,240
jump by date, by folder. So, it gives us
4865
03:13:08,240 --> 03:13:10,560
a way to scroll through images faster.
4866
03:13:10,560 --> 03:13:12,560
Playback and rotating the primary
4867
03:13:12,560 --> 03:13:14,479
control wheel. This next option gives us
4868
03:13:14,479 --> 03:13:16,399
a secondary way to do that by assigning
4869
03:13:16,399 --> 03:13:19,439
a customizable button to it's a series
4870
03:13:19,439 --> 03:13:21,600
of items in the customizable menu. It's
4871
03:13:21,600 --> 03:13:24,399
like jump with folder in time. You
4872
03:13:24,399 --> 03:13:26,720
assign that to a button, press and hold
4873
03:13:26,720 --> 03:13:28,720
it down and then rotate the secondary
4874
03:13:28,720 --> 03:13:30,160
control wheel and it gives you a second
4875
03:13:30,160 --> 03:13:32,640
way to jump through those images. Same
4876
03:13:32,640 --> 03:13:38,160
basic idea as this other one right here.
4877
03:13:38,160 --> 03:13:41,200
We can invert the primary selector wheel
4878
03:13:41,200 --> 03:13:43,279
and the ISO selector wheel that I call.
4879
03:13:43,279 --> 03:13:45,359
We can make those invert if we wanted to
4880
03:13:45,359 --> 03:13:47,920
during playback.
4881
03:13:47,920 --> 03:13:50,560
Page five, touch control. Yes, we want
4882
03:13:50,560 --> 03:13:52,479
touch control, but if you are, for
4883
03:13:52,479 --> 03:13:54,720
example, a very high-end sports shooter
4884
03:13:54,720 --> 03:13:56,239
and you're doing everything with manual
4885
03:13:56,239 --> 03:13:57,600
controls, you can come in and turn this
4886
03:13:57,600 --> 03:14:00,239
off. So, it would turn the back monitor
4887
03:14:00,239 --> 03:14:02,399
off
4888
03:14:02,399 --> 03:14:03,760
and then we can clear all of the
4889
03:14:03,760 --> 03:14:05,359
customized controls that we just went
4890
03:14:05,359 --> 03:14:09,200
through. and that is the olive tab. The
4891
03:14:09,200 --> 03:14:11,359
orange tab customizations deal with
4892
03:14:11,359 --> 03:14:14,319
fine-tuning how our camera responds to
4893
03:14:14,319 --> 03:14:16,560
changes. For example, when we're talking
4894
03:14:16,560 --> 03:14:18,800
about changing our exposure increments,
4895
03:14:18,800 --> 03:14:20,880
it does it in one/ird stops. There are
4896
03:14:20,880 --> 03:14:23,840
people who prefer one half stops. Same
4897
03:14:23,840 --> 03:14:26,080
thing with ISO. Different tweaks in
4898
03:14:26,080 --> 03:14:28,479
terms of how to retain our speed after
4899
03:14:28,479 --> 03:14:32,640
using auto ISO. How we cancel auto
4900
03:14:32,640 --> 03:14:34,479
bracketing. A lot of these are just
4901
03:14:34,479 --> 03:14:37,120
really niche types of customizations for
4902
03:14:37,120 --> 03:14:38,080
beginning and intermediate
4903
03:14:38,080 --> 03:14:39,520
photographers. Most of them, I would
4904
03:14:39,520 --> 03:14:41,840
say, don't really worry about them. If
4905
03:14:41,840 --> 03:14:43,359
you use your bracketing a lot, you can
4906
03:14:43,359 --> 03:14:46,080
change how the camera changes the
4907
03:14:46,080 --> 03:14:48,319
exposure from shot to shot with an even,
4908
03:14:48,319 --> 03:14:51,040
under, or over exposure. We can change
4909
03:14:51,040 --> 03:14:53,920
that order.
4910
03:14:53,920 --> 03:14:56,080
We can change the number of bracketed
4911
03:14:56,080 --> 03:14:57,840
shots
4912
03:14:57,840 --> 03:15:00,880
anywhere from three to seven.
4913
03:15:00,880 --> 03:15:02,960
page two
4914
03:15:02,960 --> 03:15:05,200
called safety shift that we didn't turn
4915
03:15:05,200 --> 03:15:07,600
on. I don't really use it. It's asking
4916
03:15:07,600 --> 03:15:09,439
if the camera is shifting your
4917
03:15:09,439 --> 03:15:12,080
highlights to be exposed properly. Do
4918
03:15:12,080 --> 03:15:13,439
you want it to shift by shutter speed,
4919
03:15:13,439 --> 03:15:16,080
aperture, or ISO speed? I typically
4920
03:15:16,080 --> 03:15:18,640
leave it turned off when you change
4921
03:15:18,640 --> 03:15:20,960
lenses. So, if you have two different
4922
03:15:20,960 --> 03:15:23,840
lenses and you're changing them, we can
4923
03:15:23,840 --> 03:15:25,760
turn this feature on to allow the
4924
03:15:25,760 --> 03:15:28,399
exposure to be the same between changes.
4925
03:15:28,399 --> 03:15:30,160
And it's asking, do you want to do it by
4926
03:15:30,160 --> 03:15:32,479
ISO, combination of ISO and shutter
4927
03:15:32,479 --> 03:15:35,120
speed, or just shutter speed? I don't
4928
03:15:35,120 --> 03:15:37,279
recommend doing this. You know, you put
4929
03:15:37,279 --> 03:15:39,439
a new lens on there, change the settings
4930
03:15:39,439 --> 03:15:42,439
accordingly.
4931
03:15:42,800 --> 03:15:46,399
Autoexposure lock metering mode after
4932
03:15:46,399 --> 03:15:48,880
focus. What this means is that when we
4933
03:15:48,880 --> 03:15:50,640
push and hold the shutter button halfway
4934
03:15:50,640 --> 03:15:53,200
down, especially when we're one shot,
4935
03:15:53,200 --> 03:15:54,960
when we're pushing that halfway down and
4936
03:15:54,960 --> 03:15:56,640
we get a focusing lock, we're also
4937
03:15:56,640 --> 03:15:59,200
getting an exposure lock. And it's
4938
03:15:59,200 --> 03:16:01,120
asking when you push the shutter button
4939
03:16:01,120 --> 03:16:02,800
halfway down, when you have a certain
4940
03:16:02,800 --> 03:16:06,319
metering mode selected, will this lock
4941
03:16:06,319 --> 03:16:09,359
that exposure setting? I'll leave it on
4942
03:16:09,359 --> 03:16:12,239
evaluated for now. Going to hit okay. We
4943
03:16:12,239 --> 03:16:14,800
can also set our shutter speed range in
4944
03:16:14,800 --> 03:16:17,200
mechanical or electronic. So, this is
4945
03:16:17,200 --> 03:16:19,920
the full range that we can dial in
4946
03:16:19,920 --> 03:16:22,720
without going into bulb mode. And we
4947
03:16:22,720 --> 03:16:25,120
also have it for electronic
4948
03:16:25,120 --> 03:16:28,640
up to 116,000th of a second. We can also
4949
03:16:28,640 --> 03:16:30,560
select our aperture range. I just leave
4950
03:16:30,560 --> 03:16:32,160
this here because your aperture is going
4951
03:16:32,160 --> 03:16:36,200
to be limited by your lens.
4952
03:16:38,160 --> 03:16:39,840
But if you wanted to limit it within a
4953
03:16:39,840 --> 03:16:42,479
certain range, you could do it here.
4954
03:16:42,479 --> 03:16:44,479
Third tab in the orange customization
4955
03:16:44,479 --> 03:16:46,800
menu. The cropping information is kind
4956
03:16:46,800 --> 03:16:48,960
of an overlay. As you're shooting,
4957
03:16:48,960 --> 03:16:51,279
you'll get these little guidelines. Just
4958
03:16:51,279 --> 03:16:53,040
select 6x6. I'm going to tap the shutter
4959
03:16:53,040 --> 03:16:54,399
button. Kind of hard to see. I'll turn
4960
03:16:54,399 --> 03:16:57,520
this down. So, we get these guidelines.
4961
03:16:57,520 --> 03:17:01,120
6x6 is a square. It doesn't crop the
4962
03:17:01,120 --> 03:17:03,439
image. It just kind of gives you kind of
4963
03:17:03,439 --> 03:17:06,080
a range when you're shooting to help you
4964
03:17:06,080 --> 03:17:07,920
know what's going to be in frame
4965
03:17:07,920 --> 03:17:10,080
depending on your aspect ratio. When you
4966
03:17:10,080 --> 03:17:13,040
go to post, we can customize the garbage
4967
03:17:13,040 --> 03:17:15,359
can icon. So, when we're deleting
4968
03:17:15,359 --> 03:17:18,800
images, which option do you want it to
4969
03:17:18,800 --> 03:17:20,479
give you?
4970
03:17:20,479 --> 03:17:22,160
Let's just do it real quick. Press this.
4971
03:17:22,160 --> 03:17:24,560
We hit the garbage can icon. You can see
4972
03:17:24,560 --> 03:17:27,600
this highlight is on cancel.
4973
03:17:27,600 --> 03:17:31,359
Come back out. So, it's basically asking
4974
03:17:31,359 --> 03:17:33,600
what is the default selection when you
4975
03:17:33,600 --> 03:17:36,479
press the garbage can icon depending on
4976
03:17:36,479 --> 03:17:38,160
your preference.
4977
03:17:38,160 --> 03:17:40,960
Release shutter without lens. So, if you
4978
03:17:40,960 --> 03:17:42,399
don't have a lens on, do you want it to
4979
03:17:42,399 --> 03:17:46,239
be able to release the shutter?
4980
03:17:46,239 --> 03:17:48,800
If you you're using a very specific type
4981
03:17:48,800 --> 03:17:51,279
of Canon lens that can zoom in and out,
4982
03:17:51,279 --> 03:17:52,960
you want to retract the lens when you
4983
03:17:52,960 --> 03:17:56,479
turn the power off. That's on. IPCC
4984
03:17:56,479 --> 03:17:59,200
information is more metadata. We have to
4985
03:17:59,200 --> 03:18:02,479
set this up using the EOS utility
4986
03:18:02,479 --> 03:18:04,239
connection app. It allows us to put
4987
03:18:04,239 --> 03:18:06,080
additional information into the camera
4988
03:18:06,080 --> 03:18:08,000
so we can identify our images when we're
4989
03:18:08,000 --> 03:18:09,520
shooting it. If you know what it is,
4990
03:18:09,520 --> 03:18:10,880
this is where you set it up. If you
4991
03:18:10,880 --> 03:18:13,359
don't, don't worry about it. Clear all
4992
03:18:13,359 --> 03:18:14,960
custom functions. So, anything we
4993
03:18:14,960 --> 03:18:17,680
changed or set up in the custom function
4994
03:18:17,680 --> 03:18:19,279
orange menu, this is where we could
4995
03:18:19,279 --> 03:18:21,200
clear it. And that is the orange tab.
4996
03:18:21,200 --> 03:18:23,120
Finally, we have the green menu. This is
4997
03:18:23,120 --> 03:18:25,600
my favorite menu because we've covered a
4998
03:18:25,600 --> 03:18:28,479
ton of menu items. This allows you to
4999
03:18:28,479 --> 03:18:31,120
customize it to just have the ones that
5000
03:18:31,120 --> 03:18:32,479
you're interested in. So, you're going
5001
03:18:32,479 --> 03:18:37,080
to come into add to my menu tab.
5002
03:18:38,560 --> 03:18:40,160
And you're going to see that we can even
5003
03:18:40,160 --> 03:18:42,720
configure additional pages in here. So
5004
03:18:42,720 --> 03:18:45,040
I'm going to go into my menu, select
5005
03:18:45,040 --> 03:18:47,840
items to register. Image quality is one
5006
03:18:47,840 --> 03:18:49,600
of the ones that I do change
5007
03:18:49,600 --> 03:18:51,279
occasionally. So I'm going to select
5008
03:18:51,279 --> 03:18:54,080
that. Hit okay.
5009
03:18:54,080 --> 03:18:57,120
Come out of the menu. And now you can
5010
03:18:57,120 --> 03:18:59,840
see that I have image quality here. So
5011
03:18:59,840 --> 03:19:01,600
instead of needing to search through the
5012
03:19:01,600 --> 03:19:04,479
entire menu, you can drop items in here
5013
03:19:04,479 --> 03:19:07,760
all the time. Another one is formatting
5014
03:19:07,760 --> 03:19:11,319
my memory cards.
5015
03:19:15,120 --> 03:19:18,399
Going to hit okay. Focus bracketing is
5016
03:19:18,399 --> 03:19:20,399
definitely one I use a lot. I'm going to
5017
03:19:20,399 --> 03:19:22,640
select that.
5018
03:19:22,640 --> 03:19:25,279
Once I have those set up,
5019
03:19:25,279 --> 03:19:27,920
there they are and I'm good to go. If I
5020
03:19:27,920 --> 03:19:29,840
wanted to put them on a second page, it
5021
03:19:29,840 --> 03:19:33,479
would do the same thing.
5022
03:19:35,680 --> 03:19:37,520
So now I have three pages in here and it
5023
03:19:37,520 --> 03:19:39,359
would come in and repeat the process. So
5024
03:19:39,359 --> 03:19:41,920
that is how we add items to the my menu
5025
03:19:41,920 --> 03:19:44,479
tab. Quick, easy, fast access for the
5026
03:19:44,479 --> 03:19:47,279
just the items that you need. Finally,
5027
03:19:47,279 --> 03:19:48,640
there's something I want to point out
5028
03:19:48,640 --> 03:19:51,520
real quick. Tap the shutter button.
5029
03:19:51,520 --> 03:19:53,120
So you can see that I'm in a stills mode
5030
03:19:53,120 --> 03:19:56,160
because we're showing the entire frame.
5031
03:19:56,160 --> 03:19:58,479
When I flip over to video mode, we get
5032
03:19:58,479 --> 03:20:01,200
this cropping. This is a 16x9 aspect
5033
03:20:01,200 --> 03:20:03,520
ratio. It's typically considered the
5034
03:20:03,520 --> 03:20:07,000
general cinema.
5035
03:20:07,840 --> 03:20:10,319
When we come into the deep menu, once we
5036
03:20:10,319 --> 03:20:13,439
are in the video mode, we get a few
5037
03:20:13,439 --> 03:20:15,840
other options on this first tab. And
5038
03:20:15,840 --> 03:20:18,000
this can be kind of confusing. I'm
5039
03:20:18,000 --> 03:20:19,520
pointing this out because there's a
5040
03:20:19,520 --> 03:20:21,520
couple features in here that you're
5041
03:20:21,520 --> 03:20:23,200
going to want to know about at some
5042
03:20:23,200 --> 03:20:26,800
point. Open gate is a term, and you can
5043
03:20:26,800 --> 03:20:29,520
see it's not highlighted here. This is a
5044
03:20:29,520 --> 03:20:32,479
term to record video using the entire
5045
03:20:32,479 --> 03:20:36,560
sensor. So currently if I flip to stills
5046
03:20:36,560 --> 03:20:38,160
mode, you can see that we get more of
5047
03:20:38,160 --> 03:20:40,720
the sensor showing. When we flip to
5048
03:20:40,720 --> 03:20:44,080
video, we get this crop. So in order to
5049
03:20:44,080 --> 03:20:46,880
record using the entire sensor, we have
5050
03:20:46,880 --> 03:20:48,479
to be in something that's called open
5051
03:20:48,479 --> 03:20:52,319
gate. So for whatever reason in XFAVSC,
5052
03:20:52,319 --> 03:20:55,040
which is is this container that records
5053
03:20:55,040 --> 03:20:58,000
the video, open gate doesn't like this.
5054
03:20:58,000 --> 03:21:01,200
It wants us to be on one of these or in
5055
03:21:01,200 --> 03:21:05,760
raw video. So let's say 420 at 10 bit.
5056
03:21:05,760 --> 03:21:07,520
Now we have open gate and we can turn
5057
03:21:07,520 --> 03:21:10,160
this on. Tap the shutter button and now
5058
03:21:10,160 --> 03:21:13,439
you can see we get the full frame in the
5059
03:21:13,439 --> 03:21:15,439
sensor. We're getting a heat warning.
5060
03:21:15,439 --> 03:21:16,960
It's telling us that our setting has
5061
03:21:16,960 --> 03:21:20,319
changed. So just understand that that is
5062
03:21:20,319 --> 03:21:22,640
a requirement for open gate recording.
5063
03:21:22,640 --> 03:21:27,120
Also, this is where we can activate RAW
5064
03:21:27,120 --> 03:21:30,000
video. This is 7K RAW video even at open
5065
03:21:30,000 --> 03:21:33,359
gate or we can turn that off. Just know
5066
03:21:33,359 --> 03:21:36,080
that your RAW video shooting is going to
5067
03:21:36,080 --> 03:21:39,439
literally just eat up your memory cards
5068
03:21:39,439 --> 03:21:42,160
in terms of space. Lots of data in
5069
03:21:42,160 --> 03:21:45,200
there. 2,600 megabits per second. That's
5070
03:21:45,200 --> 03:21:48,399
a huge amount of data, but incredible
5071
03:21:48,399 --> 03:21:50,080
color grading options. You know, if
5072
03:21:50,080 --> 03:21:51,200
you're shooting a commercial or
5073
03:21:51,200 --> 03:21:52,239
something of that nature, you could
5074
03:21:52,239 --> 03:21:53,680
probably handle it with, you know, a few
5075
03:21:53,680 --> 03:21:55,600
cards. If you're shooting a film or a
5076
03:21:55,600 --> 03:21:56,800
movie, you're going to need a lot of
5077
03:21:56,800 --> 03:21:58,479
cards. Then you also run the risk of the
5078
03:21:58,479 --> 03:22:00,479
camera overheating.
5079
03:22:00,479 --> 03:22:02,080
Just keep that in mind. We can come in
5080
03:22:02,080 --> 03:22:04,000
once RAW is set up and we can select our
5081
03:22:04,000 --> 03:22:06,239
frame rate. And I believe this is a
5082
03:22:06,239 --> 03:22:08,239
compressed raw here. Yeah, light raw.
5083
03:22:08,239 --> 03:22:11,040
So, here's standard raw and light raw.
5084
03:22:11,040 --> 03:22:13,359
Coming back out.
5085
03:22:13,359 --> 03:22:15,120
I just wanted to demonstrate this is
5086
03:22:15,120 --> 03:22:17,600
where raw and open gate recording
5087
03:22:17,600 --> 03:22:19,760
happens. If you're just learning,
5088
03:22:19,760 --> 03:22:21,840
starting to understand video recording,
5089
03:22:21,840 --> 03:22:24,640
keep it here for now. It's a much
5090
03:22:24,640 --> 03:22:26,239
smaller file size, much more
5091
03:22:26,239 --> 03:22:28,880
straightforward, and doesn't take up as
5092
03:22:28,880 --> 03:22:31,120
much memory space.
5093
03:22:31,120 --> 03:22:33,520
As we move through these other tabs, a
5094
03:22:33,520 --> 03:22:35,279
lot of these we've already covered.
5095
03:22:35,279 --> 03:22:38,640
There are a couple new items like
5096
03:22:38,640 --> 03:22:41,920
changing our aperture value in 1/8
5097
03:22:41,920 --> 03:22:44,640
increments, things of that nature.
5098
03:22:44,640 --> 03:22:45,760
There's a couple in here that would
5099
03:22:45,760 --> 03:22:47,920
actually be good secondary le lessons
5100
03:22:47,920 --> 03:22:51,760
like time-lapse movie selftimer.
5101
03:22:51,760 --> 03:22:54,080
We have a pre-recording set so you can
5102
03:22:54,080 --> 03:22:55,920
pre-record.
5103
03:22:55,920 --> 03:22:58,000
You can see it right here. Probably
5104
03:22:58,000 --> 03:22:59,520
running or cycling through that little
5105
03:22:59,520 --> 03:23:01,279
buffer and then when we press the record
5106
03:23:01,279 --> 03:23:04,560
button it will have a few seconds from
5107
03:23:04,560 --> 03:23:07,040
before we pressed that button on. Very
5108
03:23:07,040 --> 03:23:08,560
nice.
5109
03:23:08,560 --> 03:23:10,239
For the most part, a lot of these menu
5110
03:23:10,239 --> 03:23:12,399
items are going to be doing exactly the
5111
03:23:12,399 --> 03:23:13,439
same thing that we've already talked
5112
03:23:13,439 --> 03:23:15,040
about. We have a tally lamp. So, just
5113
03:23:15,040 --> 03:23:17,040
wanted to point those out. When we're
5114
03:23:17,040 --> 03:23:18,720
talking about gear recommendations, one
5115
03:23:18,720 --> 03:23:20,319
of the first things you want to look at
5116
03:23:20,319 --> 03:23:23,279
is a tripod. I like the Bogen Monro
5117
03:23:23,279 --> 03:23:27,279
carbon fibers. I have the 055. They have
5118
03:23:27,279 --> 03:23:28,960
different variants of it now, and I like
5119
03:23:28,960 --> 03:23:31,120
the XPro ball head. There are tons of
5120
03:23:31,120 --> 03:23:32,880
great companies out there. Just make
5121
03:23:32,880 --> 03:23:35,200
sure that you invest into your tripod
5122
03:23:35,200 --> 03:23:37,120
into a company that is going to last you
5123
03:23:37,120 --> 03:23:38,880
for many years. Let me give you some
5124
03:23:38,880 --> 03:23:41,120
lens recommendations. Now, there's two
5125
03:23:41,120 --> 03:23:42,640
different kinds of Canon lenses you're
5126
03:23:42,640 --> 03:23:44,800
going to see. There are the EF lenses,
5127
03:23:44,800 --> 03:23:47,840
which deal with the older DSLR mount.
5128
03:23:47,840 --> 03:23:50,080
There's also the RF lenses, which are
5129
03:23:50,080 --> 03:23:51,920
the newer mounts made for the mirrorless
5130
03:23:51,920 --> 03:23:54,080
cameras. You can get an adapter that
5131
03:23:54,080 --> 03:23:57,040
will allow you to use older EF glass on
5132
03:23:57,040 --> 03:23:59,279
your Canon R six Mark III. I have one. I
5133
03:23:59,279 --> 03:24:01,680
use it all the time. Some of that glass
5134
03:24:01,680 --> 03:24:04,160
is more affordable if these other ones
5135
03:24:04,160 --> 03:24:06,960
are out of reach. So, talking about the
5136
03:24:06,960 --> 03:24:08,960
lenses that I really like and recommend,
5137
03:24:08,960 --> 03:24:12,160
it's a 24 to 105 F4 as a walkaround
5138
03:24:12,160 --> 03:24:14,560
general purpose shooter. On the wide
5139
03:24:14,560 --> 03:24:17,760
side, I like the 14 to35 F4. If you can
5140
03:24:17,760 --> 03:24:20,720
afford it, the 15 to35 2.8. Both of
5141
03:24:20,720 --> 03:24:23,760
those lenses have far more wide focal
5142
03:24:23,760 --> 03:24:25,120
lengths to allow you to shoot
5143
03:24:25,120 --> 03:24:27,600
landscapes. If you're a sports shooter
5144
03:24:27,600 --> 03:24:29,600
on a budget, take a look at the 100 to
5145
03:24:29,600 --> 03:24:33,120
400 RF. It's a great way to get into
5146
03:24:33,120 --> 03:24:34,880
sports or wildlife shooting if you're on
5147
03:24:34,880 --> 03:24:38,399
a tight budget. I like the 100 to 500
5148
03:24:38,399 --> 03:24:41,359
RF. This is my main safari lens when I
5149
03:24:41,359 --> 03:24:43,920
am shooting in Africa. Canon also makes
5150
03:24:43,920 --> 03:24:45,840
these very intriguing, what I call
5151
03:24:45,840 --> 03:24:47,359
daylight lenses. They're a little bit
5152
03:24:47,359 --> 03:24:50,160
more affordable. There's the 600 F11 and
5153
03:24:50,160 --> 03:24:52,800
the 800 F11. Small aperture, but if you
5154
03:24:52,800 --> 03:24:54,000
have enough daylight, they're pretty
5155
03:24:54,000 --> 03:24:55,840
impressive. Out of those two, I actually
5156
03:24:55,840 --> 03:24:58,960
prefer the 600 F11. If you have enough
5157
03:24:58,960 --> 03:25:01,359
money, the holy grail, in my opinion, is
5158
03:25:01,359 --> 03:25:05,040
the 28 to 70 F2. Holy cow, what an
5159
03:25:05,040 --> 03:25:07,439
amazing lens. Canon also makes a ton of
5160
03:25:07,439 --> 03:25:09,359
amazing primes. For example, if you get
5161
03:25:09,359 --> 03:25:12,399
into macro photography, the 100 RF macro
5162
03:25:12,399 --> 03:25:14,800
is amazing. At some point, you are going
5163
03:25:14,800 --> 03:25:16,399
to be ready for your first camera
5164
03:25:16,399 --> 03:25:17,920
filters. And as you know through this
5165
03:25:17,920 --> 03:25:19,840
video, I am the creator of Maven
5166
03:25:19,840 --> 03:25:21,600
filters. These are colorcoded,
5167
03:25:21,600 --> 03:25:25,279
awardwinning, and patented. You are
5168
03:25:25,279 --> 03:25:27,600
absolutely going to love them. They're
5169
03:25:27,600 --> 03:25:29,840
magnetic. They allow you to identify and
5170
03:25:29,840 --> 03:25:32,399
use your filters instantly. Again, I am
5171
03:25:32,399 --> 03:25:34,000
Michael the Maven, and I want to say
5172
03:25:34,000 --> 03:25:35,439
thank you so much for trusting [music]
5173
03:25:35,439 --> 03:25:37,439
me with your instruction. I hope you
5174
03:25:37,439 --> 03:25:40,720
found it useful. Come back anytime. Be
5175
03:25:40,720 --> 03:25:42,720
sure to check us out in the Facebook
5176
03:25:42,720 --> 03:25:44,239
group. Thank you guys so much for
5177
03:25:44,239 --> 03:25:48,600
watching and I'll see you next time.
5178
03:25:51,200 --> 03:25:54,200
Heat. Heat.
396904
Can't find what you're looking for?
Get subtitles in any language from opensubtitles.com, and translate them here.